<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 20, 1997
REGISTRATION NO. 333-35993
===============================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------------------------
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
------------------------------------
CONNING CORPORATION
(EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C> <C>
MISSOURI 6282 43-1719355
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
INCORPORATION OR CLASSIFICATION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
ORGANIZATION) CODE NUMBER)
</TABLE>
700 MARKET STREET
ST. LOUIS, MO 63101
(314) 444-0498
(ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
---------------------------------------------------
LEONARD M. RUBENSTEIN
CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
CONNING CORPORATION
700 MARKET STREET
ST. LOUIS, MO 63101
(314) 444-0498
(NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
---------------------------------------------------
COPIES TO:
JAMES L. NOUSS, JR., ESQ. GARY I. HOROWITZ, ESQ.
R. RANDALL WANG, ESQ. ROBERT M. KANER, ESQ.
BRYAN CAVE LLP SIMPSON THACHER & BARTLETT
211 NORTH BROADWAY, SUITE 3600 425 LEXINGTON AVENUE
ST. LOUIS, MO 63102 NEW YORK, NY 10017
(314) 259-2000 (212) 455-2000
FAX: (314) 259-2020 FAX: (212) 455-2502
----------------------------------------
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities registered on this form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or
interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. / /
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. / /
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a),
MAY DETERMINE.
===============================================================================
<PAGE> 2
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 20, 1997
PROSPECTUS
, 1997
[CONNING LOGO]
2,500,000 SHARES
CONNING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
All of the 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by
Conning Corporation (the "Company" or "Conning").
After completion of the offering, General American Life Insurance Company
("General American") will beneficially own approximately 65% of the Company's
Common Stock (approximately 63% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is
exercised in full). See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Principal Shareholder"
and "--Potential Conflicts of Interest."
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be
between $12.50 and $14.50 per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of
the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price.
The Company has received approval for the trading of its Common Stock on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "CNNG," subject to official notice of
issuance.
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9 FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT
SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRE-
SENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRICE UNDERWRITING
TO THE DISCOUNTS AND PROCEEDS TO THE
PUBLIC COMMISSIONS<F1> COMPANY<F2>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share....................................... $ $ $
Total <F2><F3>.................................. $ $ $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<FN>
<F1> The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Underwriting."
<F2> Before deducting offering expenses estimated at $1,375,000, payable by the
Company.
<F3> The Company has granted to the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up
to 375,000 additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms and
conditions as set forth above solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If
such option is exercised in full, the total Price to the Public,
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to the Company will be
$ , $ and $ , respectively.
--------------- -------------- --------------
See "Underwriting."
</TABLE>
The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them and
subject to various prior conditions, including their right to reject any order
in whole or in part. It is expected that delivery of the certificates for such
shares will be made against payment therefor in New York, New York on or about
, 1997.
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
SECURITIES CORPORATION
<PAGE> 3
[CONNING LOGO]
[REPRESENTATION OF FLOW CHART]
CORE STRATEGIC PRODUCTS &
COMPETENCIES CRITERIA SERVICES
INVESTMENT ASSET
EXPERTISE RECURRING MANAGEMENT
REVENUE
INSURANCE SPECIALIZED
INDUSTRY MARKET ABILITY TO ASSETS
KNOWLEDGE & -----> LEADERSHIP DIFFERENTIATE ------>
REPUTATION INVESTMENT
ADVISORY
CLIENT
SERVICE INVESTMENT
FOCUS ACCOUNTING
& REPORTING
HIGH VALUE
ADDED PRIVATE
EQUITY
INSURANCE
RESEARCH
SERVICES
Using its core competencies, Conning's business strategy is to apply one or
more of its strategic criteria to provide products and services to its clients.
"Conning" and the related logo are service marks of the Company.
CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN, OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK.
SPECIFICALLY, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING,
AND MAY BID FOR, AND PURCHASE, SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK IN THE OPEN MARKET.
IN ADDITION, CERTAIN UNDERWRITERS AND SELLING GROUP MEMBERS MAY ENGAGE IN
PASSIVE MARKET MAKING. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE
"UNDERWRITING."
2
<PAGE> 4
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the Consolidated
Financial Statements, including the Notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this Prospectus: (i)
reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock into an aggregate of 3,190,000 shares of Common Stock, the
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock
into an aggregate of 365,000 shares of Common Stock for additional
consideration to the Company of $1.67 per share, and the conversion of all
outstanding shares of Non-Voting Common Stock into an aggregate of 110,000
shares of Common Stock, upon or prior to the completion of this offering (the
"Capital Stock Conversions") and (ii) assumes that the over-allotment option
granted to the Underwriters by the Company will not be exercised.
The Company is the successor to the business conducted by Conning, Inc. and
its operating subsidiary, Conning & Company (collectively, "Conning, Inc."),
and Conning Asset Management Company, formerly known as General American
Investment Management Company ("GAIMCO"), pursuant to a merger (the
"Strategic Merger") effected in August 1995. Prior to the Strategic Merger,
Conning, Inc. and GAIMCO were unrelated business entities. Conning, Inc. was an
85-year old Hartford, Connecticut based insurance specialty asset management
firm which provided asset management services and research for the insurance
industry. GAIMCO was a registered investment adviser which provided investment
advisory services primarily to its parent, General American Life Insurance
Company ("General American"), and its affiliates. The parties effected the
Strategic Merger in order to combine complementary businesses, each with
specialties in the insurance industry, to build a platform from which to
leverage additional growth. See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions--The Strategic Merger." Other than historical financial
statements and data, information herein concerning the Company regarding
periods prior to the date of the Strategic Merger, including without limitation
with respect to assets under management and private equity funds, includes the
Company and its predecessors unless the context indicates otherwise.
The Company is a holding company that conducts its business through three
subsidiaries: (i) Conning, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and
serves as an intermediate holding company; (ii) Conning & Company is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Conning, Inc. and is a registered investment adviser
and broker-dealer; and (iii) Conning Asset Management Company is a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Conning & Company and is a registered investment adviser.
Throughout this Prospectus, the terms "Company" and "Conning" refer to
Conning Corporation and its subsidiaries. See "Glossary" for definitions of
certain terms used in this Prospectus.
THE COMPANY
GENERAL
Conning is a nationally recognized asset management company providing
services to the insurance industry and is also a leading provider of insurance
research. As of September 30, 1997, the Company had approximately $26.4 billion
of assets under discretionary management and, in total, provided services with
respect to approximately $73.6 billion of assets for insurance company clients.
The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of the continued
growth in insurance industry assets and the willingness of insurance companies
to consider utilizing external investment management expertise. During the
period from 1992 through 1996, assets under discretionary management of the
Company increased by an average of 24% per year, on a pro forma basis after
giving effect to the Strategic Merger and the inclusion of assets of General
American for all years. In 1996, its first full year of operations following
the Strategic Merger, the Company had revenues of approximately $53.7 million
and net earnings of approximately $6.2 million. During the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, the Company had revenues of approximately $46.9 million and
net earnings of approximately $6.4 million.
The Company believes that it possesses competitive strengths in insurance
asset management which may support its prospects for growth:
INSURANCE INDUSTRY FOCUS AND KNOWLEDGE. Based upon the Company's extensive
work with insurance companies, the Company believes that its focus on the
insurance industry allows it to provide substantially all of the services and
products that an insurance company seeks from an asset manager. By utilizing
its specialized knowledge of insurance company investment considerations, the
Company believes, based upon feedback from clients, that it offers
3
<PAGE> 5
a more comprehensive set of asset management services than many of its
competitors, including asset allocation, asset and liability matching, cash
forecasts, tax modeling and investment accounting & reporting. The Company
offers expertise in asset classes that many insurance companies traditionally
utilize, including commercial mortgage loans, investment real estate and
private placements.
NAME RECOGNITION WITHIN THE INSURANCE INDUSTRY. The Company believes that
the established reputation of Conning within the insurance industry provides
the Company with a marketing advantage. According to a 1996 survey by Eager &
Associates of 156 domestic, non-captive insurance companies and 110 groups of
insurance companies (representing 692 individual companies) each with assets
over $30 million (the "Eager Study"), the Company ranks among the top two
insurance asset management firms in terms of name recognition among survey
respondents. The Company's in-depth insurance industry research has been
targeted to senior executives in the insurance industry for more than 20 years,
and its Strategic Studies Series is subscribed to by 44 of the 50 largest U.S.
property-casualty insurance companies and 42 of the 50 largest U.S. life-health
insurance companies (based on 1996 premiums as reported by OneSource
Information Services, Inc. as provided to it by third parties).
CLIENT SERVICE AND PERFORMANCE FOCUS. The Company attempts to differentiate
itself from competitors through its insurance-specific capabilities, investment
performance and frequent, responsive client communication. During the period
from 1992 through 1996, the Company retained an average of approximately 95% of
unaffiliated clients on an annual basis.
EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT WITH SIGNIFICANT STOCK OWNERSHIP. The Company
employs an experienced management team, the members of which have an average of
approximately 15 years of experience in the investment or insurance business.
In total, the employees of the Company will own in the aggregate approximately
29% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis after the offering (including
options to be granted upon the closing of this offering). See "Management"
and "Principal Shareholders."
COMPANY OPERATIONS
The Company's business is asset management for insurance companies, which
is supplemented by its in-depth research focused on the insurance industry. The
Company's asset management services consist of three components: (i)
discretionary asset management services, (ii) investment advisory services and
(iii) investment accounting & reporting services. In connection with its
discretionary asset management services, the Company originates and services
commercial mortgages and manages investments in real estate assets. The Company
also sponsors and manages private equity funds investing in insurance and
insurance-related companies.
ASSET MANAGEMENT. The Company's insurance asset management services are
designed to optimize investment returns for clients within the guidelines
imposed by insurance regulatory, accounting, tax and asset/liability management
considerations. As of September 30, 1997, the Company provided services with
respect to approximately $73.6 billion in assets, of which approximately (i)
$26.4 billion represented assets under discretionary management, (ii) $21.0
billion represented assets serviced under investment advisory agreements and
(iii) $26.2 billion represented assets receiving investment accounting &
reporting services on a stand-alone basis. As part of its discretionary asset
management services, as of September 30, 1997, the Company managed
approximately $2.6 billion of commercial mortgage loans and investment real
estate.
The Company manages private equity funds which invest in insurance and
insurance-related companies. Since 1985, the Company has sponsored five private
equity funds, raising approximately $360 million in committed capital and
investing more than $193 million of these proceeds in 39 portfolio company
investments.
INSURANCE RESEARCH. The Company believes that Conning & Company is one of
the leading insurance industry research firms in the United States. The Company
publishes in-depth insurance industry research covering major insurance
industry trends, products, markets and business segments. The Company also
publishes stock research on a broad group of publicly-traded insurance
companies for some of the largest United States institutional money managers as
well as pension funds, banks, mutual funds, and insurance companies. Conning &
Company also from time to time participates in the underwriting of public
offerings of equity securities for insurance and insurance-related companies.
4
<PAGE> 6
The Company's principal executive offices are currently located at 700
Market Street, St. Louis, Missouri 63101 (telephone number: (314) 444-0498) and
at CityPlace II, 185 Asylum Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103 (telephone
number: (860) 527-1131).
DEVELOPING TRENDS IN THE INSURANCE INDUSTRY
Certain key insurance industry trends that also affect the management of
insurance company assets are as follows:
GROWING INSURANCE COMPANY ASSETS. Insurance company assets have grown over
several decades and during the period from 1986 to 1996 grew at an average rate
of approximately 9% per year, from approximately $1.3 trillion, to
approximately $3.1 trillion, according to a standard industry source.
ACCEPTANCE OF OUTSOURCING. The Company believes that many insurance
companies are utilizing non-affiliated asset managers in order to respond to
competitive product requirements and the pressure to achieve higher returns on
investments while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. According to the
Eager Study, assets under management by external, non-affiliated managers
(which represented approximately 15% of industry assets in 1996) increased at a
rate of 17% per year from $300 billion in 1994 to $415 billion in 1996. Based
upon information provided by an industry source, insurance company assets
increased at a rate of approximately 9% per year, from $2.6 trillion in 1994 to
$3.1 trillion in 1996. The authors of the Eager Study concluded that externally
managed assets would continue to grow, but believed that the growth rate would
lose momentum over the next few years covered by the study.
STRATEGY
The Company's primary operating strategy is to grow recurring, fee-based
asset management-related revenues, cash flow and profits through the following:
LEVERAGE ESTABLISHED ASSET MANAGEMENT PLATFORM TO GENERATE GROWTH AND
PROFITABILITY. The Company believes that it has established a platform, made up
of core investment professionals, product expertise and systems, to support
future growth in fee-based asset management revenues. Opportunities for asset
management growth are expected to come from new and existing clients, strategic
acquisitions and alliances and through General American and its affiliates.
GENERATE GROWTH FROM NEW AND EXISTING CLIENTS. The Company intends to take
advantage of the growth in insurance industry assets and a trend among
insurance companies to seek external investment management expertise. The
Company will pursue growth in assets under management from new clients by
increasing the Company's sales and marketing efforts and by leveraging the
Company's strong name recognition. Additionally, the Company will continue to
pursue growth in assets under management from existing clients by seeking to
increase its share of its clients' assets and from underlying growth in
existing assets.
PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND ALLIANCES TO EXPAND MARKET PENETRATION.
The Company regularly evaluates strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and
marketing alliances as a means of increasing assets under management, expanding
the range of its product offerings and increasing its sales and marketing
capabilities.
LEVERAGE STRATEGIC ALLIANCE WITH GROWING PARTNER. The Company's
relationship with General American, the Company's principal shareholder,
provides opportunities for distribution of the Company's products and services
to General American and its affiliates. The Company has benefited from the
internal growth and acquisition activity of General American and its
affiliates, with assets under management of General American and its affiliates
increasing at an average rate of approximately 14% per year, from approximately
$5.4 billion as of December 31, 1991 to approximately $10.6 billion as of
December 31, 1996. At September 30, 1997, such affiliated assets under
management totaled approximately $13.5 billion.
RISK FACTORS
No assurances can be given that the Company's objectives or strategies will
be achieved. Prospective investors should consider carefully the factors
discussed in detail elsewhere in this Prospectus under the captions
"Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk
Factors."
5
<PAGE> 7
<TABLE>
THE OFFERING
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Common Stock offered by the
Company..................... 2,500,000 shares
Common Stock outstanding after
the offering................ 12,875,000 shares<F1>
Dividend Policy............... The Company currently intends to pay quarterly cash dividends of
approximately $0.04 per share of Common Stock ($0.16 annually),
commencing in the first quarter of 1998. However, any dividends will
be (i) dependent upon the Company's earnings, capital requirements,
operating and financial condition and other relevant factors, (ii)
subject to declaration by the Company's Board of Directors, and (iii)
subject to certain regulatory constraints. See "Risk Fac-
tors--Regulation" and "Dividend Policy."
Use of Proceeds............... For general corporate purposes, including possible strategic acqui-
sitions or alliances. See "Use of Proceeds."
Nasdaq National Market
symbol...................... "CNNG"
<FN>
- --------
<F1> Assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options. As of the date of this
Prospectus, there are outstanding options to purchase 1,237,500 shares of
Common Stock at a weighted average price of $5.65 per share. In addition,
upon the closing of this offering the Company intends to grant options to
purchase an additional estimated 1,294,987 shares of Common Stock at the
initial public offering price. Does not include an aggregate of an
estimated 905,013 shares of Common Stock reserved for future issuance
under the Company's employee stock plans. See "Management--Employee Stock
Plans" and Note 12 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements.
</TABLE>
6
<PAGE> 8
<TABLE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,<F1> DECEMBER 31,<F2> SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------------------------------ -------------------- --------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 1996 1997
PRO FORMA
INCOME STATEMENT DATA: (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Asset management and related
fees........................... $1,716 $2,446 $3,484 $24,050 $30,675 $40,456 $29,365 $36,018
Research services................ 0 0 0 4,090 9,480 12,148 9,582 10,278
Other income..................... 51 36 57 663 996 1,062 792 629
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total revenues............... 1,767 2,482 3,541 28,803 41,151 53,666 39,739 46,925
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Operating income................... 832 1,341 2,112 6,292 7,389 11,792 9,093 10,972
Interest expense................. 0 0 0 521 1,365 729 592 233
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Income before provision for income
taxes............................ 832 1,341 2,112 5,771 6,025 11,063 8,501 10,739
Provision for income taxes......... 311 507 827 2,359 2,739 4,851 3,762 4,317
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income................... $ 521 $ 834 $1,285 $ 3,412 $ 3,286 $ 6,212 $ 4,739 $ 6,422
====== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Preferred stock dividends.......... 0 0 0 351 906 906 669 750
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net earnings available to common
shareholders..................... $ 521 $ 834 $ 1,285 $ 3,061 $ 2,380 $ 5,306 $ 4,070 $ 5,672
====== ====== ========= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Pro forma net income per
common share and common
share equivalents <F3>..... $ 0.57 $ 0.58
======= =======
<CAPTION>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
----------------------------------------------------- --------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997
AS
ADJUSTED
<F4>
BALANCE SHEET DATA: (IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total assets....................... $1,395 $1,386 $1,683 $46,177 $50,020 $54,646 $85,255
Long-term debt..................... 0 0 0 9,000 2,000 0 0
Convertible preferred stock........ 0 0 0 17,003 24,782 36,152 0
Total common shareholders'
equity........................... 958 792 1,327 4,623 4,368 68 66,829
Number of common shares outstanding
end of period.................... 0.1 0.1 0.1 6,710 6,710 6,820 12,875
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------- AS OF
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 9/30/97
OTHER OPERATING DATA: (IN BILLIONS, EXCEPT AS NOTED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Average assets under discretionary management<F5>:
Unaffiliated.............................................. $ 3.3 $ 5.4 $ 6.2 $ 7.7 $ 9.5 $ 12.9
General American & affiliates............................. 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.8 9.6 13.5
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total................................................. 8.8 11.4 12.8 15.5 19.1 26.4
Average assets under advisory services...................... 5.2 10.1 14.7 15.3 18.3 21.0
Average assets under accounting & reporting services........ 0.0 1.3 2.6 4.8 9.2 26.2
--------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
Total assets serviced................................. $ 14.0 $ 22.8 $ 30.1 $ 35.6 $ 46.6 $ 73.6
========= ========= ========= ========= ========= =========
<FN>
- ---------
<F1> The years 1992 to 1994 reflect the results of GAIMCO only. The year 1995
reflects the results of the consolidated activity from August 1, 1995 to
December 31, 1995 and the results of GAIMCO only from January 1, 1995 to
July 31, 1995. See Note 1 to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements.
<F2> Pro forma 1995 reflects the consolidated activity for the year assuming
the Strategic Merger took place on January 1, 1995. The year 1996 reflects
actual consolidated results. See Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements.
<F3> Pro forma earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock
equivalents considered outstanding during the period after giving effect
to all dilutive common stock and common stock equivalents shares issued
within twelve months of the public offering of the Company's common stock
and to the Capital Stock Conversions.
<F4> Gives effect to the Capital Stock Conversions and the sale of 2,500,000
shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public
offering price of $13.50 per share and the receipt of the estimated net
proceeds therefrom.
<F5> Since January 1, 1995, the assets of the general account of General
American have been under contract with GAIMCO (now known as Conning Asset
Management Company). General account assets prior to January 1, 1995 were
managed by the investment division of General American, a predecessor of
GAIMCO, and are included in assets under management for 1992, 1993 and
1994. Data for 1995 and prior periods is presented on a pro forma basis to
include both Conning and GAIMCO assets under management.
</TABLE>
7
<PAGE> 9
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (CONTINUED)
The following financial information represents certain financial data of
Conning, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993
and 1994, and for the six months ended June 30, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX
MONTHS
ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
------------------------------- --------
CONNING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 1992 1993 1994 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Asset management and related fees....................... $ 6,643 $ 8,107 $ 9,840 $ 5,662
Research services....................................... 9,487 13,473 8,165 4,564
Other income............................................ 132 1,282 472 275
------- ------- ------ -------
Total revenues...................................... 16,262 22,862 18,477 10,501
------- ------- ------- -------
Operating income............................................ 582 4,441 2,751 2,092
Interest expense........................................ 111 85 0 0
------- ------- ------- -------
Income before provision for income taxes and cumulative
effect of accounting change............................... 471 4,356 2,751 2,092
Provision for income taxes.................................. 66 947 1,244 809
------- ------- ------- -------
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change........ 405 3,409 1,507 1,283
Cumulative effect of accounting change...................... 0 131 0 0
------- ------- ------- -------
Net income.......................................... $ 405 $ 3,540 $ 1,507 $ 1,283
======= ======= ======= =======
Preferred stock dividends................................... 53 320 320 160
------- ------- ------- -------
Net earnings available to common shareholders............... $ 352 $ 3,220 $ 1,187 $ 1,123
======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
AS OF
AS OF DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
------------------------------- --------
1992 1993 1994 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total assets................................................ $10,922 $11,274 $14,228 $16,003
Long-term debt.............................................. 0 0 0 0
Redeemable preferred stock.................................. 5,425 0 0 0
Cumulative preferred stock.................................. 0 3,650 3,650 3,650
Total common shareholders' equity (deficit)................. (2,682) 2,552 4,186 5,426
Number of common shares outstanding end of period........... 446 93 106 108
</TABLE>
8
<PAGE> 10
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements contained herein, including, without limitation, under
the captions "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Business--General,"
"--Company Operations--Overview," "--Industry Background and Trends,"
"--Strategy" and "--Legal Proceedings" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," as well as
possible or assumed future results of operations of the Company, and other
statements contained herein or therein regarding matters that are not
historical facts, are or may constitute forward-looking statements, including,
without limitation, statements relating to the Company's financial position,
plans to increase revenues, competitive strengths, business objectives or
strategies, insurance industry trends and expectations regarding General
American's assets or activities. Because such statements are subject to risks
and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially (the "Cautionary Statements") include, but are
not limited to, those discussed under "Risk Factors." All subsequent written
and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or persons
acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the
Cautionary Statements. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on
such statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. The Company undertakes
no obligation to release publicly any revisions to these forward-looking
statements after the completion of this offering to reflect events or
circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of
unanticipated events.
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following risk
factors should be considered carefully by prospective investors in evaluating
the Company before purchasing the Common Stock offered hereby.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INSURANCE INDUSTRY FOCUS
Because the Company focuses on providing asset management services to the
insurance industry, its business may be materially adversely affected by events
impacting the insurance industry. In particular, the insurance industry has
been experiencing consolidation as companies merge or are acquired. In the
event such consolidation activity continues and the Company's current or
prospective clients are acquired, their assets may subsequently be managed by
the combined company's internal staff or by another external manager. In such
event, the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and
business prospects could be materially adversely affected. Further, as a
greater percentage of insurance company assets have shifted to external
management, additional opportunities to capture externally managed assets may
be limited. See "Business--Industry Background and Trends--Developing Trends
in the Insurance Industry." In addition, changes affecting the insurance
industry, including any changes in federal or state laws or regulations
relating thereto, including, without limitation, any change adversely affecting
insurance products or insurance company investments, may have a materially
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations and business prospects.
DEPENDENCE ON PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDER
The Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and
business prospects are significantly dependent on its relationship with its
principal shareholder, General American, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of
General American Mutual Holding Company. See "Principal Shareholders." As of
September 30, 1997, General American and its affiliates accounted for
approximately $13.5 billion of the approximately $26.4 billion in assets which
the Company had under discretionary management. The advisory agreements between
General American or one of its affiliates and the Company are subject to
termination upon 30 to 90 days' notice without penalty; General American is a
co-licensee with the Company to the Company's investment accounting & reporting
software. There can be no assurance that General American and its affiliates
will maintain or not seek to renegotiate their existing investment advisory
relationships with the Company in the future, and the renegotiation of such
relationships could have, and the termination of such relationships would have,
a materially adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition,
results of operations and business prospects. Additionally, General American
presently leases to the Company all of the Company's office space in St. Louis
and provides to the Company certain administrative services. There can be no
assurance that such arrangements will continue or that the Company would be
able to
9
<PAGE> 11
procure replacement office space or services on similar or otherwise favorable
terms. See "Business--Asset Management," "Business--Facilities," "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions" and Note 11 of Notes to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements.
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
General American will beneficially own approximately 65% of the Common
Stock after the consummation of the offering (approximately 63% if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company's Board
of Directors consists of five directors, three of whom are officers of the
Company or General American, and two of whom are not otherwise affiliated with
the Company or General American (the "Independent Directors"). After the
offering, General American will have the power to elect the Board of Directors
and to approve certain actions requiring shareholder approval, including
adopting amendments to the Company's articles of incorporation, and to control
certain other actions requiring shareholder approval, including mergers or
sales of substantially all of the assets of the Company or its subsidiaries.
For financial reporting purposes, General American will include its share of
the Company's net income or loss in its consolidated financial statements. The
Company's Board of Directors, including members who also are affiliated with
General American, may consider not only the short-term and long-term impact of
operating decisions on the Company but also the impact of such decisions on
General American. See "--Certain Other Anti-Takeover Provisions,"
"Management" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
The Company is a party to investment advisory, administrative services, and
other agreements with General American and certain of its affiliates. Certain
officers of the Company were also officers of General American when such
agreements were entered into. Although the Company believes that the terms of
such agreements are at least as favorable to the Company as those it could
negotiate with unrelated parties, these agreements may be modified or
renegotiated in the future and additional agreements or transactions may be
entered into between the Company, on the one hand, and General American or its
affiliates, on the other hand. Conflicts of interest could arise between
General American and its affiliates with respect to any of the foregoing, or
any future agreements or arrangements between them. See "Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions."
Executive officers, directors and employees of the Company from time to
time receive a profit interest in, and in the future may invest in, investment
funds in which the Company, or an affiliate of the Company, is a sponsor or an
investor or for which the Company performs asset management services, publishes
research or acts as a market-maker. In addition, the Company may in the future
organize businesses in which employees of the Company acquire minority
interests. There is a risk that, as a result of any such profit or investment
interest, a director, officer or employee may take actions which could conflict
with the best interests of the Company. See "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's future performance depends to a significant degree upon the
continued contributions of its officers and key management personnel listed in
the tables under the caption "Management--Directors, Executive Officers and
Certain Other Significant Officers." In connection with the Strategic Merger
in August 1995, the Company entered into three-year employment agreements with
all of the then shareholders and option holders, which agreements are
terminable at any time by written notice, subject to certain conditions. The
employment agreements may not be specifically enforceable against the employees
as it is not possible to compel employees to work for the Company, and there
can be no assurance that the non-competition covenants in such agreements are
enforceable. Further, the Company does not have employment agreements with its
senior management members who were hired after August 1995. See
"Management--Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Other Significant
Officers" and "Management--Employment Agreements and Other Compensation
Arrangements." In addition, the Company's business is dependent on the highly
skilled, and often highly specialized, individuals it employs. Retention of
asset management, investment advisory, private equity, research, sales and
trading, and administrative professionals is particularly important to the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and business
prospects. There can be no assurance that losses of key personnel will not
occur in the future, which could materially and adversely affect the Company's
business, financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.
10
<PAGE> 12
The Company expects further growth in the number of its personnel.
Competition for employees with the qualifications desired by the Company is
intense, especially with respect to asset management and research professionals
with expertise in the insurance industry, and the Company expects that
continuing competition will cause its compensation costs to continue to
increase. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to recruit a
sufficient number of new employees with the desired qualifications in a timely
manner. The failure to recruit new employees could materially and adversely
affect the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and
business prospects.
SIGNIFICANT INDUSTRY COMPETITION
All of the Company's businesses are conducted in highly competitive
markets. The Company competes with a large number of other asset management
firms, as well as broker-dealers, insurance companies, commercial banks and
others in the business. The Company's asset management business competes for
assets under discretionary management with a large number of other specialty
and diversified investment advisory firms and divisions, including internal
investment divisions of insurance companies. The intensity of competition could
increase if the rate of growth in insurance company assets managed externally
were to decline. See "Business--Industry Background and Trends--Developing
Trends in the Insurance Industry." The asset management industry is
characterized by relatively low cost of entry, and new entities may be formed
which may compete with the Company. The Company's focus on the insurance
industry makes it particularly subject to direct competition from firms or
divisions that specialize in providing services to the insurance sector.
Additionally, other insurance companies may determine to spin out their
investment management divisions, which might then become competitors. The
Company's asset management, real estate, private equity and investment
accounting & reporting services are also subject to intense competition, and
are characterized by limited capital requirements and low barriers to entry.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully
against current and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by
the Company will not materially and adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.
Many of the Company's current and potential competitors are larger and have
access to greater resources and a number of the Company's current competitors
ranked more highly in the Eager Study than the Company with respect to their
perceived ability to generate good performance, all of which could be used to
compete effectively against the Company. Such competition could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of
operations and business prospects, as well as its ability to attract and retain
highly skilled individuals as employees. See "Business--Competition."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS
As part of its business strategy, the Company intends to consider
acquisitions of similar or complementary businesses. No assurance can be given
that the Company will be successful in identifying attractive acquisition
candidates or completing acquisitions on favorable terms. In addition, any
future acquisitions will be accompanied by the risks commonly associated with
acquisitions. These risks include potential exposure to unknown liabilities of
acquired companies or to acquisition costs and expenses, the difficulty and
expense of integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired companies,
the potential disruption to the business of the combined company and potential
diversion of management's time and attention, the impairment of relationships
with and the possible loss of key employees and clients as a result of the
changes in management, the incurrence of amortization expenses if an
acquisition is accounted for as a purchase and dilution to the shareholders of
the combined company if the acquisition is made for stock of the combined
company. There can be no assurance that products, technologies or businesses of
acquired companies will be effectively assimilated into the business or product
offerings of the combined company or will have a positive effect on the
combined company's revenues or earnings. Further, the combined company may
incur significant expense to complete acquisitions and to support the acquired
products and businesses. Any such acquisitions may be funded with cash, debt or
equity, which could have the effect of diluting or otherwise adversely
affecting the holdings or the rights of existing shareholders of the Company,
including investors acquiring Common Stock in this offering.
11
<PAGE> 13
CHANGES IN ECONOMIC OR MARKET CONDITIONS AFFECTING FEE LEVELS
Changes in economic and market conditions may adversely affect the
profitability and performance of and demand for the Company's services. A
significant portion of the Company's revenue is derived from asset management
fees, which are generally based on the market value of assets under management.
Consequently, significant fluctuations in the values of securities (e.g., as
the result of substantial changes in the equity and fixed income markets
resulting from changes in interest rates, inflation rates or other economic
factors) may affect materially the amount of assets under management and thus
the Company's revenues and profitability. Due to the Company's focus on
insurance companies, which tend to invest more predominantly in
interest-sensitive securities, the Company's assets under management are
particularly sensitive to interest rate volatility. In addition to the
potential reduction in market value of assets under management, adverse market
conditions could also cause the Company's clients to reduce the amount of new
funds contributed to accounts under management, withdraw funds or reduce the
allocation of assets to particular types of investments, all of which could
reduce the Company's revenues.
The amount of assets under management is also affected by fluctuations in
the investment patterns of the Company's clients. Because the Company's clients
are predominantly in the insurance business, regulatory changes (such as
changes in insurance company investment regulations or adverse tax law changes)
could negatively impact the Company's revenues. See "--Risks Associated with
Insurance Industry Focus."
The Company's mortgage origination and mortgage and real estate servicing
business is dependent on local economic conditions. Although the Company has
mortgage activity in approximately 25 states, significant declines in the local
economies in a number of such states could reduce the availability of, and
increase competition for, high quality mortgages and real estate developments.
Economic and market conditions may also result in a decline in client demand
for mortgages.
The Company from time to time serves as an underwriter of publicly offered
securities. Underwriting revenues, as well as brokerage commissions, are highly
volatile, depending on a variety of factors, including market conditions and
transaction activity; accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the amount
of such revenues, if any, that may arise in future periods. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and
"Business--Asset Management."
REGULATION
INTRODUCTION
The securities industry and the business of the Company are subject to
extensive regulation by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC" or
the "Commission"), state securities regulators and other governmental
regulatory authorities. The business of the Company also is regulated by the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD"). Conning &
Company and Conning Asset Management Company, both subsidiaries of the Company,
are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. As registered investment
advisers, each is subject to the requirements of the Investment Advisers Act of
1940, as amended (the "Advisers Act"), and the SEC's regulations thereunder.
Conning Asset Management Company acts as an investment adviser to certain
registered investment companies, and therefore is also subject to regulation
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company
Act"). Conning & Company is registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and various state
broker-dealer registration laws. Conning Asset Management Company is a
fiduciary under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"), and regulations thereunder with respect to the investments of its
discretionary asset management clients which are employee benefit plans subject
to ERISA and with respect to the investments of portfolios managed by the
Company that contain assets of plans subject to ERISA. In addition, the
Company's mortgage origination activities are subject to the licensing
requirements of certain states. See "Regulation."
GENERAL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH REGULATION
Due to the extensive regulation to which the Company is subject, the
Company may be restricted in its activities, and the Company's management may
be required to devote substantial time and effort to regulatory compliance
issues. Furthermore, Conning & Company is exposed to liability under federal
and state securities laws and court decisions, including decisions with respect
to underwriters' liability and limitations on indemnification of underwriters
12
<PAGE> 14
by issuers. See "Business--Legal Proceedings." Violations of federal or state
laws or regulations or rules of industry self-regulatory organizations
("SROs"), such as the NASD, including without limitation with respect to
fiduciary duties, could subject the Company, its subsidiaries and/or its
employees to disciplinary proceedings or civil or criminal liability, including
revocation of licenses, censures, fines or temporary suspension or permanent
bar from the conduct of their business. Any such proceeding or liability could
have a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial
condition, results of operations and business prospects. See "Regulation."
RISK OF PENALTIES DUE TO NONCOMPLIANCE
Compliance with many of the regulations applicable to the Company involves
a number of risks, particularly because applicable regulations in a number of
areas, such as those governing affiliated transactions involving clients, may
be subject to varying interpretation. Regulators make periodic examinations and
review annual, monthly and other reports on the Company's operations and
financial condition. In the event of noncompliance by the Company with any
applicable law or regulation, governmental regulators and SROs may institute
administrative or judicial proceedings that may result in censure, fine, civil
penalties (including treble damages in the case of insider trading violations),
criminal penalties, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, the deregistration
or suspension of the non-compliant broker-dealer or investment adviser, the
suspension or disqualification of the broker-dealer's or investment adviser's
officers or employees, the removal of the Company from its role as fiduciary
with respect to the investment of assets subject to ERISA, and other adverse
consequences. The Company has not experienced any such penalties to date. Such
violations or noncompliance could also subject the Company and/or its employees
to civil actions by private parties. In connection with the Company's private
equity activities, Conning & Company, its affiliates and the private equity
funds which they manage are relying on exemptions from registration under the
Investment Company Act, the Securities Act and state securities laws. Failure
to meet the requirements of any such exemptions could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations
and business prospects and the manner in which the Company, its affiliates and
the private equity funds they manage carry out their investment activities and
on the compensation received by Conning & Company and its affiliates from the
private equity funds. See "Regulation."
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH CHANGING REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
The regulatory environment in which the Company operates is subject to
change. The Company may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised
legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other governmental regulatory
authorities or SROs. The Company also may be adversely affected by changes in
the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules by these
governmental authorities and SROs. See "Regulation."
RISK OF CHANGES IN OTHER BUSINESS REGULATIONS
The Company's businesses may be materially affected not only by securities
regulations but also by regulations of general application. For example, the
volume of the Company's asset management revenue in a given time period could
be affected by, among other things, existing and proposed tax legislation and
other governmental regulations and policies (including, without limitation, the
interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board) and changes in the
interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules that affect the
business and financial communities. The level of business and financing
activity in the insurance industry can be affected not only by such legislation
or regulations of general applicability, but also by industry-specific
legislation or regulations. See "Regulation."
POTENTIAL LIMITS ON OPERATIONS AND DIVIDENDS DUE TO NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
As a registered broker-dealer and member of the NASD, Conning & Company is
subject to the net capital rules of the SEC, various states and the NASD. These
rules specify minimum net capital requirements for registered broker-dealers
and NASD members, are designed to assure that broker-dealers maintain adequate
regulatory capital in relation to their liabilities and the size of their
customer business, and have the effect of requiring that a substantial portion
of a broker-dealer's assets be kept in cash or highly liquid investments. Such
net capital requirements could have a materially adverse effect on the
Company's ability to distribute any declared dividends to its shareholders. The
Company is a holding company, the principal assets of which consist of the
common stock of Conning, Inc. Conning, Inc. owns all of the common stock of
Conning & Company. The primary source of funds for the Company to make dividend
distributions, if any, will be dividends paid to the Company by Conning, Inc.
Conning, Inc.'s principal source
13
<PAGE> 15
of funds is dividends received from Conning & Company, which may be restricted
in its distribution of any such dividends by such net capital rules. See
"Regulation--Net Capital Requirements."
TERMINATION PROVISIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENTS
A large portion of the Company's revenues are derived from investment
advisory agreements with insurance companies, particularly General American and
its affiliates, and institutional clients, which agreements are generally
terminable upon 30 to 90 days' notice without penalty. The termination of any
of these agreements representing a material portion of assets under management
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition, results of operations and business prospects. See "Regulation."
CONSEQUENCES OF A CHANGE OF CONTROL ON INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENTS;
LIMITATIONS ON VOTING RIGHTS
Under the Advisers Act, investment advisory agreements are voidable upon
assignment unless the client consents to such assignment. Under the Investment
Company Act, investment advisory agreements terminate upon assignment. Under
both Acts, an investment advisory agreement is deemed to have been assigned
when there is a direct or indirect transfer of the agreement, including a
direct assignment or a transfer of a "controlling block" of the firm's voting
securities or, under certain circumstances, upon the transfer of a
"controlling block" of the voting securities of its parent corporation. Under
Section 15(f) of the Investment Company Act, during the two-year period after a
change of control of an investment adviser of a registered investment company,
there may not be imposed an "unfair burden" on such company as a result of a
change in control. Section 15(f) could be interpreted to restrict increases in
investment advisory fees during such two-year period and, accordingly, may
discourage potential purchasers from acquiring any interest in the Company that
might constitute a change of control under the Investment Company Act. See
"Regulation."
Following the completion of the offering, sales of Common Stock by General
American or other shareholders of the Company or issuances of Common Stock by
the Company, among other things, could result in a deemed assignment of the
Company's investment advisory agreements under the Advisers Act and the
Investment Company Act. Any assignment of the Company's investment advisory
agreements would require, as to any registered investment company client, the
prior approval by a majority of its shareholders, and as to the Company's other
clients, the prior consent of such clients. There can be no assurance that the
Company's clients would consent to the assignment of investment advisory
agreements or approve new investment advisory agreements with the Company in
such an event. The Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation (the
"Articles") provide that no person or group deemed to be a beneficial owner
(as defined therein) of the Common Stock may vote more than 20% of the total
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. This provision of the Articles
does not apply to General American, subsidiaries or affiliates of General
American, direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company and certain employee
plans established or to be established by the Company. The Company's Board of
Directors may approve the exemption of other persons or groups from the
provisions described above. While this voting limitation is in place to reduce
the likelihood, under certain circumstances, of inadvertent terminations of the
Company's advisory agreements as a result of "assignments" of such contracts,
there can be no guarantees that this voting limitation will prevent such a
termination from occurring. In addition, such limitation could be deemed to
have an anti-takeover effect and to make changes in management more difficult.
See "Regulation" and "Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions
- --Limitations on Voting of Shares in Certain Circumstances."
CERTAIN OTHER ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS
In addition to the provision in the Articles described in the preceding
paragraph, certain other provisions of Missouri law, the Articles and the
Company's Bylaws (the "Bylaws") could have the effect of making it more
difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from
attempting to acquire, control of the Company, including, without limitation,
the business combination provisions of the Missouri General and Business
Corporation Law. Such provisions of Missouri law include, among others: (i)
Missouri's "business combination" statute which imposes restrictions and
conditions on certain transactions with an "interested shareholder"
(generally a shareholder owning more than 20% of the corporation's voting
stock) for five years following the date on which such shareholder became an
interested shareholder; and (ii) Missouri's "take-over bid disclosure"
statute which provides that prior to making a tender offer for certain Missouri
corporations the offeror must file certain disclosure materials. The Company's
Articles and Bylaws, among other things, (i) contain certain limitations on the
voting power of certain
14
<PAGE> 16
shareholders, (ii) provide for a classified Board of Directors, (iii) limit the
right of shareholders to remove directors or change the size of the Board of
Directors, to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors, to act by written
consent and to call a special meeting of shareholders, (iv) require a higher
percentage of shareholders than would otherwise be required to amend, alter,
change or repeal certain provisions of the Articles and Bylaws, and (v) provide
that the Bylaws may be amended only by the majority vote of the Board of
Directors. See "Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions." Such provisions could
also limit or depress the price that certain investors might be willing to pay
in the future for shares of the Common Stock. The Company is also authorized to
issue preferred stock with rights senior to, and that may adversely affect, the
Common Stock, without the necessity of shareholder approval and with such
rights, preferences and privileges as the Company's Board of Directors may
determine. The Company, however, has no present plans to issue any shares of
preferred stock. See "Principal Shareholders" and "Description of Capital
Stock."
NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market will develop
or be sustained after this offering or that investors will be able to sell the
Common Stock should they desire to do so. The initial public offering price
will be determined by negotiations between the Company and the Underwriters and
may bear no relationship to the price at which the Common Stock will trade upon
completion of this offering. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price.
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT ON FUTURE MARKET
PRICES
Following the completion of the offering, sales of substantial numbers of
additional shares of Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that
such sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock and make it more difficult for the Company to raise funds through future
equity offerings. General American will beneficially own approximately 65% of
the Common Stock after the consummation of the offering (approximately 63% if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) and a sale of
such shares could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock. The
Company's directors and executive officers and other shareholders holding all
of the 10,375,000 shares outstanding on the date hereof have entered into
lock-up agreements under which they have agreed, other than with the consent of
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, not to sell such shares
for a period of 180 days following the completion of the offering. The Company
believes that, following the lock-up period, up to 1,472,288 shares held by
existing shareholders could be eligible for sale without restriction and up to
8,902,712 "affiliate" shares held by executive officers, directors and other
affiliates could be eligible for sale, subject to certain volume and other
limitations of Rule 144; all such shares, however, may be subject to additional
holding periods under Rule 144 based on, among other things, particular
interpretative considerations, facts and circumstances relating to such
shareholders. Following effectiveness of the registration statement covering
the shares offered hereby, the Company will register on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act an aggregate of 2,200,000 shares of Common Stock issuable under
employee stock plans, which registrations are expected to become effective upon
filing. There are options to purchase 1,237,500 shares of Common Stock
outstanding on the date hereof, 400,000 of which are currently exercisable, an
additional 600,000 of which will be exercisable upon completion of the offering
and the remaining 237,500 of which will become exercisable over a five-year
vesting period commencing November 22, 1997. Upon the closing of this offering,
certain incentive stock options will be recharacterized as other than incentive
stock options; the Company intends to compensate for such recharacterization by
granting new non-qualified stock options to all holders of such recharacterized
options upon the closing of this offering. See "Management--Employee Stock
Plans." In addition, upon the closing of this offering, the Company intends to
grant options to purchase an additional 965,000 shares of Common Stock, which
options will become exercisable over a five-year vesting period commencing on
the first anniversary of the closing of this offering. Upon the first
anniversary of the date hereof, General American and the other shareholders of
the Company have certain rights to require the Company to register 8,780,005 of
their 10,375,000 shares of Common Stock for sale under the Securities Act. See
"Management--Employee Stock Plans," "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."
15
<PAGE> 17
POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
The market price of the shares of Common Stock could be subject to wide
fluctuations in response to factors such as actual or anticipated variations in
the Company's operating results, changes in financial estimates by securities
analysts, conditions and trends in the asset management or insurance
industries, adoption of new accounting standards affecting the investment
advisory or insurance industries, general market conditions and other factors.
Further, the stock market in general has experienced extreme price and volume
fluctuations that often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the
operating performance of such companies. These market fluctuations, as well as
general economic, political and market conditions, may adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock. In the past, following periods of volatility
in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action
litigation has often been instituted against such company. Such litigation, if
instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management
attention and resources, which would have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and business
prospects.
DILUTION
Purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby will experience immediate
estimated dilution of approximately $10.00 per share in the net tangible book
value of their shares from the assumed initial public offering price. To the
extent outstanding options to purchase Common Stock are exercised, there will
be further dilution. See "Dilution."
DISCRETIONARY USE OF PROCEEDS
Although the Company has not yet identified specific uses for the net
proceeds to be received by it from this offering, such proceeds are expected to
be used for general corporate purposes, including possible acquisitions of
related businesses or investments in strategic or joint venture relationships.
The Company has no present understandings, agreements or commitments with
respect to any such acquisitions or investments, and no assurance can be given
that any such acquisition or investment will take place. Pending application to
such purposes, the net proceeds will be invested in short-term, investment
grade, interest-bearing securities. The Company's management will have
discretion over the use and investment of such net proceeds. Accordingly, there
can be no assurance regarding the utilization or timing of the utilization of
the remaining net proceeds of this offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
RISK OF SYSTEMS FAILURE; DEPENDENCE ON VENDORS
The Company's business is highly dependent on communications and
information systems and certain third-party vendors for securities pricing
information and updates on certain software. The Company's investment
accounting & reporting services depend on the timeliness and accuracy of
reports furnished by the Company to its customers. Although the Company
believes it has adequate procedures in place to ensure the timeliness and
accuracy of the Company's services, any delays or inaccuracies in such
information may give rise to potential claims against the Company and could
materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition,
results of operations and business prospects. Further, there can be no
assurance that the Company will not suffer a systems failure or interruption,
whether caused by an earthquake, fire, other natural disaster, power or
telecommunications failure, act of God, act of war or otherwise, or that the
Company's back-up procedures and capabilities in the event of any such failure
or interruption will be adequate. Significant portions of the Company's
business are dependent on the Company's ability to protect its computer
equipment and the information stored in its data processing centers against
damage that may be caused by fire, power loss, telecommunications failures,
unauthorized access and other events. The Company's data processing centers are
located in Hartford, Connecticut and St. Louis, Missouri. Software and related
data files are expected to be backed-up regularly and stored off-site. The
Company has contracted with an outside service to provide disaster recovery
services. There can be no assurance that these measures are sufficient to
eliminate the risk of extended interruption in the Company's operations.
Further, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue to be able to
obtain timely and accurate securities pricing information from third-party
vendors on an ongoing basis, which is vital to the Company's ability to provide
investment accounting & reporting services because it enables the Company to
value its clients' portfolios. Any delays or inaccuracies in securities pricing
information could give rise to claims against the Company, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition, results
of operations and business prospects.
16
<PAGE> 18
Under a software license agreement with SS&C Technologies, Inc. ("SS&C"),
effective as of January 27, 1996 (the "License Agreement"), the Company has a
perpetual non-exclusive license to use, maintain and modify its investment
accounting & reporting software, including both CAMRA(TM) and FILMS(TM), in
both source code and object code (the "Software"). SS&C Technologies, Inc.
represents that it is the owner of the trademarks CAMRA(TM) and FILMS(TM). The
License Agreement permits the Software to be used by the Company for
accounting, reporting and similar purposes in the asset management business and
for outsourcing to customers in the insurance industry and by General American
and its subsidiaries in certain circumstances. The Company is obligated to make
annual payments under the License Agreement until the year 2000. Additional
license fees may be due as a result of an increase of assets under management
or advisement only if the assets under management or advisement increase as the
result of certain business combinations involving the Company. SS&C may
terminate the License Agreement in the event of, among other things, a breach
by the Company which is not cured after written notice, certain bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar events affecting the Company or certain other
transactions such as the acquisition of a controlling interest in the Company
by, or the entering into of certain transactions between the Company and, an
entity that competes with SS&C. While the Company has contracted to receive
certain updates to its software, there can be no assurance that it will obtain
updated software in a timely manner. Any failure or interruption of the
Company's systems or a failure to receive timely and accurate securities
pricing information or updates to software could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and
business prospects. See "Business--Asset Management--Investment Accounting &
Reporting."
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
As the year 2000 approaches, a critical business issue has emerged
regarding how existing application software programs and operating systems can
accommodate this date value. In brief, many existing application software
products in the marketplace were designed to only accommodate a two digit date
position which represents the year (e.g., '95 is stored on the system and
represents the year 1995). As a result, the year 1999 (i.e., '99) could be the
maximum date value these systems will be able to accurately process. Management
is in the process of working with its software vendors to assure that the
Company is prepared for the year 2000. Based on information currently
available, management does not anticipate that the Company will incur
significant operating expenses or be required to invest heavily in computer
system improvements to be year 2000 compliant, however the Company is still in
the preliminary stages of analyzing its systems and requirements. To the extent
the Company's systems are not fully year 2000 compliant, there can be no
assurance that potential systems interruptions or the cost necessary to update
software would not have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition, results of operations and business prospects.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 2,500,000 shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby are estimated to be approximately
$30.0 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $13.50 per share
and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company.
The principal purposes of this offering are to increase the Company's
equity capital and to create a public market for the Common Stock, which will
facilitate the Company's future access to the public equity markets and enhance
the ability of the Company to use its Common Stock as consideration for
acquisitions and as a means of attracting and retaining key employees.
The net proceeds of this offering will be used for general corporate
purposes. The Company's business strategy contemplates that it will seek to
complement internal growth with strategic investments and acquisitions.
Accordingly, a portion of the net proceeds may also be used for acquiring
related businesses or investing in strategic or joint venture relationships.
The Company has no present understandings, agreements or commitments with
respect to any such acquisition or investment, and no assurance can be given
that any such acquisition or investment will take place. Pending application to
the uses described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds of
this offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.
17
<PAGE> 19
DIVIDEND POLICY
The Company initially intends to establish a policy after this offering of
declaring quarterly dividends, commencing in the first quarter of 1998, at the
rate of approximately $0.04 per share ($0.16 annually) on the Common Stock. The
declaration and payment of dividends to holders of Common Stock will be at the
discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon the
Company's capital requirements and operating and financial condition, as well
as the legal and regulatory restrictions from net capital rules of various
regulatory bodies applicable to Conning & Company and such other factors as the
Board of Directors may deem relevant. See "Regulation."
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the long-term borrowings and capitalization
of the Company at September 30, 1997 on a historical basis, and as adjusted to
give effect to the Capital Stock Conversions and the sale by the Company of
2,500,000 shares of Common Stock in the offering (assuming the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is not exercised) at an assumed initial public offering
price of $13.50 per share, less the underwriting discounts, commissions and
estimated offering expenses and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds". This table should be read in conjunction
with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
--------------------------
ACTUAL AS ADJUSTED
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
Long-term debt............................................................................ $ -0- $ -0-
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, $5.33 liquidation value: 3,190,000
shares authorized, issued and outstanding; no as adjusted shares issued and
outstanding<F1>......................................................................... $32,894 -0-
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, $5.33 liquidation value: 600,000
shares authorized, 365,000 shares issued and outstanding; no as adjusted shares issued
and outstanding<F1>..................................................................... 3,257 -0-
Non-Voting Common Stock, $.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized; 110,000 shares
issued and outstanding; no as adjusted shares issued and outstanding<F1>................ 1 -0-
Common Stock, $.01 par value: 50,000,000 shares authorized; 6,710,000 shares issued and
outstanding; 12,875,000 as adjusted shares issued and outstanding<F1><F2>............... 67 129
Additional paid-in capital................................................................ -0- 66,700
Retained earnings......................................................................... -0- -0-
------- -------
Total common shareholders' equity................................................. 68 66,829
------- -------
Total capitalization.......................................................... $36,219 $66,829
======= =======
<FN>
- --------
<F1> Gives effect to changes in the Company's capitalization effected in June
1997, including the increase in the numbers of authorized shares of Common
Stock and authorized but undesignated shares of preferred stock. Upon the
completion of this offering, the Company intends to file an amendment to
its Articles to eliminate the Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock and the Non-Voting Common Stock. See "Description of Capital
Stock."
<F2> Assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options. As of the date of this
Prospectus, there are outstanding options to purchase 1,237,500 shares of
Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $5.65 per share. In
addition, upon the closing of this offering, the Company intends to grant
options to purchase an additional estimated 1,294,987 shares of Common
Stock at the initial public offering price. An additional estimated
905,013 shares are currently reserved for future grants under the
Company's employee benefit plans. See "Management--Employee Stock Plans"
and Note 12 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
18
<PAGE> 20
DILUTION
The adjusted net tangible book value of the Company as of September 30,
1997 was approximately $14.5 million, or $1.39 per share of Common Stock.
Adjusted net tangible book value per share is equal to the Company's total
tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of
Common Stock outstanding, after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversions.
After giving effect to the sale by the Company of 2,500,000 shares of Common
Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $13.50 per
share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom (see "Use of
Proceeds"), the pro forma adjusted net tangible book value of the Company at
September 30, 1997 would have been approximately $45 million, or $3.50 per
share. This represents an immediate increase in adjusted net tangible book
value of $2.11 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of
$10.00 per share to new investors purchasing shares in the offering. The
following table illustrates this per share dilution:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share<F1>............................. $13.50
Adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 1997......... $1.39
Increase in adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new
investors.................................................................. 2.11
Pro forma adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering......... 3.50
------
Dilution in adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors<F2>..... $10.00
======
<FN>
- --------
<F1> Before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated expenses of the offering payable by the Company.
<F2> The above computation assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options. As
of the date of this Prospectus, there are outstanding options to purchase
1,237,500 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of
$5.65 per share which would result in total dilution in adjusted net
tangible book value per share to new investors of $9.81 if all such
options were exercised. In addition, upon the closing of this offering,
the Company intends to grant options to purchase an additional estimated
1,294,987 shares of Common Stock at the assumed initial public offering
price. To the extent these options are exercised total dilution in
adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors would be
$8.99. An additional estimated 905,013 shares are currently reserved for
future grants under the Company's employee benefit plans. See "Manage-
ment--Employee Stock Plans" and Note 12 of Notes to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements.
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes on a pro forma basis, at September 30, 1997,
the difference between existing shareholders and new investors with respect to
the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the Company (assuming no
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option), the approximate total
consideration paid, and the average price per share paid, by existing holders
of Common Stock and by the investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in this
offering before deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated offering expenses and assuming an initial public offering price of
$13.50 per share.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SHARES PURCHASED TOTAL CONSIDERATION<F1>
------------------------ ------------------------- AVERAGE PRICE
NUMBER PERCENT AMOUNT PERCENT PER SHARE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Existing shareholders................... 10,375,000 81.0% $32,726,818 49.2% $ 3.15
New investors........................... 2,500,000 19.0% 33,750,000 50.8% $13.50
---------- ----- ----------- -----
Total<F1><F2>....................... 12,875,000 100.0% $66,476,818 100.0%
<FN>
- --------
<F1> A portion of the total consideration with respect to existing shareholders
other than General American is calculated based on values established in
connection with the Strategic Merger, and in the case of General American
reflects book value of assets contributed pursuant to the Strategic Merger
plus subsequent purchases.
<F2> The above computation assumes no exercise of outstanding stock options.
</TABLE>
19
<PAGE> 21
BUSINESS
GENERAL
Conning is a nationally recognized asset management company providing
services to the insurance industry, and is also a leading provider of insurance
research. As of September 30, 1997, the Company had approximately $26.4 billion
of assets under discretionary management and, in total, provided services with
respect to approximately $73.6 billion of assets for insurance company clients.
The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of the continued
growth in insurance industry assets and the willingness of insurance companies
to consider utilizing external investment management expertise. The Company
believes that many insurance companies are responding to increasing
competitive, financial and regulatory pressures by engaging outside asset
managers for (i) sophisticated asset management, (ii) access to specialized
asset classes supported by a comprehensive analytical methodology, and (iii)
comprehensive investment accounting & reporting services. During the period
from 1992 through 1996, assets under discretionary management of the Company
increased by an average of 24% per year, on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Strategic Merger and the inclusion of assets of General American
for all years. In 1996, its first full year of operations following the
Strategic Merger, the Company had revenues of approximately $53.7 million and
net earnings of approximately $6.2 million. During the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, the Company had revenues of approximately $46.9 million and
net earnings of approximately $6.4 million.
The Company was formed pursuant to the Strategic Merger in 1995 and is the
successor to the businesses formerly conducted independently by Conning, Inc.
and GAIMCO. The parties effected the Strategic Merger in order to combine
complementary businesses, each with specialties in the insurance industry, to
build a platform from which to leverage additional growth. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--The Strategic Merger." Since January
1, 1995, the assets of the general account of General American have been under
contract with Conning Asset Management Company (formerly, GAIMCO). Prior to
such time, the assets of the general account were managed by the investment
division of General American, a predecessor of GAIMCO.
The Company believes that it possesses competitive strengths in insurance
asset management which may support its prospects for growth:
INSURANCE INDUSTRY FOCUS AND KNOWLEDGE. Based upon the Company's extensive
work with insurance companies, the Company believes that its focus on the
insurance industry allows it to provide substantially all of the services and
products that an insurance company seeks from an asset manager. By utilizing
its specialized knowledge of insurance company investment considerations, the
Company believes, based upon feedback from clients, that it offers a more
comprehensive set of asset management services than many of its competitors,
including asset allocation, asset and liability matching, cash forecasts, tax
modeling and investment accounting & reporting. The Company offers expertise in
asset classes that many insurance companies traditionally utilize, including
commercial mortgage loans, investment real estate and private placements.
NAME RECOGNITION WITHIN THE INSURANCE INDUSTRY. The Company believes that
the established reputation of Conning within the insurance industry provides
the Company with a marketing advantage. According to the Eager Study, the
Company ranks among the top two insurance asset management firms in terms of
name recognition among domestic, non-captive insurance companies with assets
over $30 million which responded to the survey. The Company's in-depth
insurance industry research has been targeted to senior executives in the
insurance industry for more than 20 years, and its Strategic Studies Series is
subscribed to by 44 of the 50 largest U.S. property-casualty insurance
companies and 42 of the 50 largest U.S. life-health insurance companies (based
on 1996 premiums as reported by OneSource Information Services, Inc. as
provided to it by third parties).
CLIENT SERVICE AND PERFORMANCE FOCUS. The Company attempts to differentiate
itself from competitors through its insurance-specific capabilities, investment
performance and frequent, responsive client communication. During the period
from 1992 through 1996, the Company retained an average of approximately 95% of
unaffiliated clients on an annual basis.
* Capabilities--The Company utilizes a team approach to managing each
client's portfolios, combining the talents of investment, insurance,
actuarial, tax and accounting specialists. The Company utilizes a set of
insurance-related research products, including property/casualty and
life/health profitability models, a loss ratio and loss reserve analysis
service and a tax optimization model.
20
<PAGE> 22
* Performance--The Company tailors its asset management services to the
specific needs and objectives of each client's investment portfolio and
seeks to achieve favorable results based upon risk and return parameters
established for each client's portfolio. The Company ranked below a
number of competitors in the Eager Study with respect to its perceived
ability to generate good performance, which was also cited by survey
respondents as the most common criteria in the selection of investment
manager candidates. However, the Company believes that other criteria on
which the Company did rank highly, including knowledge and experience
with insurance industry issues and the provision of services beyond
investment management, are also important in the selection of investment
managers, particularly in light of regulatory constraints applicable to
insurance companies. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Insurance
Industry Focus," and "Risk Factors--Significant Industry Competition."
The Company's insurance asset management services are designed to
optimize investment returns for clients within the constraints imposed by
insurance regulatory, accounting, tax and asset/liability management
considerations.
* Responsiveness--The Company communicates frequently with its clients to
pursue the clients' investment objectives in light of changing business
and market conditions. The Company believes such responsiveness is
critical to strong client relationships and client satisfaction. The
Company believes that its comprehensive investment accounting & reporting
services are integral to client communications.
EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT WITH SIGNIFICANT STOCK OWNERSHIP. The Company
employs an experienced management team, the members of which have an average of
approximately 15 years of experience in the investment or insurance business.
In total, the employees of the Company will own in the aggregate approximately
29% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis after the offering (including
options to be granted upon the closing of this offering). See "Management"
and "Principal Shareholders."
COMPANY OPERATIONS--OVERVIEW
The Company's business is asset management for insurance companies, which
is supplemented by its in-depth research focused on the insurance industry. The
Company's asset management services consist of three components: (i)
discretionary asset management services, (ii) investment advisory services and
(iii) investment accounting & reporting services. In connection with its
discretionary asset management services, the Company originates and services
commercial mortgages and manages investments in real estate assets. The Company
also sponsors and manages private equity funds investing in insurance and
insurance-related companies.
ASSET MANAGEMENT. The Company's insurance asset management services are
designed to optimize investment returns for clients within the guidelines
imposed by insurance regulatory, accounting, tax and asset/liability management
considerations. As of September 30, 1997, the Company provided services with
respect to approximately $73.6 billion in assets, of which approximately (i)
$26.4 billion represented assets under discretionary management, (ii) $21.0
billion represented assets serviced under investment advisory agreements and
(iii) $26.2 billion represented assets receiving investment accounting &
reporting services on a stand-alone basis. As part of its discretionary asset
management services, as of September 30, 1997, the Company managed
approximately $2.6 billion of commercial mortgage loans and investment real
estate.
The Company manages private equity funds which invest in insurance and
insurance-related companies. Since 1985, the Company has sponsored five private
equity funds, raising approximately $360 million in committed capital. The
private equity funds have invested more than $193 million of these proceeds in
39 companies which constitute the investment portfolios of these funds. In most
cases, these invested proceeds serve to provide a portion of additional
equity-based financing or to partially capitalize a new company.
INSURANCE RESEARCH. The Company believes that Conning & Company is one of
the leading insurance industry investment research firms in the United States.
The Company publishes in-depth insurance industry research covering major
insurance industry trends, products, markets and business segments. The Company
also publishes stock research on a broad group of publicly-traded insurance
companies for some of the largest United States institutional money managers as
well as pension funds, banks, mutual funds, and insurance companies. Conning &
Company also from time to time participates in the underwriting of public
offerings of equity securities for insurance and insurance-related companies.
21
<PAGE> 23
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND AND TRENDS
Due to the unique financial characteristics and the regulatory environment
governing the various segments of the insurance industry, effective management
of insurance company assets requires specialized industry knowledge. In
addition to an in-depth understanding of an insurance company's business and
products, the Company believes that insurance companies expect that their
assets should be carefully tailored to meet the company's specific regulatory
and tax requirements and profitability objectives, and that the asset manager
should manage investment risk to reflect the underlying income and cash flow
characteristics of the insurance products which the investments support.
INSURANCE INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
Dynamics of Insurance. The insurance industry reduces the risk of
significant financial loss for individuals, families and businesses resulting
from the loss of life or ability to lead a productive life or from a property
or casualty-related loss. The dynamics of the insurance industry are
significantly influenced on a broad level by changes in economic or market
conditions, regulations, and natural disasters and by individual factors such
as personal health and longevity, accidents and personal misfortune.
Unique Financial Characteristics. Insurance companies must carefully
monitor cash flow patterns with respect to premium collections and claims
payments in order to ensure that invested assets are adequate to cover the
payment of potential future claims. Cash flow patterns vary depending on the
type of insurance (i.e., life/health and property/casualty). For example, life
insurance policies typically have either an up-front premium or steady premiums
collected over the life of the policy, and claims are typically paid in a lump
sum or a stream of payments many years after the policy's inception. Many life
insurance products combine a tax-efficient savings component with the insurance
component. Health insurance premiums, on the other hand, are generally
collected in a steady stream and closely match the projected stream of medical
claims payments. Property insurance premiums are typically collected over the
life of the policy and claims are typically paid within the life of the policy
or shortly after the policy term expires. Casualty insurance premiums are
typically paid over the life of the policy and if claims are made, usually
after litigation, typically many years after the policy period.
Regulatory Environment. Insurance companies are heavily regulated by state
laws and regulatory agencies, which require, among other things, that insurance
companies comply with risk-based capital requirements. Additionally, insurance
company portfolios are constrained in the asset classes and allocations they
can hold and are typically heavily weighted toward fixed income securities of
investment grade or higher. Property/casualty companies typically hold limited
amounts of real estate investments, while life insurance companies invest more
heavily in real estate. Further, insurance companies must submit to state
regulators statutory financial statements which conform to regulatory
requirements.
The Company believes that its understanding of the dynamics of the
insurance industry, the unique financial characteristics of different insurance
products, and the insurance industry's regulatory environment enables it to
provide comprehensive asset management services to insurance companies.
22
<PAGE> 24
DEVELOPING TRENDS IN THE INSURANCE INDUSTRY
Certain key insurance industry trends that also affect the management of
insurance company assets are as follows:
Growing Insurance Company Assets. Insurance company assets have grown over
several decades and during the period from 1986 to 1996 grew at an average rate
of approximately 9% per year, from approximately $1.3 trillion to approximately
$3.1 trillion, according to a standard industry source, as shown in the
following table:
INSURANCE COMPANY ASSETS
(IN MILLIONS)
[GRAPH]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991
- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$1,305,366 $1,460,109 $1,634,187 $1,811,072 $1,947,021 $2,105,350
<CAPTION>
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
- -------------- -------------- -------------- -------------- --------------
<C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$2,259,960 $2,474,023 $2,629,529 $2,891,085 $3,105,321
</TABLE>
Continuing Trend Towards Increased Savings. As the "baby-boom" generation
continues to age, the Company believes that the demographics of the population
of the United States should favor wealth accumulation. Thus, the Company
anticipates that the growth of asset accumulation products (e.g., annuities)
will outpace the growth of mortality based products (e.g., term life
insurance). The Company believes this trend will cause insurance companies to
focus increasingly on the importance of investment management to support
competition in investment-oriented products.
Acceptance of Outsourcing. The Company believes that many insurance
companies are utilizing non-affiliated asset managers in order to respond to
competitive product requirements and the pressure to achieve higher returns on
investments while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. According to the
Eager Study, assets under management by external, non-affiliated managers
(which represented approximately 15% of industry assets in 1996) increased at a
rate of 17% per year from $300 billion in 1994 to $415 billion in 1996. Based
upon information provided by an industry source, insurance company assets
increased at a rate of approximately 9% per year, from $2.6 trillion in 1994 to
$3.1 trillion in 1996. The authors of the Eager Study concluded that externally
managed assets would continue to grow, but believed that the growth rate would
lose momentum over the next few years covered by the study. The Eager Study
indicated that the percentage of insurance companies using one or more
non-affiliated external managers increased 6% from 1992 to 1994, but did not
increase from 1994 to 1996. In addition, the study reported that the median
(typical) company indicated that it had about reached the maximum percentage of
assets expected to be managed externally.
The Company believes that outsourcing can provide insurance companies the
opportunity to access the specialized expertise, scale and technology needed to
manage assets more effectively. The Company also believes outsourcing has
become an accepted business approach in the insurance industry.
The Company believes many insurance companies and other financial service
providers, including banks and investment managers, will be driven by increased
competition, regulatory considerations and increased capital needs to divest
themselves of non-core businesses and to seek to acquire, merge with or
otherwise strategically align themselves with complementary businesses in order
to achieve economies of scale. The Eager Study indicated that merger and
consolidation activity had appeared to offset some growth activity among
investment management firms and may have created economies favoring internal
asset management by insurance companies. However, the Company also believes
that such merger or consolidation activity in the insurance industry may also
create additional outsourcing opportunities as the remaining companies seek
ways to achieve increased efficiencies.
See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with Insurance Industry Focus" and
"Risk Factors--Significant Industry Competition."
23
<PAGE> 25
STRATEGY
The Company's growth is built on a foundation of recurring, fee-based
revenues. Fee-based revenues represented approximately 80% of the Company's
total revenues both in 1996 and for the first nine months of 1997. The
Company's primary operating strategy is to grow recurring, fee-based asset
management related revenues through the following strategies:
LEVERAGE ESTABLISHED ASSET MANAGEMENT PLATFORM TO GENERATE GROWTH AND
PROFITABILITY
The Company believes that it has established a platform, made up of core
investment professionals, product expertise and systems, to support future
growth in fee-based asset management revenues. Opportunities for asset
management growth are expected to come from new and existing clients, strategic
acquisitions and alliances and through General American and its affiliates.
GENERATE GROWTH FROM NEW AND EXISTING CLIENTS
The Company intends to take advantage of the growth in insurance industry
assets and a trend among insurance companies to seek external investment
management expertise. The Company will pursue growth in assets under management
from new clients by increasing the Company's sales and marketing efforts and by
leveraging the Company's strong name recognition. Additionally, the Company
will continue to pursue growth in assets under management from existing clients
by seeking to increase its share of its clients' assets and from underlying
growth in existing assets.
PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS AND ALLIANCES TO EXPAND MARKET PENETRATION
The Company regularly evaluates strategic acquisitions, joint ventures and
marketing alliances as a means of increasing assets under management, expanding
the range of its product offerings and increasing its sales and marketing
capabilities.
LEVERAGE STRATEGIC ALLIANCE WITH GROWING PARTNER
The Company's relationship with General American, the Company's principal
shareholder, provides opportunities for distribution of the Company's products
and services to General American and its affiliates. The Company has benefited
from the internal growth and acquisition activity of General American and its
affiliates, with assets under management of General American and its affiliates
increasing at an average rate of approximately 14% per year, from approximately
$5.4 billion as of December 31, 1991 to approximately $10.6 billion as of
December 31, 1996. At September 30, 1997, such affiliated assets under
management totaled approximately $13.5 billion.
No assurance can be given that the Company's objectives or strategies will
be achieved. See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements"
and "Risk Factors."
ASSET MANAGEMENT
The Company's business is asset management for insurance companies, which
is supplemented by its in-depth research focused on the insurance industry. The
Company's asset management services consist of three components: (i)
discretionary asset management services, (ii) investment advisory services and
(iii) investment accounting & reporting services. In connection with its
discretionary asset management services, the Company originates and services
commercial mortgages and manages investments in real estate assets. The Company
also sponsors and manages private equity funds investing in insurance and
insurance-related companies.
24
<PAGE> 26
As of September 30, 1997, the Company provided services with respect to
approximately $73.6 billion in assets, of which approximately (i) $26.4 billion
represented assets under discretionary management, (ii) $21.0 billion
represented assets serviced under investment advisory agreements and (iii)
$26.2 billion represented assets receiving investment accounting & reporting
services on a stand-alone basis. This array of services allows the Company to
provide a fully integrated product offering, with some clients utilizing all of
the asset management services the Company offers, and others utilizing only
selected services. Assets serviced by the Company have increased at a compound
annual rate of approximately 35% from December 31, 1991 to December 31, 1996,
as shown in the following table:
<TABLE>
ASSETS SERVICED BY THE COMPANY<F1>
(IN BILLIONS)
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE ASSETS
AS OF ------------------------------------------ AS OF AS OF
12/31/91 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 12/31/96 9/30/97
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Assets under discretionary
management
Unaffiliated.................................. $ 1.7 $ 3.3 $ 5.4 $ 6.2 $ 7.7 $ 9.5 $10.1 $12.9
Affiliated.................................... 5.4 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.8 9.6 10.6 13.5
----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Total..................................... 7.1 8.8 11.4 12.8 15.5 19.1 20.7 26.4
Investment advisory............................... 4.9 5.2 10.1 14.7 15.3 18.3 20.8 21.0
Investment accounting & reporting................. -- -- 1.3 2.6 4.8 9.2 11.7 26.2
----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
Total................................. $12.0 $14.0 $22.8 $30.1 $35.6 $46.6 $53.2 $73.6
===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== ===== =====
<FN>
- --------
<F1> Since January 1, 1995, the assets of the general account of General
American have been under contract with GAIMCO (now known as Conning Asset
Management Company). General account assets prior to January 1, 1995 were
managed by the investment division of General American, a predecessor of
GAIMCO, and are included in assets under management for years prior to
1995. Data for 1995 and prior periods are presented on a pro forma basis
to include both Conning and GAIMCO assets under management.
</TABLE>
Discretionary Asset Management & Investment Advisory Services. The
Company's assets under discretionary management have increased at a compounded
annualized rate of approximately 24% from December 31, 1991 through December
31, 1996, with assets of General American-related (affiliated) accounts
increasing approximately 14% and assets of other clients (unaffiliated)
increasing approximately 44% over the period. The Company's insurance asset
management services are designed to optimize investment returns for clients
within the constraints imposed by insurance regulatory, accounting, tax and
asset/liability management considerations. The Company utilizes a team-based,
client-oriented approach, drawing upon a variety of insurance specialists,
including researchers, actuaries and investment, financial and tax
professionals, with specific industry expertise, investment class knowledge,
insurance product knowledge, risk analysis, portfolio management and client
relationship skills. The Company supports a variety of asset classes, as shown
in the following table:
<TABLE>
ASSETS UNDER DISCRETIONARY MANAGEMENT
(IN BILLIONS)
<CAPTION>
AS OF
ASSET CLASSES SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
<S> <C>
Corporate bonds................................... $ 7.5
Asset-backed securities........................... 5.8
Mortgage loans.................................... 2.4
Municipal bonds................................... 2.6
Government bonds.................................. 2.0
Private placements................................ 2.2
Indexed equity.................................... 1.4
Short-term obligations............................ 1.0
Equity............................................ 1.3
Real estate....................................... 0.2
-----
Total..................................... $26.4
=====
</TABLE>
25
<PAGE> 27
The Company works with each client individually to conduct an in-depth
analysis of its insurance operations and investment objectives. This broad
strategic approach is designed to address each client's core needs to model
asset and liability durations and manage risk and maximize returns. In
particular, the Company analyzes the client's strategic objectives, operational
forecasts, business needs, cash flows, regulatory and rating agency concerns,
and accounting and tax issues. The Company utilizes a "top down" investment
methodology, beginning with an analysis of macro-economic and capital market
conditions. Additionally, the Company considers the client's current portfolio
characteristics, management's risk tolerance, investment guidelines,
performance benchmarks and desired asset allocation. The Company undertakes
quantitative analyses, including (i) asset/liability analyses, (ii) analyses of
cash flows, interest rate risk and surplus adequacy, (iii) peer group
comparisons and (iv) asset allocation modeling. The Company also utilizes its
insurance related research products, including property/casualty and
life/health profitability models, a loss ratio and loss reserve analysis
service, and a tax optimization model.
The Company assists its clients in the development of new insurance
products by advising them as to investment strategies required to meet the
profitability goals set for such products. The Company is integral to the
product management, administration and distribution of one of General
American's stable value insurance products.
The Company also serves as the investment adviser to several registered
investment companies and unit investment trusts sponsored by General American.
Investment advisory agreements with registered investment companies and unit
investment trusts may be terminated at any time by the entity upon specified
notice, terminate automatically in the event of their assignment, and are
subject to annual renewal by the board of the entity.
The Company also provides stand-alone investment advisory services to
clients who are seeking only business analysis and asset allocation or
diversification advice. Such advice typically includes a review of the
portfolio from the standpoint of liability structure, capital adequacy, return
on equity, asset allocation, regulatory and rating agency implications, and
income and cash flow requirements. As of September 30, 1997, the Company had
approximately $21.0 billion in assets under investment advisory contracts on a
stand-alone basis.
The Company's asset management accounts are each managed pursuant to a
written investment management agreement with the client. Such agreements are
terminable upon relatively short notice (typically 30-90 days) by either party.
In providing discretionary asset management services, the Company generally is
compensated on the basis of fees calculated as a percentage of assets under
management. Fees generally are billed and are payable quarterly and typically
are calculated on the asset value of an account at the beginning or end of a
quarter. The fee schedules typically provide lower incremental fees above
certain levels of managed assets. The Company's investment advisory accounts
are managed pursuant to a written agreement for a specified term, generally one
to three years, pursuant to which the Company generally receives a fixed
periodic fee.
26
<PAGE> 28
Mortgage Origination and Service of Real Estate. The Company has developed
expertise in the origination and servicing of commercial mortgage loans and the
management of real estate, asset classes which are frequently utilized by life
insurance companies. As of September 30, 1997, the Company managed
approximately $2.4 billion in commercial mortgage loans and approximately $200
million in investment real estate. The Company has originated more than $2.2
billion of mortgage loans for its clients since January 1, 1994, most of which
were on behalf of General American and its affiliates. In addition, the Company
is developing opportunities for placements for other insurance company clients
and pension funds. The following chart shows the growth of the amount of new
mortgage loans that the Company has originated during the period from 1992
through 1996.
NEW MORTGAGE LOAN FUNDINGS
(IN MILLIONS)
[GRAPH]
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
---- ---- ---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$89.3 $139.1 $361.5 $529.0 $819.7
</TABLE>
During the first nine months of 1997, the Company originated approximately
$520 million of new mortgage loans. The Company believes it has the capacity,
under favorable market conditions, to generate approximately $900 million in
commercial mortgage loans annually.
The Company has traditionally focused on originating commercial mortgage
loans generally ranging in size from $2 million to $15 million, with varying
maturities of five to twenty years, secured by office, industrial or retail
properties. The Company also provides development, advisory and management
services with respect to real estate investment properties. The Company
originates, actively monitors and manages its commercial mortgage loan and real
estate portfolios through its St. Louis home office location and eleven field
offices located in Arizona, California (2), Colorado (2), Florida, Georgia,
Illinois, Missouri, Texas and Washington, D.C. The Company performs a full
array of mortgage loan origination and portfolio management services including
lease analysis, property valuation, economic and financial reviews, tenant
analysis and oversight of default and bankruptcy proceedings. All properties
are inspected each year and evaluated periodically based on internal quality
ratings for purposes of loan loss reserve and internal management.
The Company also provides ongoing servicing, generally as part of an
integrated mortgage loan origination program and in several cases on a
stand-alone basis. As of September 30, 1997, the Company provided mortgage loan
servicing for approximately $2.8 billion of mortgage loans, primarily for
General American and its affiliates. Of this amount, approximately $0.4 billion
was serviced on a stand-alone basis. The Company is rated as a master servicer
by Fitch Investors Service, L.P. ("Fitch") and Standard & Poor's, and a
special servicer by Fitch for purposes of servicing securitized loan
portfolios. The Company also provides a wide range of mortgage loan and real
estate accounting services, including reconciliation reports, mortgage loan and
real estate reporting for regulatory agencies, management and outside clients,
and tax analysis and support. See "--Investment Accounting & Reporting." The
Company established a relationship with an investment banking firm to originate
mortgage loans. In 1995 the Company originated loans in the amount of
approximately $172 million for a securitized offering by such investment
banking firm, and the Company retained the master servicing of the entire loan
portfolio totaling approximately $278 million. During the first quarter of
1997, the Company originated approximately $200 million of mortgage loans for
such firm.
27
<PAGE> 29
Additionally, the Company is expanding efforts to market its mortgage loan
origination and servicing and accounting capabilities to other life insurance
companies.
The Company generally receives a fee associated with loan origination,
which is usually approximately 1% of the loan balance. The Company also
receives ongoing servicing fees and management fees with respect to mortgage
loans in portfolios managed by the Company.
Private Placement Investing. The Company believes it has considerable
expertise in evaluating private placement securities. As of September 30, 1997,
the Company managed approximately $2.2 billion in private placement securities,
most of which were purchased on behalf of General American and its affiliates.
Private placement securities are acquired pursuant to negotiated transactions
between investors and issuers pursuant to exemptions from registration with the
SEC. While less liquid than public securities, private placements often contain
investment characteristics favorable to investors such as more stringent
financial covenants, prepayment protection, collateral or higher yields than
similar public securities. The Company purchases both fixed and floating rate,
U.S. dollar denominated private securities on behalf of its client accounts,
primarily of investment grade quality and primarily according to a "buy and
hold" strategy. Such an investment in a private placement is generally between
$5 million and $15 million.
The Company conducts in-depth reviews of each private placement security's
credit, structure, terms and proposed pricing prior to making a commitment to
purchase a private placement on behalf of a client. The Company considers
credit analysis to be critical to its success in private placement investing
and such credit analysis consists of an evaluation of all aspects of a
borrowing, including analysis of financial statements and ratios, cash flow,
industry and competitive position, operating trends and any collateral securing
the loan.
Investment Accounting & Reporting. As of September 30, 1997, the Company's
investment accounting & reporting services provided stand-alone investment
accounting for approximately $26.2 billion in assets. All $73.6 billion in
assets serviced by the Company are supported by the Company's investment
accounting & reporting system. The Company's investment accounting & reporting
services include management and regulatory reporting on invested assets,
operating income and capital gains and losses. These services have been
designed to address the needs of clients for timely and accurate reporting for
management purposes, as well as the increased information required in filings
with state and federal regulatory authorities regarding assets and liabilities
as well as risk-based capital allocations, including Schedules B and D of the
standard insurance industry annual statutory financial report.
The Company's accounting & reporting system utilizes the Complete Asset
Management, Reporting and Accounting software system (known as CAMRA(TM)) and
the Fully Integrated Loan Management Information Software System (known as
FILMS(TM)) under a software license agreement with SS&C Technologies, Inc.
("SS&C"), effective as of January 27, 1996 (the "License Agreement"). SS&C
represents that it is the owner of the trademarks CAMRA(TM) and FILMS(TM). In
connection with insurance investment accounting, the Company obtains pertinent
client information through frequent and ongoing contact with the client,
portfolio manager, brokers and custodians, in addition to standard industry
sources. The Company utilizes detailed portfolio information as the foundation
for asset allocation and portfolio management as well as to support its
clients' operational and information needs. By utilizing CAMRA(TM), the Company
is able to provide a number of services, such as: (i) portfolio management and
market analyses, including a comprehensive securities database supporting
on-line daily, monthly, quarterly and on-demand calculation of a range of
information, including book and market value, yields, duration, average life
and various user-selected scenarios; (ii) comprehensive accounting and
reporting capabilities, including four accounting bases--GAAP, statutory,
management and tax--exporting data directly to spreadsheets, word processors and
databases for ease of delivery and presentation; (iii) multi-currency
processing, calculating transaction and translation values in accordance with
applicable accounting and insurance industry rules; and (iv) regulatory
compliance, providing performance measurement calculations. The
Company utilizes FILMS(TM) to enable its mortgage professionals to process,
analyze and report on a comprehensive basis information regarding their loan
portfolios. CAMRA(TM) and FILMS(TM) allow for detailed and timely reporting to
the Company's clients, providing them with valuable management tools. Such
reporting is an integral component of the Company's focus on client service.
Under the License Agreement, the Company has a perpetual non-exclusive
license to use, maintain and modify its investment accounting & reporting
software, including both CAMRA(TM) and FILMS(TM), in both source code and
object code (the "Software"). The License Agreement permits the Software to
be used by the Company and General American and its subsidiaries for
accounting, reporting and similar purposes in the asset management
business and for outsourcing to customers in the insurance industry. See "Risk
Factors--Risk of Systems Failure; Dependence on Vendors."
28
<PAGE> 30
Investment accounting & reporting services are typically provided in
conjunction with insurance asset management services and are therefore subject
to the terms of an overall management agreement. See "--Discretionary Asset
Management & Investment Advisory Services." In a number of cases, however,
clients have retained the Company to provide such services on a stand-alone
basis. In those cases, the services are subject to the terms of a separate
agreement and the Company is generally compensated on the basis of fees
calculated as a percentage of assets serviced.
Private Equity Funds. The Company believes it is a leader in facilitating
the provision of private equity capital to the insurance and insurance-related
industries. Since 1985, the Company has organized five funds that have raised
approximately $360 million in committed capital. The private equity funds have
invested more than $193 million of these proceeds in 39 companies which
constitute the investment portfolios of these funds. In most cases, these
invested proceeds serve to provide a portion of additional equity-based
financing or to partially capitalize a new company. The Company or a subsidiary
acts as the general partner of the funds and maintains a 1% general partner
capital interest. The Company may also invest as a limited partner in future
funds it may organize. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."
Management believes that limited partners invest in the Company's private
equity funds to obtain the opportunity for potential private equity returns on
investments in insurance or insurance-related enterprises. Investors also
receive exposure to new business strategies and entrepreneurial developments in
the insurance industry. More than 70 limited partners have invested in the
Company's private equity funds since 1985, including financial companies,
banks, pension funds and some of the largest insurance companies in the world.
A number of limited partners have invested in multiple private equity funds
over time.
The following table shows the average private equity committed capital over
the past five years.
<TABLE>
PRIVATE EQUITY COMMITTED CAPITAL
(IN MILLIONS)
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE COMMITTED CAPITAL
----------------------------------------------- AS OF
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 9/30/97
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Fund I.............. $ 50.5 $ 42.4 $ 28.4 $ 18.9 $ 7.7 $ -0-
Fund II............. 67.7 67.7 67.7 67.7 67.7 67.7
Fund III............ -- 21.8 50.1 56.6 56.6 56.6
Fund IV............. -- -- -- 18.7 38.9 40.4
Fund V.............. -- -- -- -- -- 146.5
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ ------
Total....... $118.2 $131.9 $146.2 $161.9 $170.9 $311.2
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
These funds have invested in a wide range of insurance, healthcare and
insurance service company segments, including specialty property-casualty,
life, health, managed care, agency, software, and service companies. The
portfolio companies have been in various stages of development, including
start-ups, expansion rounds, buy-outs and recapitalizations.
The Company seeks to develop a working relationship with senior management
of the portfolio companies to jointly maximize shareholder value. An employee
of the Company generally serves as a representative on the board of directors
of the portfolio companies. By providing guidance through board of director
participation, the Company seeks to assist senior management in developing
business strategies, raising capital in the public and private markets and
acquiring new or complementary businesses. Investors in the funds have become
co-investors, joint venture partners, reinsurers or customers to over half of
the funds' portfolio companies.
Subject to the ability to raise capital, the Company currently plans to
maintain several funds at any point in time, reflecting the approximate ten
year life cycle of the funds. The objective of the funds is to liquidate their
investments through public offerings, sale of the portfolio company or the
fund's investment, redemption or otherwise. Since inception, approximately 15
portfolio companies have emerged as public entities. The Company receives
annual management fees from the private equity funds of approximately 2% of
committed funds and a specified interest in the cumulative net profit. Certain
of the Company's professionals share in the Company's share of any profit
participation. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--
Participation in Private Equity Funds."
29
<PAGE> 31
INSURANCE RESEARCH
Name recognition associated with the Company's insurance research business
is an integral component of the marketing strategy for the Company's insurance
asset management services. The Company believes that Conning & Company is
viewed as one of the leading insurance industry investment research firms in
the United States. The Company publishes in-depth insurance industry research
covering major insurance industry trends, products, markets and business
segments. The Company also publishes stock research on a broad group of
publicly-traded insurance companies for some of the largest United States
institutional money managers as well as pension funds, banks, mutual funds, and
insurance companies. The Company's in-depth insurance industry research has
been targeted to senior executives in the insurance industry for more than 20
years, and its Strategic Studies Series is subscribed to by 44 of the 50
largest U.S. property-casualty insurance companies and 42 of the 50 largest
U.S. life-health insurance companies (based on 1996 premiums as reported by
OneSource Information Services, Inc. as provided to it by third parties).
During 1996 and the first nine months of 1997, the Company published the
following studies:
LIFE/HEALTH/ASSET ACCUMULATION
The High Net Worth Market for Financial Services--Leveraging Customer
Specialization to Achieve Sustainable Competitive Advantage
The Pension/Retirement Assets Business--Sleeping With the Enemy
The Rise of Multiple Life Distribution Channels--Covering All Bases
Individual Annuities--Rising Tide Will Not Lift All Carriers
Social Security Reform--Private Market Opportunities?
FINANCIAL
Alternative Markets--Evolving to a New Layer
Lloyd's of London--A New World of Capital. Is the Genie Out of the Bottle?
Mergers & Acquisitions and Public Equity Offerings--Sink, Swim Fast or be
Swallowed
Technology I--Electronic Commerce and the Internet
Banking--New Opportunities for Banks in Insurance
Mergers & Acquisitions and Public Equity Offerings--Mid-Year 1997 Review
Insurance and Technology--Leveraging the Drivers of Competitive Advantage
HEALTHCARE
Medicare and Medicaid--The Private Sector Steps to the Plate
Reinvesting Individual Disability Income Insurance--The Long Road Back
The Health Care Marketplace--The Move Toward Managed Care Accelerates
From Medical Malpractice to Managed Care Liability--Fifty Ways to Meet the
Future
PROPERTY/CASUALTY
The Property-Casualty Underwriting Cycle--Lifting the Veil of Abnormal
Losses
Insurance Fraud--The Quiet Catastrophe
Property-Casualty Expenses--Building Muscles While Losing Fat
Personal Auto Insurance--Winning Strategies for the Year 2000
The Independent P/C Agent--The Squeeze Is Still On
Strategic Customer Specialization--The Patchwork Quilt of Minority Owned
Businesses
Strategic Customer Segmentation--Women Business Owners--Doing It Their Way
REINSURANCE
Outlook for the Reinsurance Industry--A New Definition of Quality
Life and Health Reinsurance--Pockets of Opportunity
A Portrait of Reinsurance--Back to the Basics and Beyond
In addition, the Company from time to time participates in the underwriting
of public offerings of equity securities for insurance and insurance-related
companies. Since 1993, the Company has participated in syndicates for
approximately 120 insurance-related underwritings for both initial and
follow-on public offerings. Payment for the
30
<PAGE> 32
Company's research services is primarily in the form of commissions derived
from securities transactions effected by the Company and, to a lesser extent,
subscription fees for research publications. In addition, the research services
revenues received by the Company reflect underwriting fees with participation
in public offerings of insurance and insurance-related companies.
ACCOUNTING, ADMINISTRATION AND OPERATIONS
The Company's accounting, administration and operations personnel are
responsible for financial controls, internal and external financial reporting,
compliance with regulatory and legal requirements, office and personnel
services, the Company's management information and telecommunications systems,
and the processing of the Company's securities transactions. General American
provides certain of these functions pursuant to an Administrative Services
Agreement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Transactions
with General American." The Company contracts with outside services for
securities pricing information in connection with its asset management and
investment accounting & reporting services. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Systems
Failure; Dependence on Vendors."
COMPETITION
All of the Company's businesses are conducted in highly competitive
markets. The Company competes with a large number of other asset management
firms as well as broker-dealers, insurance companies, commercial banks and
others in the business. Conning Asset Management Company competes for assets
under discretionary management with a large number of specialty and diversified
investment advisory firms and divisions, including internal investment
divisions of insurance companies, many of which are larger and have access to
greater resources than the Company. The intensity of competition could increase
if the rate of growth in insurance company assets managed externally were to
decline. See "Business--Industry Background and Trends--Developing Trends in
the Insurance Industry." The asset management industry is characterized by
relatively low cost of entry, and new investment advisory entities may be
formed which may compete with the Company. The Company's focus on the insurance
industry makes it particularly subject to direct competition from firms or
divisions which specialize in providing services to the insurance industry.
Additionally, other insurance companies may determine to spin out their
investment management divisions, which might then become significant
competitors. The Company believes that the most important factors affecting
competition for investment management clients are the knowledge and reputations
of investment managers, customer service, performance records and pricing
policies.
The Company's mortgage origination and servicing business faces competition
from local and national mortgage brokerage firms, other direct institutional
lenders and services, lending programs from investment banking firms and other
financial institutions, many of whom are larger and have access to greater
resources than the Company. The Company believes that the most important
factors affecting competition for the origination of commercial mortgage loans
are price, loan quality and service. For most customers, the Company's
investment accounting & reporting services face competition from certain other
asset management firms as well as software companies, including SS&C. The
Company believes the most important factors affecting competition for
investment accounting & reporting services are the quality and performance of
the Company's software and service, and to a lesser extent price. The Company's
private equity business faces competition for raising capital and making equity
investments from securities firms, venture capitalists, commercial banks,
investment banks and insurance companies, many of whom are larger and have
access to greater resources than the Company. The Company believes that the
most important factors affecting competition for the sponsorship and management
of such funds are performance records and the reputations and expertise of
sponsors. The Company's insurance research business faces competition from
traditional securities firms and investment banks in providing research on
publicly-traded insurance industry related companies and research on the
insurance industry. The Company believes that the most important factors
affecting competition are the quality and number of the insurance research
professionals, the breadth of coverage and the number of topics covered.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete
successfully against current and future competitors or that competitive
pressures faced by the Company will not materially and adversely affect the
Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and business
prospects. See "Risk Factors--Significant Industry Competition."
31
<PAGE> 33
FACILITIES
The Company's headquarters and certain of its executive offices are located
in an approximately 25,000 square foot office space located at 700 Market
Street, St. Louis, Missouri 63101 pursuant to a lease from General American.
The Company anticipates leasing up to an additional 10,000 square feet at this
location during 1997 on substantially the same terms and conditions. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Transactions with General
American." The Company also maintains executive offices in a 49,500 square
foot office space located at 185 Asylum Street, Hartford, Connecticut pursuant
to a lease expiring in 2005 with annual base rental expense of approximately
$1.0 million until 1999 and a base rental expense of approximately $1.2 million
from 1999 until 2004, subject to increases for taxes, insurance and operating
expenses. The Company also leases from third parties, or subleases from General
American, each of eleven other office sites for its various mortgage loan and
real estate offices located in Arizona, California (2), Colorado (2), Florida,
Georgia, Illinois, Missouri, Texas and Washington, D.C.
The Company's principal offices in St. Louis and all but one of the remote
office spaces described above are rented pursuant to written leases and a
sublease between the Company and General American. See "Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions--Transactions with General American." The terms of
such leases and the sublease (collectively, the "Leases"), were designed to
approximate the cost to General American of owning or leasing such spaces. The
Company believes that the prices and other terms under the Leases are at least
as favorable as those prices and terms being offered generally in the same
marketplaces by unrelated parties for comparable spaces.
The Company believes its facilities have been generally well maintained,
are in good operating condition, and, upon lease of the additional space
described above, will be adequate for its current requirements.
EMPLOYEES
As of September 30, 1997, the Company employed approximately 275 employees.
None of the Company's employees is subject to a collective bargaining
agreement. The Company believes that its relations with its employees are good.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
On November 14, 1994, the Insurance Commissioner of the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania, in its capacity as statutory liquidator of Rockwood Insurance
Company ("Rockwood"), initiated an action in the Commonwealth Court of
Pennsylvania against Conning & Company and certain of the officers of Conning &
Company styled Maleski v. Conning & Company, et al., No. 94-7507 (subsequently
amended to Linda S. Kaiser v. Conning). The action arises out of the
Commissioner's previous retention of Conning & Company as placement agent for
the sale of one of Rockwood's subsidiaries. The complaint alleges breach of
fiduciary duty, breach of contract, professional negligence, bad faith and
conspiracy, and seeks compensatory damages for approximately $6.5 million and
unspecified punitive damages, costs and interest. Conning & Company is
defending the action vigorously and the Company believes that Conning & Company
has meritorious defenses to all claims. Although the matter is subject to
uncertainty, as it remains in the preliminary stages and discovery has not been
completed, the Company believes that the probable outcome should not have a
material adverse effect upon the Company.
On July 8, 1997, a consolidated amended class-action complaint was filed
against SS&C Technologies, Inc. ("SS&C") in the United States District Court,
District of Connecticut, styled Marc A. Feiner, M.D., et al. v. SS&C
Technologies, Inc., et al. (Civil Action No. 397CV00656(JBA) consolidated with
Civil Action No. 397CV01077). The complaint names SS&C, the directors of SS&C
at the time of SS&C's initial public offering (including John B. Clinton, an
officer of the Company), and lead underwriters Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated
and Hambrecht & Quist as defendants. The complaint alleges, among other things,
there were material misstatements in the prospectus used by SS&C in an initial
public offering in May 1996 and seeks, among other things, rescission and/or
money damages, equitable relief and costs and expenses. Conning & Company, a
subsidiary of the Company, was a participant of the underwriting syndicate in
connection with SS&C's initial public offering, and thus may share, to the
extent of its participation in the initial public offering, in any potential
liability of the lead underwriters. General American and Fund I were selling
shareholders in SS&C's initial public offering, and the lead underwriters have
demanded of the selling shareholders indemnity against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities arising out of the action and reimbursement for legal or
other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending the
action. Although the matter is subject to uncertainty as, among other things,
the action is in the preliminary stages, the Company believes that the probable
outcome of the pending action should not have a material adverse effect upon
the Company.
32
<PAGE> 34
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated financial data presented below should be read in
conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The income statement and balance
sheet data for, and as of the end of, each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 1996 are derived from the financial statements of the
Company, which financial statements have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP,
independent certified public accountants. The consolidated financial statements
for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1996, and the
report thereon, are included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected
financial data of the Company presented below for the years ended December 31,
1992 and 1993 and as of December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994 are derived from
audited financial statements not included in this Prospectus. The selected
consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 and
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 have been derived from the unaudited
consolidated financial statements of the Company, which have been prepared on
the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company
and, in the opinion of management, reflect all normal recurring adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of
operations as of the end of and for such periods. The information set forth
below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements and the Notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus. Also set forth below is certain operating and financial
information.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED NINE MONTHS ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,<F1> DECEMBER 31,<F2> SEPTEMBER 30,
------------------------------------ ---------------- -----------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1995 1996 1996 1997
PRO FORMA
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:
Asset management and related
fees......................... $1,716 $2,446 $3,484 $24,050 $30,675 $40,456 $29,365 $36,018
Research services.............. 0 0 0 4,090 9,480 12,148 9,582 10,278
Other income................... 51 36 57 663 996 1,062 792 629
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total revenues............. 1,767 2,482 3,541 28,803 41,151 53,666 39,739 46,925
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Expenses:
Employee compensation and
benefits..................... 0 0 0 12,027 18,336 26,002 18,522 23,559
Amortization of goodwill and
other........................ 0 0 0 1,289 2,911 2,721 2,062 1,953
All other expenses............. 935 1,141 1,429 9,195 12,515 13,151 10,062 10,441
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total expenses............. 935 1,141 1,429 22,511 33,762 41,874 30,646 35,953
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Operating income................... 832 1,341 2,112 6,292 7,389 11,792 9,093 10,972
Interest expense............... 0 0 0 521 1,365 729 592 233
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Income before provision for income
taxes............................ 832 1,341 2,112 5,771 6,025 11,063 8,501 10,739
Provision for income taxes......... 311 507 827 2,359 2,739 4,851 3,762 4,317
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income................. $ 521 $ 834 $1,285 $ 3,412 $ 3,286 $ 6,212 $ 4,739 $ 6,422
====== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Preferred stock dividends.......... 0 0 0 351 906 906 669 750
------ ------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net earnings available to common
shareholder...................... $ 521 $ 834 $1,285 $ 3,061 $ 2,380 $ 5,306 $ 4,070 $ 5,672
====== ====== ====== ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Pro forma net income per common
share and common share
equivalents<F3>.............. $ 0.57 $ 0.58
======= =======
<FN>
- --------
Footnotes on next page.
</TABLE>
33
<PAGE> 35
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF DECEMBER 31, AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
-------------------------------------------------- -------------------
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997
AS
ADJUSTED<F4>
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets....................... $1,395 $1,386 $1,683 $46,177 $50,020 $54,646 $85,255
Long-term debt..................... 0 0 0 9,000 2,000 0 0
Total liabilities.................. 437 594 356 24,552 20,870 18,426 18,426
Convertible preferred stock........ 0 0 0 17,003 24,782 36,152 0
Total common shareholder's
equity........................... 958 792 1,327 4,623 4,368 68 66,829
Number of common shares outstanding
end of period.................... 0.1 0.1 0.1 6,710 6,710 6,820 12,875
</TABLE>
Set forth below is certain operating and financial information.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
------------------------------------------------ AS OF
1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 9/30/97
(IN BILLIONS, EXCEPT AS NOTED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
OTHER OPERATING DATA:
Average assets under discretionary management<F5>:
Unaffiliated.................................. $ 3.3 $ 5.4 $ 6.2 $ 7.7 $ 9.5 $ 12.9
General American & affiliates................. 5.5 6.0 6.6 7.8 9.6 13.5
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -------
Total..................................... 8.8 11.4 12.8 15.5 19.1 26.4
Average assets under advisory services............ 5.2 10.1 14.7 15.3 18.3 21.0
Average assets under accounting & reporting
services........................................ 0.0 1.3 2.6 4.8 9.2 26.2
------ ------ ------ ------ ------ -------
Total assets serviced..................... $ 14.0 $ 22.8 $ 30.1 $ 35.6 $ 46.6 $ 73.6
====== ====== ====== ====== ====== =======
<FN>
- --------
<F1> The years 1992 to 1994 reflect the results of GAIMCO only. The year 1995
reflects the results of the consolidated activity, from August 1, 1995 to
December 31, 1995 and the results of GAIMCO only from January 1, 1995 to
July 31, 1995. See Note 1 to the Company's Consolidated Financial
Statements.
<F2> Pro forma 1995 reflects the consolidated activity for the year assuming
the Strategic Merger took place on January 1, 1995. The year 1996 reflects
actual consolidated results. See Note 2 to the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements.
<F3> Pro forma earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock
equivalents considered outstanding during the period after giving effect
to all dilutive common stock and common stock equivalents shares issued
within twelve months of the public offering of the Company's common stock
and to the Capital Stock Conversions.
<F4> Gives effect to the Capital Stock Conversions and the sale of 2,500,000
shares of Common Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public
offering price of $13.50 per share and the receipt of the estimated net
proceeds therefrom.
<F5> Since January 1, 1995, the assets of the general account of General
American have been under contract with GAIMCO (now known as Conning Asset
Management Company). General account assets prior to January 1, 1995 were
managed by the investment division of General American, a predecessor or
GAIMCO, and are included in assets under management for 1992, 1993 and
1994. Data for 1995 and prior periods is presented on a pro forma basis to
include both Conning and GAIMCO assets under management.
</TABLE>
34
<PAGE> 36
The following financial information represents financial data of Conning,
Inc. and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 1992, 1993 and 1994,
and for the six months ended June 30, 1995 and should be read in conjunction
with Conning, Inc.'s Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The income statement and balance sheet
data for, and as of the end of, the year ended December 31, 1994 are derived
from the financial statements of Conning, Inc. and its subsidiaries, which
financial statements have been audited by Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
certified public accountants. The income statement and balance sheet data for,
and as of the end of, the six month period ended June 30, 1995 are derived from
the financial statements for the six month period ended June 30, 1995, which
financial statements have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, certified
public accountants. The consolidated financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 1994 and the report thereon, and the financial statements for the
six month period ended June 30, 1995 are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
The selected financial data presented below for the years ended December 31,
1992 and 1993 and as of December 31, 1992 and 1993 are derived from audited
financial statements not included in this Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX
MONTHS
ENDED
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------- --------
CONNING, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 1992 1993 1994 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Revenues:
Asset management and related fees....................... $ 6,643 $ 8,107 $ 9,840 $ 5,662
Research services....................................... 9,487 13,473 8,165 4,564
Other income............................................ 132 1,282 472 275
------- ------- ------- -------
Total revenues...................................... 16,262 22,862 18,477 10,501
------- ------- ------- -------
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits...................... 9,382 10,616 10,196 5,322
Amortization of goodwill and other...................... 0 0 0 0
All other expenses...................................... 6,298 7,805 5,530 3,087
------- ------- ------- -------
Total expenses...................................... 15,680 18,421 15,726 8,409
------- ------- ------- -------
Operating income............................................ 582 4,441 2,751 2,092
Interest expense........................................ 111 85 0 0
------- ------- ------- -------
Income before provision for income taxes and cumulative
effect of accounting change............................... 471 4,356 2,751 2,092
Provision for income taxes.................................. 66 947 1,244 809
------- ------- ------- -------
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change........ 405 3,409 1,507 1,283
Cumulative effect of accounting change...................... 0 131 0 0
------- ------- ------- -------
Net income.......................................... $ 405 $ 3,540 $ 1,507 $ 1,283
======= ======= ======= =======
Preferred stock dividends................................... 53 320 320 160
------- ------- ------- -------
Net earnings available to common shareholders............... $ 352 $ 3,220 $ 1,187 $ 1,123
======= ======= ======= =======
<CAPTION>
AS OF
AS OF DECEMBER 31, JUNE 30,
-------------------------- --------
1992 1993 1994 1995
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Total assets................................................ $10,922 $11,274 $14,228 $16,003
Long-term debt.............................................. 0 0 0 0
Total liabilities........................................... 8,179 5,071 6,392 6,927
Redeemable preferred stock.................................. 5,425 0 0 0
Cumulative preferred stock.................................. 0 3,650 3,650 3,650
Total common shareholders' equity (deficit)................. (2,682) 2,552 4,186 5,426
Number of common shares outstanding end of period........... 446 93 106 108
</TABLE>
35
<PAGE> 37
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
The Company's revenues consist of asset management and related fees,
research service fees and other income.
The Company's asset management and related revenues derive from three
sources: asset management fees, private equity fund management fees and fees
related to the Company's mortgage and real estate activities. Asset management
fees primarily reflect fees for discretionary asset management services
provided to insurance company clients, including General American and its
affiliates. Asset management fees are generally a function of the overall fee
rate charged to each account and the level of assets under management. A
portion of revenues are generated when the Company provides investment advisory
services as well as when the Company provides investment accounting and
reporting services on a stand-alone basis. Assets under management are affected
by the addition of new client accounts or client contributions to existing
accounts, withdrawals of assets from or terminations of client accounts and
investment performance, which may depend on general market conditions.
The Company's private equity fund management fees represent annual
management fees based on a percentage of committed capital and a participation
in specified net gains of the funds. The Company's commercial mortgage fees
primarily reflect fees associated with loan originations, which usually
approximate 1% of the loan balance, as well as fees associated with ongoing
servicing and management fees with respect to loans in portfolios managed by
the Company. In addition to loans for General American and its affiliates, the
Company has originated mortgage loans in a securitized offering for an
investment banking firm.
Payment for the Company's research services is primarily in the form of
commissions derived from securities transactions effected by the Company and,
to a lesser extent, subscription fees for research publications. A negotiated
commission is received on each listed equity transaction, and total commission
revenues depend on the value that clients place on the research services the
Company provides. In addition, the research services revenues received by the
Company reflect underwriting fees with participation in public offerings of
insurance and insurance-related companies.
EFFECTS OF THE STRATEGIC MERGER
The Company was formed on August 11, 1995 as a holding company to effect
the Strategic Merger. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions"
and Note 1 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements. Upon
consummation of the Strategic Merger, General American owned 100% of the
outstanding Common Stock. If all of the outstanding shares of convertible
preferred stock were converted as of the date of the Strategic Merger, General
American would have owned approximately 65% of the outstanding Common Stock,
without giving effect to outstanding stock options. Under generally accepted
accounting principles, the GAIMCO contribution was recorded at historical book
value as a combination of entities under common control. The Conning & Company
contribution was recorded utilizing the purchase accounting method. The
historical financial statements include the operations and financial position
of GAIMCO through July 31, 1995, and consolidated operations thereafter and
consolidated financial position at December 31, 1995 and December 31, 1996. The
excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired resulted in
goodwill of $20.3 million.
As a result of the required accounting presentation and the inherent
difficulties of analyzing the historical financial statements for periods prior
to 1996 and comparing them to the 1996 results, also included is financial
information on a pro forma basis as if the Strategic Merger occurred on January
1, 1995. The following discussion begins with a comparison of the historical
financial statements and follows with a discussion of results based on the pro
forma financial information which is found in Note 2 of Notes to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements. See also "Selected Consolidated Financial
Data."
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Statement of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 compared
to the nine months ended September 30, 1996
Total revenues increased 18% from $39.7 million for the first nine months
of 1996 to $46.9 million for the first nine months of 1997, primarily as the
result of the addition of new clients and growth in assets of existing clients.
36
<PAGE> 38
Assets under discretionary management increased from approximately $19.9
billion at September 30, 1996 to approximately $26.4 billion at September 30,
1997. Asset management and related fees increased 23% from $29.4 million for
the nine month period ended September 30, 1996 to $36.0 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997. Fees for research services increased slightly
from $9.6 million for the first nine months of 1996 to $10.3 million for the
first nine months of 1997. Conning & Company was a co-manager of four public
offerings which produced revenues of $2.0 million in 1996 and $1.1 million in
1997. Excluding the effect of revenues from these transactions, fees for
research services would have increased 21% from the first nine months of 1996
to the first nine months of 1997. Underwriting revenues are highly volatile,
depending on a variety of factors, including market conditions and transaction
activity; accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the amount of such
revenues, if any, that may arise in future periods. Other income decreased by
approximately $0.2 million from $0.8 million for the first nine months of 1996
to $0.6 million for the first nine months of 1997, primarily due to the $0.3
million non-recurring realized gain from the sale of securities that occurred
in the first quarter of 1996.
Total expense increased 17% from $30.6 million for the first nine months of
1996 to $36.0 million for the first nine months of 1997, primarily due to
increased employee compensation and benefits. Employee compensation and
benefits increased 27% from $18.5 million for the first nine months ended
September 30, 1996 to $23.6 million for the nine months ended September 30,
1997, primarily due to additional staffing to keep pace with increased revenue
activity and additional incentive compensation accruals as a result of the
increased operating income. The Company's incentive compensation practice is
based on the level of and growth in the Company's operating profits.
Interest expense decreased significantly from $0.6 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1996 to $0.2 million for the nine months ended
September 30, 1997 due to the continuing reduction of principal on long term
debt payable to affiliates, of which the final payment of principal and
interest was made in February, 1997.
Provision for income taxes increased 15% from $3.8 million for the first
nine months of 1996 to $4.3 million for the first nine months of 1997 as a
direct result of the increase in income before provision for income taxes.
However, the effective federal and state income tax rates decreased from 44.3%
for the nine month period ended September 30, 1996 to 40.2% for the nine month
period ended September 30, 1997 due to the Company being able to recognize
state net operating loss carryforwards in 1997.
As a result of all of the above, net income increased 36% from $4.7 million
for the first nine months of 1996 to $6.4 million for the first nine months of
1997.
Statement of Income for 1996 compared to 1995
All consolidated revenue and expense categories are greater in 1996 than
1995 because each consolidated revenue and expense category includes the full
year's results of Conning & Company in 1996 and only five months of Conning &
Company results in 1995. The effective federal and state tax rate increased
from 40.9% in 1995 to 43.8% in 1996. The higher state tax rate from Conning &
Company's operations is included for the full year in 1996 and for only five
months in 1995.
Goodwill arising from the Strategic Merger in the amount of $20.3 million
is being amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years. This resulted in
amortization expense of $0.4 million in 1995 and $1.0 million in 1996.
Statement of Income for 1995 compared to 1994
All revenue and expense categories increased substantially from 1994 to
1995 principally due to the following: (i) 1995 includes the results of Conning
& Company for the five months ended December 31, 1995 and there are no Conning
& Company results included in 1994; and (ii) the contract to manage the general
account assets of General American by GAIMCO was entered into effective January
1, 1995. The effective federal and state income tax rate increased from 39.2%
in 1994 to 40.9% in 1995 due to the inclusion of goodwill in 1995 and the
higher state tax rate applied to Conning & Company's results for the five
months ended December 31, 1995.
PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Statement of Income for 1996 compared to Pro Forma 1995
Asset Management and Related Fees. Asset management and related fees
increased 32% from $30.7 million in 1995 to $40.5 million in 1996 primarily due
to the addition of new clients and growth in assets of existing clients, and to
37
<PAGE> 39
a lesser extent as a result of a resurgence in the real estate market and
growth in mortgage assets from new and existing clients. Assets under
management increased 18% from $17.6 billion at December 31, 1995 to $20.7
billion at December 31, 1996, 6% because of additions of new clients and 12%
because of growth of assets of existing clients. Private equity fund management
and related fees increased 21% from $3.9 million in 1995 to $4.7 million in
1996 due primarily to the March 1996 completion of Fund IV with committed
capital of $40 million. See "Business--Private Equity Funds."
Research Fees. Research services revenues increased 28% from $9.5 million
in 1995 to $12.1 million in 1996 due primarily to the increased capital markets
activity in the insurance industry and the increase in core research revenues
in 1996. Conning is often a member of underwriting syndicates of insurance
company offerings and twice during 1996 acted as co-manager of a secondary
offering. In the aggregate, the Company generated revenues from underwriting
activities of $4.0 million in 1996, as compared to $1.2 million in 1995.
Underwriting revenues are highly volatile, depending on a variety of factors,
including market conditions and transaction activity; accordingly, no assurance
can be given as to the amount of such revenues, if any, that may arise in
future periods.
Other Income. Other income remained virtually unchanged at $1.1 million,
primarily reflecting miscellaneous non-recurring revenues.
Expenses. Employee compensation and benefits increased 42% from $18.3
million in 1995 to $26.0 million in 1996 primarily due to the higher incentive
compensation as a result of the large increase in operating results from 1995
to 1996, as well as additions to staff during 1996. The Company's incentive
compensation practice is based on the level of and growth in the Company's
operating profits. Other operating expenses increased 5% from $12.5 million in
1995 to $13.2 million in 1996, reflecting additional ancillary costs from
increased hiring and increased marketing expenses. Goodwill of $20.3 million
resulting from the Strategic Merger is being amortized on a straight-line basis
over 20 years. Amortization of goodwill and other charges totaling $2.9 million
in 1995 and $2.7 million in 1996 are noncash expenses and do not affect cash
available for other operating or capital needs.
Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased 47% from $1.4 million in 1995
to $0.7 million in 1996 due primarily to prepayments of debt during 1996. Debt
outstanding was $9.0 million and $2.0 million at December 31, 1995 and 1996,
respectively. Such debt arose from the Strategic Merger and was payable to
General American. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."
Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes increased $2.1 million from
$2.7 million in 1995 to $4.8 million in 1996 due to the increase in pre-tax
earnings of the Company.
Net Income. As a result of all of the above, net income increased $2.9
million from $3.3 million in 1995 to $6.2 million in 1996.
Statement of Income for 1995 compared to 1994
The investment management contract between GAIMCO and General American
relating to the General American--General Account assets of $5.2 billion was
entered into effective January 1, 1995. As such, the Company believes
comparisons between 1995 and 1994, even on a pro forma basis after giving
effect to the Strategic Merger, are not useful.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
For purposes of this discussion, see Note 1 of Notes to the Company's
Consolidated Financial Statements for the principal operating entities that are
included as part of the Company.
The Company's business is not capital intensive. Working capital
requirements for the Company have historically been provided almost exclusively
by operating cash flow. It is expected that such cash flows will continue to
serve as the principal source of working capital for the Company for the near
future.
At September 30, 1997, the Company's capital structure included 6,710,000
shares of Common Stock, 110,000 shares of Non-Voting Common Stock, 3,190,000
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and 365,000 shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock. The Series A Convertible Stock is entitled to
quarterly dividends, equal to the 90 day United States Treasury Bill rate as in
effect from time to time. Such dividends amounted to approximately $669,900 for
the period commencing on January 1, 1997 and ending on September 30, 1997. The
Series B Convertible
38
<PAGE> 40
Preferred Stock which was issued commencing in November 1996 is entitled to
quarterly dividends of 5% per annum, or $80,600 in the aggregate, through
September 30, 1997. Upon the completion of this offering, it is anticipated
that all of the Non-Voting Common Stock and Series A and Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock will have been converted to Common Stock and the Company will
no longer have any preferred stock outstanding.
Conning & Company is subject to the net capital requirements imposed on
registered broker-dealers by the Exchange Act. See "Regulation." At December
31, 1996, Conning & Company had net capital (as defined by the Exchange Act) of
approximately $2.4 million, which was approximately $1.8 million in excess of
the regulatory minimum, and at September 30, 1997, Conning & Company had net
capital of approximately $6.2 million, which was approximately $5.7 million in
excess of the regulatory minimum. Conning & Company has in place a revolving
subordinated loan facility with a commercial bank for $2.0 million that, when
utilized, qualifies as capital for purposes of the Exchange Act's net capital
rules. The agreement expires on December 31, 1997 and management believes that
such line will be renewed at the end of its current term. Any amounts drawn
under such facility would bear interest based on a fixed rate at the then
prevailing rate plus a specified amount per annum.
As of September 30, 1997, the Company had no outstanding long-term debt.
The Company had total outstanding long-term debt at December 31, 1996 in the
principal amount of $2.0 million. Such debt arose from the Strategic Merger and
was payable to General American in the initial principal amount of $13.0
million bearing interest at an annual rate of 7.0%. See "Certain Relationships
and Related Transactions." The remaining debt was paid in full in February
1997.
The Company or a subsidiary acts as the general partner of certain private
equity funds and maintains a 1% general partner capital interest in such funds.
The Company may also invest as a limited partner in future funds it may
organize. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions." Interests in
such private equity funds are generally illiquid.
The $30.0 million in estimated net proceeds of this offering will be used
for general corporate purposes. The Company's business strategy contemplates
that it will seek to complement internal growth with strategic investments and
acquisitions. Accordingly, a portion of the net proceeds may also be used for
acquiring related businesses or investing in strategic or joint venture
relationships. The Company has no present understandings, agreements or
commitments with respect to any such acquisition, and no assurance can be given
that any such acquisition will take place. Pending application to the uses
described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds of this
offering in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities.
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
128, "Earnings Per Share." SFAS No. 128 specifies new standards designed to
improve the earnings per share ("EPS") information provided in financial
statements by simplifying the existing computational guidelines, reviewing the
disclosure requirements and increasing the comparability of EPS data on an
international basis. Some of the changes made to simplify the EPS computations
include: (a) eliminating the presentation of primary EPS and replacing it with
basic EPS, with the principal difference being that common stock equivalents
are not considered in computing basic EPS, (b) eliminating the modified
treasury stock method and the three percent materiality provision and (c)
revising the contingent share provisions and the supplemental EPS data
requirements. SFAS No. 128 also makes a number of changes to existing
disclosure requirements. SFAS No. 128 is effective for financial statements
issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997, including interim periods.
The Company has not yet determined impact of the implementation of SFAS No.
128.
IMPACT OF INFLATION
The Company does not believe that inflation has had a significant impact on
the Company's consolidated operations.
39
<PAGE> 41
REGULATION
The Company's business and the investment management industry in general
are subject to extensive regulation in the United States at both the federal
and state level, as well as by SROs. A number of federal regulatory agencies
are charged with safeguarding the integrity of the securities and other
financial markets and with protecting the interests of customers participating
in those markets. The SEC is the federal agency that is primarily responsible
for the regulation of investment advisers and broker-dealers doing business in
the United States, and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
promulgates regulations applicable to securities credit transactions involving
broker-dealers and certain other United States institutions. Investment
advisers and broker-dealers are subject to registration and regulation by state
securities regulators in those states in which they conduct business. Industry
SROs, each of which has authority over the firms that are its members, include
the NASD and national securities exchanges.
Conning & Company and Conning Asset Management Company are registered as
investment advisers with the SEC. As investment advisers, each is subject to
the requirements of the Advisers Act and the SEC's regulations thereunder.
They, and their employees engaged in advisory services, are also subject to
certain state securities laws and regulations, and to state laws regarding
fiduciaries. Federal and state regulations provide, among other things,
limitations on the ability of investment advisers to charge performance-based
or non-refundable fees to clients, record-keeping and reporting requirements,
disclosure requirements, limitations on principal transactions between an
adviser or its affiliates and advisory clients, requirements as to fees paid to
solicitors, restrictions on commission and fee arrangements with
broker-dealers, and advertising restrictions, as well as general anti-fraud
prohibitions. The state securities law requirements applicable to employees of
investment advisers include certain qualification requirements as to advisory
employees. In addition, Conning Asset Management Company, as investment adviser
to two mutual funds registered under the Investment Company Act, is subject to
requirements under the Investment Company Act and the SEC's regulations
thereunder. The Company's mortgage origination and servicing activities are
subject to the licensing requirements of certain states. Such requirements
include, among other things, record-keeping and reporting requirements,
procedures for handling funds, and requirements that certain employees obtain
and maintain appropriate licenses.
In connection with the Company's private equity activities, Conning &
Company, its affiliates and the private equity funds which they manage are
relying on exemptions from registration under the Investment Company Act, the
Securities Act and state securities laws. Failure to meet the requirements of
any such exemptions could have a material adverse effect on the Company, its
affiliates and the private equity funds they manage, including, without
limitation, with respect to the manner in which they carry out their investment
activities and on the compensation received by Conning & Company and its
affiliates from the private equity funds.
Conning & Company is registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in
Connecticut, New York and Texas, and is a member of, and subject to regulation
by, the NASD.
As a result of federal and state broker-dealer registration and SRO
memberships, Conning & Company is subject to overlapping schemes of regulation
which cover many aspects of its securities business. Such regulations cover
matters including capital requirements, the use and safekeeping of customers'
funds and securities, record keeping and reporting requirements, supervisory
and organizational procedures intended to assure compliance with securities
laws and to prevent the improper trading on material nonpublic information,
employee-related matters, including qualification and licensing of supervisory
and sales personnel, limitations on extensions of credit in securities
transactions, clearance and settlement procedures, requirements for the
registration, underwriting, sale and distribution of securities and rules of
the SROs designed to promote high standards of commercial honor and just and
equitable principles of trade. A particular focus of the applicable regulations
concerns the relationship between broker-dealers and their customers. As a
result, many aspects of the broker-dealer customer relationship are subject to
regulation, including in some instances "suitability" determinations as to
certain customer transactions, limitations in the amounts that may be charged
to customers, timing of proprietary trading in relation to customers' trades
and disclosures to customers.
Conning Asset Management Company is a fiduciary under ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and regulations
thereunder with respect to the investments of its discretionary asset
management clients which are employee benefit plans subject to ERISA and with
respect to the investments of portfolios managed by the Company that contain
assets of plans subject to ERISA. ERISA and the Code impose
40
<PAGE> 42
certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of a plan and prohibit certain
transactions involving the assets of a plan and its fiduciaries or other
interested parties. Under ERISA and the Code, any person who exercises any
authority or control over the management or disposition of the assets of a plan
is generally considered to be a fiduciary of the plan. Under ERISA or the Code,
in situations where the Company and its affiliates are providing investment
management or other services to a plan, (i) the Company's actions would be
governed by prudence and other fiduciary responsibility standards and (ii)
certain transactions in which the Company might seek to engage could constitute
"prohibited transactions." If a prohibited transaction occurs for which no
exemption is available, the Company and any other party in interest that has
engaged in the prohibited transaction could be required, among other things,
(i) to restore to the plan any profit realized on the transaction, (ii) to
reimburse the plan for any losses suffered as a result of the transaction,
(iii) to pay an excise tax equal to 15% of the amount involved in the
prohibited transaction for each year the transaction continues and (iv) unless
the transaction is corrected within statutorily required periods, to pay an
additional tax equal to 100% of the amount involved in the transaction. Plan
fiduciaries who participate in transactions with the Company could, under
certain circumstances, be liable for prohibited transactions or other
violations as a result of an investment or as co-fiduciaries for actions taken
by or on behalf of the plan by the Company.
Compliance with many of the regulations applicable to the Company involves
a number of risks, particularly because applicable regulations in a number of
areas, such as those governing affiliated transactions involving clients, may
be subject to varying interpretation. Regulators make periodic examinations and
review annual, monthly and other reports on the Company's operations and
financial condition. In the event of a violation of or non-compliance with any
applicable law or regulation, governmental regulators and SROs may institute
administrative or judicial proceedings that may result in censure, fine, civil
penalties (including treble damages in the case of insider trading violations),
criminal penalties, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders, the deregistration
or suspension of the non-compliant broker-dealer or investment adviser, the
suspension or disqualification of the broker-dealer's or investment adviser's
officers or employees, the removal of the Company from its role as a fiduciary
with respect to the investments of assets subject to ERISA and other adverse
consequences. The Company has not experienced any such penalties to date. Such
violations or non-compliance could also subject the Company, and/or its
employees to civil actions by private persons. As an underwriter from time to
time, Conning & Company is exposed to liability under federal and state
securities laws and court decisions, including decisions with respect to
underwriters' liability and limitations on indemnification of underwriters by
issuers. For example, a firm that acts as an underwriter may be held liable for
material misstatements or omissions of fact in a prospectus used in connection
with the securities being offered or for statements made by its securities
analysts or other personnel. Any governmental, SRO or private proceeding
alleging violation of or non-compliance with laws or regulations could have a
material adverse effect upon the Company's business, financial condition,
results of operations and business prospects.
The regulatory environment in which the Company operates is subject to
change. The Company may be adversely affected as a result of new or revised
legislation or regulations imposed by the SEC, other United States, state or
foreign governmental regulatory authorities or SROs. The Company also may be
adversely affected by changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing
laws and rules by these governmental authorities and SROs. The Company's
businesses may be materially affected not only by securities regulations but
also by regulations of general application. For example, the volume of the
Company's principal investment advisory businesses in a given time period could
be affected by, among other things, existing and proposed tax legislation and
other governmental regulations and policies (including the interest rate
policies of the Federal Reserve Board) and changes in the interpretation or
enforcement of existing laws and rules that affect the business and financial
communities. The level of business and financing activity in the insurance
industry can be affected not only by such legislation or regulations of general
applicability, but also by industry-specific legislation or regulations.
Under the Advisers Act, every investment advisory agreement with its
clients must expressly provide that it may not be assigned by the investment
adviser without the consent of the client. Under the Investment Company Act,
every investment adviser's agreement with a registered investment company must
provide for the agreement's automatic termination on the event of its
assignment. Under both Acts, an investment advisory agreement is deemed to have
been assigned when there is a direct or indirect transfer of the agreement,
including a direct assignment or a transfer of a "controlling block" of the
firm's voting securities or, under certain circumstances, upon the transfer of
a "controlling block" of the voting securities of its parent corporation. A
transaction is not, however, an assignment
41
<PAGE> 43
under the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act if it does not result in a
change of actual control or management of the investment adviser. Any
assignment of the Company's investment advisory agreements would require, as to
any registered investment company client, the prior approval by a majority of
its shareholders, and as to the Company's other clients, the prior consent of
such clients to such assignments. Following completion of the offering, sales
by General American or other shareholders or issuances of Common Stock by the
Company, among other things, could result in a deemed assignment of the
Company's investment advisory agreements under such statutes. The Company's
Articles provide that no person or group deemed to be a beneficial owner (as
defined therein) of the Common Stock may vote more than 20% of the total number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding. These provisions of the Articles do not
apply to General American, subsidiaries or affiliates of General American,
direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company and certain employee plans
established or to be established by the Company. The Company's Board of
Directors may approve the exemption of other persons or groups from the
provisions described above. While this voting limitation is in place to reduce
the likelihood, under certain circumstances, of inadvertent terminations of the
Company's advisory agreements as a result of "assignments" of the Company's
investment advisory contracts, there can be no guarantees that this limitation
will prevent such a termination from occurring. In addition, such limitation
could be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and to make changes in
management more difficult. See "Risk Factors--Regulation," "Risk
Factors--Termination Provisions of Investment Advisory Agreements," "Risk
Factors--Consequences of a Change of Control on Investment Advisory Agreements;
Limitations on Voting Rights," "Description of Capital Stock--Common Stock"
and "Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions--Limitations on Voting of Shares in
Certain Circumstances."
The officers, directors and employees of the Company's investment
management subsidiaries may from time to time own securities which are also
owned by one or more of their clients. Each subsidiary has internal policies
with respect to individual investments and requires reporting of securities
transactions and restricts certain transactions so as to reduce the possibility
of conflicts of interest.
NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
As a broker-dealer registered with the SEC and various states and a member
firm of the NASD, Conning & Company is subject to the capital requirements of
the SEC, the states, and the NASD. These capital requirements specify minimum
levels of capital, computed in accordance with regulatory requirements ("net
capital"), that such firm is required to maintain and also limit the amount of
leverage that such firm is able to obtain in its respective business. A failure
of a broker-dealer to maintain its minimum required capital would require it to
cease executing customer transactions until it returned to capital compliance,
and could cause it to lose its membership on an exchange, or in an SRO, to lose
its registration with the SEC or a state, or require its liquidation. Further,
the decline in a broker-dealer's net capital below certain "early warning
levels," even though above minimum capital requirements, could cause material
adverse consequences to the broker-dealer. For example, the SEC's capital
regulations prohibit payment of dividends, redemption of stock and the
prepayment of subordinated indebtedness if a broker-dealer's net capital
thereafter would be less than 5% of aggregate debit items. These regulations
also prohibit principal payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness if a
broker-dealer's net capital thereafter would be less than 5% of aggregate debit
items.
Compliance with regulatory capital requirements could limit the operations
of Conning & Company or Conning Asset Management Company that require the
intensive use of capital, such as underwriting and trading activities, and
financing of customer account balances, and also could restrict the Company's
ability to withdraw capital from Conning & Company and Conning Asset Management
Company, which in turn could limit its ability to pay dividends, repay debt and
redeem or purchase shares of its outstanding capital stock.
At September 30, 1997, Conning & Company was required to maintain minimum
net capital, in accordance with SEC rules, of approximately $525,000 and had
total net capital of approximately $6.2 million, or approximately $5.7 million
in excess of the amount required.
42
<PAGE> 44
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CERTAIN OTHER SIGNIFICANT OFFICERS
Directors and Executive Officers
The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
<S> <C> <C>
Leonard M. Rubenstein................... 51 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Maurice W. Slayton...................... 59 President and Director
John A. Fibiger......................... 65 Director
Richard A. Liddy........................ 62 Director
John C. Shaw............................ 63 Director
Mark E. Hansen.......................... 48 Executive Vice President
Fred M. Schpero......................... 44 Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>
Following is certain additional information concerning each director and
executive officer of the Company. Each such individual has served in his
present capacity of his principal occupation for the last five years, unless
otherwise indicated.
LEONARD M. RUBENSTEIN, C.F.A., is in the Office of the Chairman and has
been Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 1995 and also
serves as Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer of
Conning Asset Management Company. Mr. Rubenstein has 25 years of investment
experience. Prior to his position with Conning, Mr. Rubenstein spent 23 years
in the investment operations of General American, where he held various
positions, including Executive Vice President of Investments. Mr. Rubenstein is
a director of a number of General American subsidiaries, none of which is
registered with the Commission except Reinsurance Group of America,
Incorporated. From 1984 to 1991, he served as Vice President of General
American. He is a past president of the St. Louis Society of Financial
Analysts. Mr. Rubenstein and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement
in August 1995. See "--Employment Agreements and Other Compensation
Arrangements."
MAURICE W. SLAYTON is in the Office of the Chairman and has been the
President of the Company since 1995 and also serves as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Conning & Company. Mr. Slayton joined Conning in 1973.
Prior thereto, he had 12 years of experience with Hartford Steam Boiler
Inspection and Insurance Company and National Life of Vermont in a number of
insurance and investment positions. He is currently a director of several
insurance related entities, none of which is registered with the Commission
except PennCorp Financial Group, Inc. Mr. Slayton is a member and past
president of The Hartford Society of Financial Analysts. Mr. Slayton and the
Company entered into an Employment Agreement in August 1995. See "--Employment
Agreements and Other Compensation Arrangements."
JOHN A. FIBIGER has been a director of the Company since June 1997. Until
April 1997, he was Chairman of the Board of Transamerica Occidental Life
Insurance Company as well as a director of four of its wholly owned life
insurance subsidiaries. He remains a director of two of such
subsidiaries--Transamerica Life Company of Canada and Transamerica Life Company
of New York. Mr. Fibiger joined Transamerica Life Companies as chief financial
officer in 1991. He was named president of Transamerica Occidental Life
Insurance Company, one of the seven Transamerica Life Companies, in December
1994. A 38-year veteran of the life insurance industry, Mr. Fibiger was vice
chairman, president and chief operating officer of New England Mutual Life
Insurance Company in Boston. Prior to that, he held positions with Bankers Life
Nebraska (now Ameritas) and Lincoln National Life. A past board member of the
Society of Actuaries, Mr. Fibiger was the first chairman of the Interim
Actuarial Standards Board and served as president of the American Academy of
Actuaries. He is a past member of the Council of the International Actuarial
Association.
RICHARD A. LIDDY has been a director of the Company since November 1996. He
is President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of General
American Life Insurance Company, and President and Chairman of GenAmerica
Corporation and General American Mutual Holding Company. From 1982 through 1988
he was Senior
43
<PAGE> 45
Vice President and Executive Vice President of Continental Corporation, and
President, Financial Services Group of Continental Insurance Company. He is
also Chairman of the Board of General American Capital Company and The Walnut
Street Funds, Inc., each a registered investment company, Chairman of Paragon
Life Insurance Company, Chairman of Reinsurance Group of America, Incorporated,
Chairman of Security Equity Life Insurance Company, Chairman of Security Mutual
Life Insurance Company of New York and a director of Brown Group, Inc., Ralston
Purina Company and Union Electric Company.
JOHN C. SHAW has been a director of the Company since June 1997. He is the
founding partner of the Shaw Group LLC, a management consulting firm
specializing in transformation management. From 1994 to 1997, he served in the
Office of Chairman of Well Point Health Network, Inc., a large, publicly-traded
managed healthcare company. From 1966 to 1994, he was a partner of Deloitte &
Touche, most recently serving as Vice Chairman. Previously he has served as
national director for Strategic Planning, Partner-In-Charge of the New York
office and a member of the Board of Directors and Board of Governors for Touche
Ross. Mr. Shaw has taught at Stanford Business School and the Wharton School,
lectured at several national seminars and authored several books and articles
on modern business techniques.
MARK E. HANSEN, C.F.A., has been the Executive Vice President of the
Company since 1995, Executive Vice President of Conning & Company since 1993
and Executive Vice President of Conning Asset Management Company since August
1996. Mr. Hansen also served as a director of the Company from August 1995
until March 1997. Mr. Hansen has over 25 years of investment experience, having
joined Conning in 1984 from the Bank of Boston-Connecticut. Mr. Hansen and the
Company entered into an Employment Agreement in August 1995. See "--Employment
Agreements and Other Compensation Arrangements."
FRED M. SCHPERO, C.P.A., has been a Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the Company since January 1997. Prior to that time, Mr.
Schpero was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Conning & Company
from 1985 through 1996 and at Conning Asset Management Company from August 1996
through December 1996. Prior to joining Conning, he was 2nd Vice
President--Finance with Security Connecticut Life Insurance Company and a
senior accountant at the public accounting firm of Coopers & Lybrand LLP. Mr.
Schpero and the Company entered into an Employment Agreement in August 1995.
See "--Employment Agreements and Other Compensation Arrangements."
Classified Board of Directors
All of the current directors were elected pursuant to action of the
Company's shareholders in June 1997 and have been divided into three classes
with terms expiring, respectively, at the annual meetings of shareholders in
1998 (Mr. Fibiger), 1999 (Messrs. Liddy and Shaw) and 2000 (Messrs. Rubenstein
and Slayton). Commencing with the next annual meeting of shareholders in 1998,
directors then standing for election will be elected for three-year terms, with
one class of directors being elected at each annual meeting of shareholders
thereafter. See "Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions." Officers are elected
annually and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors, subject to the
terms of applicable employment agreements. See "--Employment Agreements and
Other Compensation Arrangements."
Committees
The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee comprised of Messrs. Fibiger,
Liddy and Shaw, a Compensation Committee comprised of Messrs. Rubenstein and
Slayton and an Executive Compensation Committee comprised of Messrs. Fibiger
and Shaw.
44
<PAGE> 46
Certain Other Significant Officers
Certain other significant officers of the Company or its subsidiaries who
are not directors or executive officers (the "Other Significant Officers")
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION DIVISION
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Thomas A. Byrne............... 40 Senior Vice President Research
Stephan L. Christiansen....... 48 Senior Vice President Private Equity
John B. Clinton............... 42 Senior Vice President Private Equity
Paul S. Goulekas.............. 42 Senior Vice President Research
Charles P. Kapp............... 38 Senior Vice President Mortgage Loans and Real Estate
Glen D. Keller................ 45 Senior Vice President Asset Management
Douglas R. Koester............ 43 Senior Vice President Asset Management
Donald L. McDonald............ 35 Senior Vice President Asset Management
Michael D. McLellan........... 41 Senior Vice President Mortgage Loans and Real Estate
Steven F. Piaker.............. 35 Senior Vice President Private Equity
Stephen R. Pivacek............ 54 Senior Vice President Research
Gordon G. Pratt............... 35 Senior Vice President Private Equity
Gary K. Ransom................ 45 Senior Vice President Research
David N. Reid................. 36 Senior Vice President Asset Management
Thomas D. Sargent............. 39 Senior Vice President Research
William C. Shenton............ 43 Senior Vice President Asset Management
Christopher J. Swift.......... 37 Senior Vice President Asset Management
J. Terri Tanaka............... 35 Senior Vice President Asset Management
John W. Zimmerman............. 35 Senior Vice President Asset Management
</TABLE>
Following is certain information concerning the Other Significant Officers.
Each such individual has served in his or her present capacity or his or her
principal occupation for the last five years, unless otherwise indicated.
THOMAS A. BYRNE has been a Senior Vice President of the Company since 1993
and has been with the Company since 1984. Before joining the Company, Mr. Byrne
had prior experience at Travelers Insurance Companies.
STEPHAN L. CHRISTIANSEN, F.C.A.S., M.A.A.A., has been a Senior Vice
President of the Company since 1989. Prior to joining the Company in 1986, Mr.
Christiansen had 16 years of insurance industry experience with Colonial Penn
Insurance and Insurance Company of North America.
JOHN B. CLINTON, C.P.C.U., C.P.A., has been a Senior Vice President of the
Company since 1992. Mr. Clinton's previous experience has been with KCP Holding
Company and its subsidiary, National American Insurance Company of California,
where he was CFO and Director. Prior to this, he was a Vice President of Dillon
Read & Co., Inc. and a founding partner of Concord Partners, a private equity
fund. He previously worked for New Court Securities and KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.
PAUL S. GOULEKAS has been a Senior Vice President of the Company since
1994. Mr. Goulekas joined the firm after 12 years experience at Aetna Life &
Casualty, most recently as operations controller/treasurer of Aetna Health
Plans, and prior to that worked as an economist at The Hartford Insurance
Group.
CHARLES P. KAPP joined the Company as Senior Vice President in July 1997.
For seven years prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kapp held various positions
with Mark Twain Bancshares in Chicago, Illinois, most recently as Senior Vice
President in the area of institutional bond sales.
GLEN D. KELLER, F. S. A., has been a Senior Vice President at the Company
since 1996. Mr. Keller has over 20 years of experience in the life insurance
industry. Prior to joining the Company, he managed the Canadian Pension and
Annuity business for Metropolitan Life. Prior to that, he was the investment
actuary for National Life of Vermont.
45
<PAGE> 47
DOUGLAS R. KOESTER, C.F.A., is Senior Vice President and has been with the
Company since 1986. Prior to his current position, Mr. Koester spent 14 years
with GAIMCO and in the investment operations division of General American. He
served as a director of the Company from August 1995 until April 1997 and has
been an executive officer of Conning Asset Management Company and its
predecessor GAIMCO from 1988 to present.
DONALD L. MCDONALD has been a Senior Vice President at the Company since
1993. Mr. McDonald joined the Company in 1992 from Daiwa Securities of America
and his prior investment experience includes Roosevelt & Cross and Salomon
Brothers.
MICHAEL D. MCLELLAN is a Senior Vice President and has been with the
Company since 1995. Mr. McLellan served as a director of the Company from
August 1995 until April 1997. Prior to his position with the Company, Mr.
McLellan spent 13 years with GAIMCO and General American where he held various
positions including Vice President of Mortgage Loans and Real Estate. Mr.
McLellan is an M.A.I. candidate (Member Appraisal Institute).
STEVEN F. PIAKER, C.F.A., has been a Senior Vice President for the Company
since January 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Piaker was a Senior Vice
President of Conseco, Inc., where he worked on the company's acquisitions and
private equity-linked investments. His previous experience was with G.E.
Capital as Vice President of the Corporate Finance Group.
STEPHEN R. PIVACEK has been a Senior Vice President of the Company since
1993. Mr. Pivacek joined the Company in 1986 from Aetna Life & Casualty where
he was employed as a Director in the trading department.
GORDON G. PRATT has been a Senior Vice President of the Company since 1994.
Prior to joining the Company in 1992 he was Vice President and Product Manager
in the Insurance M&A and Insurance Leveraged Acquisitions areas of The Chase
Manhattan Bank, N.A. Prior to that, he was with the Consulting Division of The
First National Bank of Chicago.
GARY K. RANSOM, F.C.A.S., M.A.A.A., has been a Senior Vice President since
1989. Prior to joining the Company in 1979, Mr. Ransom worked at Travelers
Insurance Companies in various actuarial positions.
DAVID N. REID has been a Senior Vice President of the Company since 1996.
Mr. Reid has over 13 years of investment accounting, operations, reporting and
systems experience. Prior to joining the Company in 1991, Mr. Reid spent four
years with SS&C Technologies, Inc. (formerly known as Securities Software &
Consulting, Inc.) where he directed the development and marketing of LAN based
investment management and accounting system, and five years with The Hartford
Insurance Group.
THOMAS D. SARGENT, C.F.A., has been a Senior Vice President of the Company
since 1993. Prior to joining the Company in 1986, Mr. Sargent was in the
commercial lending area at Connecticut Bank & Trust Company. He also completed
an internship with Willis Faber, a London-based insurance broker.
WILLIAM C. SHENTON has been a Senior Vice President of the Company since
1993. Prior to joining the Company in 1990, he held numerous management
positions with Control Data, including domestic and international assignments
concentrating on the financial services industry, most recently involving the
international insurance investment community.
CHRISTOPHER J. SWIFT, C.P.A., has been a Senior Vice President of the
Company since October 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Swift was a
financial services partner of the St. Louis office of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
specializing in the insurance and mutual fund industries and also served as the
market leader of the insurance practice for the St. Louis office.
J. TERRI TANAKA, C.F.A., has been a Senior Vice President of the Company
since 1995. Ms. Tanaka also served as a director of the Company from August
1995 until April 1997. Prior to her current position, Ms. Tanaka spent eight
years with GAIMCO and in the investment operations division of General
American. She has been an executive officer of Conning Asset Management Company
and its predecessor GAIMCO from 1995 to present.
JOHN W. ZIMMERMAN, C.F.A., joined the Company as a Senior Vice President in
April 1997. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Zimmerman worked for NationsBank
Private Investments (formerly Boatmen's Trust Company), where he held various
positions since 1987, most recently as Vice President, Manager of Fundamental
Research.
46
<PAGE> 48
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
The Board pays each director who is not employed by the Company or General
American a $10,000 annual retainer and a $1,000 fee for each Board meeting
attended, plus expenses, and may also award stock options to directors. Upon
the closing of this offering, the Company intends to grant options to purchase
5,000 shares to each of Messrs. Fibiger and Shaw. Officers of the Company do
not receive any additional compensation for serving the Company as members of
the Board of Directors or any of its Committees. Messrs. McLellan and Koester
and Ms. Tanaka, who served as directors until June 1997, and Mr. Liddy have
also received stock options and purchased shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock of the Company as described in "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions."
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Summary. The following table sets forth the compensation paid
to the Chief Executive Officer and the three other executive officers of the
Company.
<TABLE>
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
ANNUAL COMPENSATION<F1>
<CAPTION>
LONG-TERM
COMPENSATION<F4>
------------------
SECURITIES
NAME AND FISCAL UNDERLYING OPTIONS ALL OTHER
PRINCIPAL POSITION YEAR SALARY<F2> BONUS<F3> (#SHS)<F5> COMPENSATION<F6>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Leonard M. Rubenstein................... 1996 $270,000 $325,000<F7> 20,000 $32,913
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer
Maurice W. Slayton...................... 1996 $260,000 $325,000 -- $12,300
President and Director
Mark E. Hansen.......................... 1996 $235,000 $275,000 -- $12,300
Executive Vice President
Fred M. Schpero......................... 1996 $120,000 $120,000 10,000 $11,604
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
<FN>
- --------
<F1> Perquisites and other personal benefits are not included, as they do not
exceed the lesser of $50,000 and 10% of total of salary and bonus for any
named executive officer.
<F2> Includes amounts deferred at the election of the officer under the General
American Life Insurance Company Executive Deferred Savings Plan (a defined
contribution plan), with respect to Mr. Rubenstein, and the Conning &
Company Profit Sharing and 401(k) Savings Plan, with respect to Messrs.
Slayton, Hansen and Schpero.
<F3> Bonuses are for services performed during 1996.
<F4> Does not include award of or distributions with respect to participation
interests in private investment funds sponsored by the Company. See
"Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Participation in Private
Equity Funds."
<F5> See "Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year."
<F6> For Mr. Rubenstein, amount represents contributions by the Company to the
General American Executive Deferred Savings Plan and Augmented Progress
Sharing Plan (defined contribution plans). For Messrs. Slayton, Hansen and
Schpero, amounts represent contributions by the Company to the Conning &
Company Profit Sharing and 401(k) Savings Plan.
<F7> Mr. Rubenstein continues to accrue certain pension and post-retirement
health benefits under General American benefit plans. See
"Management--Employee Agreements and Other Compensation Arrangements."
Although the cost of such benefits for 1996 was deducted from Mr.
Rubenstein's bonus, such cost has not been deducted from the bonus shown
above. The actual bonus paid to Mr. Rubenstein for 1996 was $292,100.
</TABLE>
47
<PAGE> 49
Stock Option Awards. The following tables show information regarding
awards of stock options in 1996 and the number and value of unexercised options
held by the named executive officers at the end of fiscal 1996. The value of
unexercised options is based on a value of $13.50 per share for the Company's
Common Stock, which is the assumed initial public offering price. No stock
options were exercised by the named executive officers in fiscal 1996.
<TABLE>
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
<CAPTION>
POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
NUMBER OF % OF TOTAL VALUE AT ASSUMED
SHARES OPTIONS ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
UNDERLYING GRANTED TO PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
OPTIONS EMPLOYEES EXERCISE OR OPTION TERM<F3>
GRANTED IN BASE PRICE EXPIRATION ----------------------------
NAME (#)<F1> FISCAL YEAR ($/SH) DATE<F2> 5% ($) 10% ($)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Leonard M. Rubenstein......... 20,000 8.70% $7.00 11/21/06 $88,000 $223,200
Maurice W. Slayton............ -- -- -- -- -- --
Mark E. Hansen................ -- -- -- -- -- --
Fred M. Schpero............... 10,000 4.35% $7.00 11/21/06 $44,000 $111,600
<FN>
- --------
<F1> Options granted in 1996 are exercisable with respect to 20% of the option
shares on the first anniversary of the grant date and with respect to an
additional 20% on each of the four succeeding anniversary dates. Options
are intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Internal
Revenue Code. Each option is forfeitable if not exercised within a
specified time after the holder's death, disability or termination for any
reason. See "Management--Employee Stock Plans."
<F2> The options have terms of 10 years, subject to earlier termination in
certain events related to termination of employment.
<F3> Amounts represent the potential realizable value of each grant of options
at the time of grant, assuming that the price of the underlying shares
appreciates in value from the date of grant to the end of the term, at
annualized rates of 5% and 10%, respectively.
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
AGGREGATED OPTIONS AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
<CAPTION>
NUMBER OF SECURITIES VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS
OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END AT FISCAL YEAR-END<F1>
-------------------------- --------------------------
NAME EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE EXERCISABLE UNEXERCISABLE
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Leonard M. Rubenstein......... 24,000 116,000<F2> $196,080 $914,320
Maurice M. Slayton............ 24,000 96,000<F3> $196,080 $784,320
Mark E. Hansen................ 24,000 96,000<F3> $196,080 $784,320
Fred M. Schpero............... 2,000 18,000<F4> $ 16,340 $130,360
<FN>
- --------
<F1> Represents the estimated fair value of the shares of Common Stock subject
to outstanding options, based on the assumed initial offering price of
$13.50 per share, less the aggregate exercise price of the options.
<F2> Includes options to purchase 28,000 shares that became exercisable after
December 31, 1996 and options to purchase 72,000 shares that will become
exercisable upon closing of the offering.
<F3> All such options will become exercisable upon closing of the offering.
<F4> Includes options to purchase 4,000 shares that became exercisable after
December 31, 1996 and options to purchase 6,000 shares that will become
exercisable upon closing of the offering.
</TABLE>
All options have been issued as incentive stock options under the Internal
Revenue Code; the Company intends to compensate the individual for the
additional federal income taxes that accrue to such optionholder in excess of
then applicable federal income tax on capital gain transactions as a result of
the recharacterization as other than incentive stock options. In such an event,
the Company would be entitled to a tax deduction for any compensation
recognized by the option holder. Upon the closing of this offering, a total of
471,587 incentive stock options will have been so recharacterized. The Company
intends to compensate for such recharacterization by granting new non-qualified
options to all holders of such recharacterized options upon the closing of this
offering. The Company also intends to grant options to purchase an additional
965,000 shares of Common Stock upon closing of this offering. See "--Employee
Stock Plans."
48
<PAGE> 50
EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS
The Board of Directors and shareholders of the Company approved the 1997
Flexible Stock Plan in November 1997 (the "1997 Plan"). The 1997 Plan
provides for the award of benefits (collectively, "Benefits") of various
types, including stock options, stock appreciation rights ("SARs"),
restricted stock, performance shares, cash awards and other stock-based awards.
Set forth below is a description of the principal features of the 1997 Plan.
This description is subject to and qualified in its entirety by the full text
of the 1997 Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part.
The Company has adopted the 1997 Plan to attract, retain, motivate, and
reward officers, employees and other individuals, to encourage ownership of
Common Stock by officers, employees and directors, and to promote and further
the best interests of the Company. The number of shares of Common Stock which
may be issued in connection with Benefits is 2,200,000 shares.
The 1997 Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the
Board. The Board may amend the 1997 Plan at any time, provided that the Board
may not amend the 1997 Plan without shareholder approval if such amendment
would (i) cause options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options
to fail to qualify as such, (ii) cause the Plan to fail to meet the
requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or (iii) violate applicable
law. The 1997 Plan has no fixed termination date and will continue in effect
until terminated by the Board.
Under the 1997 Plan, the Committee may grant Benefits at such times, in
such amounts, and to such recipients as the Compensation Committee may
determine; provided that Benefits awarded to executive officers are determined
and administered by the Executive Compensation Committee and Benefits awarded
to directors are determined and administered by the entire Board. Benefits may
be awarded only to officers, employees and directors of the Company and its
subsidiaries, employees and owners of non-affiliated entities and entities with
which the Company or its subsidiaries have business relationships, and persons
providing services to the Company or a subsidiary.
Incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options may be granted
under the 1997 Plan. In the case of non-qualified stock options, the option
price shall be no less than the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock
on the date the option is granted, and, in the case of incentive stock options,
the price will be determined by the Committee but shall be not less than the
fair market value of the shares of Common Stock on the date the option is
granted. The other terms of options will be determined by the Compensation
Committee, the Executive Compensation Committee or the Board, as applicable.
The 1997 Plan also permits the award of SARs, restricted stock, performance
shares, cash awards and other stock-based awards. The aggregate maximum cash
award that an individual who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act may
receive in any calendar year is the greater of $100,000 and 50% of such
individual's compensation (excluding any cash award) for such year. The 1997
Plan also provides for the award of other Benefits valued in whole or in part
by reference to, or otherwise based on, the Common Stock.
In the event of a Change in Control, as defined below, the Compensation
Committee, the Executive Compensation Committee or the Board, as applicable,
may provide such protection as it deems necessary to maintain a participant's
rights; including (without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing
or requiring any specific protection) to: (i) provide for the acceleration of
the exercise or realization of any Benefit; (ii) provide for the purchase of a
Benefit upon the participant's request for an amount in cash equal to the
amount which could have been attained upon the exercise or realization of the
Benefit had it been currently exercisable or payable; (iii) make such
adjustment to the outstanding Benefits as it deems appropriate; and/or (iv)
cause the outstanding Benefits to be assumed, or new Benefits substituted
therefor, by the surviving corporation. "Change in Control" means: (i) the
acquisition after the adoption of the 1997 Plan, without the approval of the
Board, by any person, other than the Company and certain related entities, of
beneficial ownership (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of more
than 20% of the combined voting power in the election of directors of the then
outstanding shares of the Company's voting securities; (ii) the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company following a sale or other disposition of all or
substantially all of its assets; (iii) a merger or consolidation involving the
Company as a result of which persons who were shareholders of the Company
immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation shall
have beneficial ownership of less than 50% of the combined voting power in the
election of directors of the surviving corporation following the effective date
of such merger or consolidation; or (iv) a change in the majority of the
49
<PAGE> 51
members of the Board during any two-year period which is not approved by at
least two-thirds of the members of the Board who were members at the beginning
of the two-year period.
Awards under the 1997 Plan may be granted in tandem. However, no Benefit
may be granted in tandem with an incentive stock option except an SAR. Upon the
exercise of any option or in the case of any other Benefit that requires a
payment to the Company, payment may be made either (i) in cash, or (ii) with
the consent of the Compensation Committee, Executive Compensation Committee or
Board, as applicable, (a) by the tender to the Company of shares of Common
Stock having an aggregate fair market value equal to the amount due the
Company, (b) in other property, or (c) by any combination of the foregoing. At
the time any Benefit is distributed under the Plan, the Company may withhold,
in cash or in shares of Common Stock, from such distribution any amount
necessary to satisfy income withholding requirements applicable to such
distribution.
The Compensation Committee, Executive Compensation Committee or Board, as
applicable, may impose restrictions upon the transferability of any Benefit.
The Board has approved two other plans, the 1996 Flexible Stock Plan in
November 1996 (the "1996 Plan") and the 1995 Flexible Stock Plan in August
1995 (the "1995 Plan"), that are substantially similar to the 1997 Plan. They
authorized the award of 2,100,000 shares for each Plan and options for a total
of 1,237,500 shares have been granted. As a result of the approval of the 1997
Plan, the Company has determined not to award any additional benefits pursuant
to the 1995 Plan or the 1996 Plan.
Upon the closing of this offering, the Company intends to grant options to
purchase a total of 965,000 shares at the initial public offering price to
certain Company employees and directors, including options to purchase 25,000
shares to Mr. Schpero and 5,000 shares each to Messrs. Fibiger and Shaw. All of
such options are subject to the same terms. Each award will become exercisable
in varying percentages of the shares it covers over five years, beginning on
the first anniversary of the closing of this offering. In addition, upon the
closing of this offering, the Company intends to grant options to certain
employees of the Company in order to compensate such persons for certain tax
liabilities resulting from the recharacterization of their existing incentive
stock options as other than incentive stock options. See "--Executive
Compensation--Stock Option Awards." All of such non-qualified options will
have an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price and will be
100% vested upon the closing of the offering. Options to purchase an estimated
total of 329,987 shares would be granted, including options to purchase
approximately 61,388, 57,712 and 57,712 shares to Messrs. Rubenstein, Slayton
and Hansen, respectively. The actual number of shares subject to the options is
subject to increase or decrease, depending on the actual initial public
offering price. All of the options to be granted upon closing of the offering
may only be exercised if the individual is an employee, officer or director of
the Company at the time of exercise, subject to certain exceptions in the case
of death, disability, retirement or a Change of Control.
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND OTHER COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS
Concurrently with the Strategic Merger in August 1995, the Company entered
into employment agreements (the "Employment Agreements") with all of its then
executive officers and certain other employees, each with a term of three
years. Under each Employment Agreement, the employee (the "Employee")
receives an annual base salary, in the case of Messrs. Rubenstein, Slayton,
Hansen and Schpero, of $257,500, $250,000, $225,000 and $115,000, respectively,
subject to increases pursuant to periodic salary reviews consistent with the
Company's corporate policies. In addition, each Employee is eligible, in the
sole discretion of the Board of Directors, to participate as a limited partner
in Conning Investment Partners LP III or in the Company's Venture Carried
Interests Allocation Plan and the Company's Bonus Plan, as modified to reflect
the Strategic Merger.
The Employee's employment may be terminated without cause: (i) at any time
upon the mutual written agreement of the parties; (ii) immediately upon the
Employee's death or total disability; or (iii) upon not less than 30 days'
advance written notice by either party. The Employee's employment may be
terminated by the Company upon written notice to the Employee at any time for
any of the following reasons, each of which shall constitute "termination for
cause": (i) any material breach of the agreement by the Employee which is not
cured within 20 days after written notice by the Company; (ii) the Employee's
fraud, embezzlement, dishonesty or unlawful acts in connection with the
business of the Company or its affiliates; (iii) the Employee's conviction for
any felony; or (iv) the Employee's substantial and continuing willful failure
to perform, or grossly negligent performance of, the duties of the Employee's
position.
50
<PAGE> 52
Upon termination of employment, the Company has no obligation to the
Employee except for compensation due the Employee under the agreement through
the termination date; provided that, in the event of a termination by the
Company other than for cause (as defined above) (excluding terminations by
agreement or on account of death or disability), the Company is required to pay
the Employee an amount equal to 150% of the annual base salary for each year
(or portion thereof, pro rated) for the balance of the term of the agreement
and provide all insurance, welfare, sick leave and other benefits described in
the agreement through the balance of the term.
Upon execution of the applicable Employment Agreement, Messrs. Slayton,
Hansen and Schpero were paid a signing bonus in cash (the "Signing Bonus"),
subject to the forfeiture described below, equal to $195,000, $95,000 and
$35,000, respectively. Certain other employees also received signing bonuses.
See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--The Strategic Merger."
Upon termination of the agreement for cause (as defined above) or because such
employee has resigned, the employee is required to repay the specified
percentage of the Signing Bonus indicated in parentheses, depending upon the
year in which such termination occurs: Year 1 (100%), Year 2 (66.6%), and Year
3 (33.3%).
Each Employee is prohibited from disclosing, directly or indirectly, to any
other firm or person any of the Company's or its affiliates' confidential
information, including customer lists, trade secrets, and know-how relating to
its or their businesses. Additionally, each Employee has agreed that until
August, 1998, regardless of whether the Employee remains employed by the
Company and regardless of whether the Employee's termination, if any, is with
or without cause, neither the Employee nor any entity controlling, controlled
by or under common control with the Employee will (i) engage in, or have any
direct or indirect interest in any other person, firm, corporation, or other
entity engaged in any business activities competitive with the business
activities of the Company and the subsidiaries it controls, or (ii) become an
employee, director, adviser, consultant, independent contractor, or agent of
any such person, firm, corporation, or other entity, except with the Company's
prior written consent.
Mr. Slayton's Employment Agreement provides that for the term of the
Agreement Mr. Slayton will be employed as President of the Company and have
responsibility for (i) marketing for the Company, (ii) managing the Company's
Hartford office, (iii) participating in identifying and negotiating
acquisitions, and (iv) participating in the development and execution of any
initial public offering of the Common Stock. Pursuant to an Amended and
Restated Shareholders' Agreement among the Company and its shareholders and
optionholders and General American, as amended (the "Shareholders
Agreement"), the Company has agreed to place Mr. Slayton on the Board of
Directors until the earlier of August 11, 2000 or the consummation of an
initial public offering of the Common Stock. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions--The Strategic Merger."
The Company does not have a defined benefit plan. Mr. Rubenstein, as a
result of his 25 years of service with General American, is eligible to
continue to participate in the General American Life Insurance Company Pension
Plan and Trust, a qualified defined benefit plan, and the General American
Augmented Plan, a non-qualified defined benefit plan as well as General
American's post-retirement medical plan (collectively, the "GA Retirement
Plans"). Retirement benefits under the GA Retirement Plans are based on a
participant's final average compensation and credited years of service. Mr.
Rubenstein's final average compensation has been predetermined and represents
his estimated final average salary and bonus as if he were to remain an officer
of General American from December 31, 1995 (the date on which his benefits
under the qualified plan were frozen) through his retirement at age 65. Mr.
Rubenstein will receive credit for years of service under the GA Retirement
Plans while serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and has agreed to
pay for the cost of the additional retirement benefits, which has been
determined to be approximately 10% of Mr. Rubenstein's assumed annual General
American salary and bonus in any year. The amount of any bonus paid to Mr.
Rubenstein by the Company will be reduced by this cost. Such amount was $32,900
in 1996. Based on Mr. Rubenstein's predetermined final average compensation,
the annual pension benefit payable to Mr. Rubenstein upon his retirement from
the Company at age 65 would be $367,000.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
The members of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors
currently are Messrs. Rubenstein and Slayton. See "Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions" for a description of certain transactions involving
Messrs. Rubenstein and Slayton. Prior to October 1997, the Compensation
Committee of the Board was responsible for making all compensation decisions.
In October 1997, the Company established an Executive Compensation Committee
comprised of Messrs. Fibiger and Shaw. The Executive Compensation Committee is
responsible for
51
<PAGE> 53
making all stock-based compensation decisions regarding the Company's executive
officers. Neither Mr. Fibiger nor Mr. Shaw is a current or former officer or
employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.
INDEMNIFICATION
As permitted by The General and Business Corporation Law of Missouri (the
"GBCL"), the Articles provide (i) that the Company is required to indemnify
its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Missouri law,
(ii) the Company is permitted to indemnify employees or agents as set forth in
the GBCL, (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by the GBCL, the Company is
required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in
connection with a legal proceeding (subject to certain exceptions), (iv) the
rights conferred in the GBCL are not exclusive, and (v) the Company is
authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with its directors,
officers, employees and agents without further approval of the shareholders.
Directors or officers of the Company who are directors or officers of
General American may also be entitled to indemnification under the provisions
of General American's Articles of Incorporation, which provide indemnification
to them since they serve, at General American's request, as directors or
officers of the Company. Such individuals are also covered by General
American's director's and officer's liability insurance policy.
General American Mutual Holding Company maintains a policy of insurance
under which the directors and officers of the Company are insured, subject to
the limits of the policy, against certain losses, as defined in the policy,
arising from claims made against such directors and officers by reason of any
wrongful acts, as defined in the policy, in their respective capacities as
directors or officers of the Company.
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
THE STRATEGIC MERGER
The Company was formed in August 1995 as a holding company for all of the
operations of the Company following the Strategic Merger. The parties effected
the Strategic Merger in order to combine complementary businesses, each with
specialties in the insurance industry, to build a platform from which to
leverage additional growth. The Strategic Merger was effected in August 1995
when (i) General American Holding Company contributed to the Company all of the
issued and outstanding common stock of GAIMCO (now known as Conning Asset
Management Company), a registered investment adviser which provided investment
advisory services to General American and its affiliates (including General
American Capital Company's family of mutual funds), endowment funds, corporate
non-qualified assets, and pension/profit sharing funds of other entities in
exchange for 6,710,000 shares of Company Common Stock; and (ii) each of the
shareholders of Conning, Inc., other than three non-employee directors and two
institutional shareholders (the "Non-Contributing Shareholders"), contributed
all of the common stock then owned by such shareholders to the Company and each
holder of options to acquire Conning, Inc. common stock canceled all of such
options in exchange for $4,505,000 in cash and 3,190,000 shares of the
Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock having a value at the date of
issuance of $17,002,700, with Messrs. Slayton, Hansen and Schpero receiving
cash payments of $898,708, $438,661, and $40,164, respectively, and 636,376,
310,616, and 28,441 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock,
respectively; and the Other Significant Officers, as a group, and officers of
the Company who are not Executive Officers or Other Significant Officers (the
"Other Officers"), as a group, receiving cash payments of $2,736,122 and
$391,345, respectively, and 1,937,455 and 277,112 shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock, respectively. By agreement among the former
shareholders of Conning, Inc., the shares of Conning, Inc. owned by the
Non-Contributing Shareholders were acquired in exchange for cash payments in
the aggregate of $7,495,000. See Note 1 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements.
In connection with the Strategic Merger, the Company, General American and
its other shareholders and option holders entered into the Shareholders
Agreement, which restricts the transfer of shares of the Company by any
shareholder (other than General American), except pursuant to a right of first
refusal in favor of General American with respect to shares acquired in
connection with the Strategic Merger or pursuant to a right of first refusal in
favor of the Company in the case of shares acquired subsequent to the Strategic
Merger (and with respect to all shares, in favor of the other shareholders if
General American or the Company does not purchase such shares). The
Shareholders Agreement further provides for the rights of shareholders to
require General American, or in some cases the Company, to purchase their
shares in certain situations including death, disability and termination of
employment
52
<PAGE> 54
with the Company and, in certain other situations, provides General American,
or in some cases the Company, with the right to purchase such shares. The
Shareholders Agreement also provides that, until August 1998, (i) the Company
will maintain the general approach and methodology regarding cash compensation
and private equity carried interest allocations, (ii) the Company will have a
Board of Directors comprised of no more than seven members, at least two of
whom will be members of management (including Mr. Slayton or his successor),
(iii) the Company will have a Compensation Committee of the Board of which the
President will be a member, (iv) Mr. Slayton will serve as President of the
Company and Conning Asset Management Company and as President and CEO of
Conning, Inc. and Conning & Company and Mr. Rubenstein will serve as Chairman
and CEO of the Company and Conning Asset Management Company, and (v) Mr.
Slayton will serve as a senior member of management of the Company with certain
specified responsibilities. Upon consummation of this offering, the
Shareholders Agreement will terminate, except for certain provisions requiring
the Company to maintain certain compensation approaches as described in clause
(i) of the preceding sentence.
The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock pays a quarterly dividend equal to
the 90 day United States Treasury Bill rate as in effect from time to time.
Pursuant to the terms of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, upon the
consummation of the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby, the Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock will convert automatically on a one-for-one basis
into shares of Common Stock. Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, in June
1997 General American exercised a right in connection with the amendment and
restatement of such agreement (the "call right"), to purchase 1,594,995
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, representing approximately 50%
of the outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, for the negotiated per
share price of $11.25, with Messrs. Slayton, Hansen and Schpero receiving cash
payments of $3,579,615, $1,747,215, and $159,975, respectively; and Other
Significant Officers, as a group, and Other Officers, as a group, receiving
cash payments of $10,898,156 and $1,558,733, respectively. Prior to the
amendment and restatement of the Shareholders Agreement in June, 1997, General
American had the right to purchase up to 50% of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock only upon the occurrence of an initial public offering of the
Company's Common Stock. See "Principal Shareholders."
Each Employee who entered into an employment agreement in connection with
the Strategic Merger received a signing bonus that is subject to forfeiture in
the event that such Employee's employment is terminated under certain
circumstances during the first three years after the Strategic Merger. As of
the date hereof, of the $195,000, $95,000 and $35,000 of signing bonus paid to
Messrs. Slayton, Hansen and Schpero, respectively, $65,000, $31,667 and $11,667
are subject to forfeiture; of the $465,000 and $80,000 of signing bonuses paid
to the Other Significant Officers and Other Officers, respectively, $155,000
and $26,667 are subject to forfeiture, which forfeiture obligations expire on
August 11, 1998. See "Management--Employment Agreements and Other Compensation
Arrangements."
In connection with the Strategic Merger certain employees of the Company
entered into option cancellation agreements and received payments from the
Company, which, based upon an understanding among the selling shareholders, are
subject to forfeiture in the event that any such employee's employment is
terminated under certain circumstances during the first three years after the
Strategic Merger. As of the date hereof, of the $1,176,196, $804,491 and
$55,237 of the payments paid in connection with the option cancellation
agreements to Messrs. Slayton, Hansen and Schpero, respectively, $265,988,
$129,829 and $11,887 are subject to forfeiture; of the $4,353,082 and $605,119
of payments to the Other Significant Officers and Other Officers, respectively,
$809,803 and $201,707 are subject to forfeiture, which forfeiture obligations
expire on August 11, 1998.
In connection with the Strategic Merger, the parties agreed to indemnify
each other for breaches of representations and warranties, certain tax matters
and certain litigation matters. Most of these indemnification obligations
expired by their own terms on February 11, 1997. The indemnification
obligations of the former shareholders and optionholders of Conning, Inc. that
survived beyond that date have been released, which benefited all of the former
shareholders and optionholders of Conning, Inc., including Messrs. Slayton,
Hansen and Schpero. General American's and the Company's obligations to
indemnify the former shareholders and optionholders of Conning, Inc. remains in
force with respect to certain potential tax liabilities of the Company and
certain potential tax liabilities of the former shareholders and optionholders.
Also in connection with the Strategic Merger, the Company granted certain
employees of the Company options ("1995 Options") to purchase in the
aggregate 1,000,000 shares of the Company's Class B Non-Voting Common Stock
("Non-Voting Common Stock") at a price of $5.33 per share, with Messrs.
Rubenstein, Slayton, Hansen, and Schpero receiving options to purchase 120,000,
120,000, 120,000, and 10,000 shares, respectively; with the Other Significant
53
<PAGE> 55
Officers and Other Officers receiving options to purchase 460,000 and 170,000
shares, respectively, which includes Messrs. Koester and McLellan and Ms.
Tanaka each receiving options to purchase 70,000 shares. These options vest
annually in equal portions over the five years between August 11, 1995 and
August 11, 2000, but upon the consummation of this offering all of these
options will become fully vested. Also upon the consummation of this offering,
the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock will convert automatically on a
one-for-one basis into shares of Common Stock. Thus, the 1995 Options will
become exercisable for shares of Common Stock at a price of $5.33 per share.
All 1995 Options were issued as Incentive Stock Options.
In connection with the Strategic Merger, General American loaned the
Company $13,000,000 on an unsecured basis bearing interest at the rate of 7%
per annum, payable as follows: (a) commencing January 1, 1996, semi-annual
interest payments until September 1, 2002, (b) on September 1, 2003 and
September 1, 2004, principal payments of $4,333,333, together with all interest
accrued through such dates, and (c) on September 1, 2005, the final payment of
principal in the amount of $4,333,334, together with all interest accrued
through such date. As of December 31, 1996, the outstanding principal balance
on this loan was $2,000,000 and this remaining principal was paid in February
1997. Also in connection with the Strategic Merger, General American made a
$2,500,000 short term loan to the Company on an unsecured basis bearing
interest at 6.75% per annum. This loan was due August 31, 1996 and was fully
paid by June, 1996.
RECENT EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE OFFERING
Commencing in November 1996, in conjunction with an employee incentive
program, the Company has sold shares of its Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock to certain employees of the Company at a price of $5.33 per share. To
date, 475,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have been sold in
connection with such program, with Messrs. Rubenstein, Liddy and Schpero
acquiring 40,000, 50,000 and 20,000 shares, respectively; with Other
Significant Officers and Other Officers acquiring 175,000 and 175,000 shares,
respectively (which includes Messrs. Koester and McLellan and Ms. Tanaka each
acquiring 20,000 shares). The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock is
convertible upon demand on a one-for-one basis into shares of Non-Voting Common
Stock at a conversion price of $1.67 per share, subject to anti-dilution
adjustments, and pays a quarterly dividend of 5% per annum. As noted above,
upon the consummation of this offering, the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock
will convert automatically on a one-for-one basis into shares of Common Stock.
Thus, shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock effectively will become
convertible into shares of Common Stock upon payment of the conversion price of
$1.67 per share (i.e., for a total purchase price of $7.00 per share). Pursuant
to the Shareholders Agreement, as amended and restated, subject to the
consummation of this offering, the Company has the right to redeem the Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock for the price of $5.33 per share plus accrued
dividends.
In connection with the Company's private offering of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock to certain employees and directors of the Company in 1996 and
January 1997, General American holds unsecured recourse demand notes from
certain shareholders totaling $2,265,250, including $213,200 due from Mr.
Rubenstein and $106,600 due from Mr. Schpero, respectively, and $1,012,700 and
$932,750 from the Other Significant Officers, as a group including $106,600
each from Mr. Koester, Mr. McLellan and Ms. Tanaka, and the Other Officers, as
a group, respectively. Interest on such notes accrues at 6% per annum and is
payable semi-annually beginning in July, 1997. Principal payments on such notes
are due annually beginning January, 1998 in the amount of 25% of the gross
bonus earned by the obligor in the immediately preceding year. General American
has issued or will issue loans to certain shareholders to finance the
conversion of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock on terms similar to those
described above and in the aggregate amount of $642,950, including $66,800 for
Mr. Rubenstein, $33,400 for Mr. Schpero, $258,850 for the Other Significant
Officers (including $33,400 for each of Mr. Koester, Mr. McLellan and Ms.
Tanaka) and $283,900 for the Other Officers.
Also commencing in November 1996, the Company has granted certain of its
employees options ("1996 Options") to purchase in the aggregate 237,500
shares of the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock for the price of $7.00 per
share. See "Management--Executive Compensation." The Company granted options
to Messrs. Rubenstein, Liddy and Schpero to purchase 20,000, 25,000 and 10,000
shares, respectively; options to purchase 87,500 shares to the Other
Significant Officers, as a group (including 10,000 shares each to Mr. McLellan,
Mr. Koester and Ms. Tanaka); and options to purchase 87,500 shares to the Other
Officers, as a group. These options vest annually in equal portions over the
five-year period commencing on the date of grant. The consummation of the sale
of Common Stock offered hereby will not affect the vesting of the 1996 Options.
As noted above, upon the consummation of this
54
<PAGE> 56
offering, the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock will convert automatically on a
one-for-one basis into shares of Common Stock. Thus, the 1996 Options
effectively will become exercisable for shares of Common Stock at a price of
$7.00 per share.
TRANSACTIONS WITH GENERAL AMERICAN
General American, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of General American
Mutual Holding Company, currently is the principal shareholder of the Company.
After completion of the offering, General American will beneficially own
approximately 65% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock (approximately 63%
if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). General
American is a Missouri state life insurance company which began operations as a
stock company in 1933, was converted to a mutual company in a process that
ended in 1946 and became a stock company in 1997 in connection with the
formation of its mutual holding company parent. General American is principally
engaged in issuing individual and group life and health insurance policies and
annuity contracts. The principal offices of General American are located at 700
Market Street, St. Louis, Missouri 63101. See "Risk Factors--Dependence on
Principal Shareholder," "--Potential Conflicts of Interest," "--Termination
Provisions of Investment Advisory Agreements," "--Consequences of a Change of
Control on Investment Advisory Agreements; Limitations on Voting Rights" and
"--Certain Other Anti-Takeover Provisions," "Management," and "Principal
Shareholders."
The Company, through its subsidiary Conning Asset Management Company, acts
as the investment adviser for the general and separate accounts of General
American and certain of its affiliates, including the General American Capital
Company funds, COVA Corporation and its subsidiaries ("COVA"), Reinsurance
Group of America, Incorporated and certain of its subsidiaries ("RGA"),
Paragon Life Insurance Company, General Life Insurance Company, General Life
Insurance Company of America, Security Equity Life Insurance Company and the
General American Life Insurance Company Pension Plan Trust. The Company also
acts as the investment adviser for Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of
New York, which has entered into a strategic alliance with General American.
Such advisory agreements are generally terminable upon 30 to 90 days' notice
without penalty. The Company is generally compensated on the basis of fees
calculated at a percentage of the market value of the assets under management.
The fees are billed and are payable quarterly in arrears. Investment management
fees from these affiliated entities for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996 amounted to $12,573,489 and $14,300,367, respectively. Effective January
1, 1995, General American and Conning Asset Management Company entered into an
investment advisory agreement pursuant to which the Company would manage all of
the general account assets of General American. As of December 31, 1994, such
assets totaled approximately $5.2 billion. While investment management
contracts were not in place during 1994 for General American's general account
and COVA, investment management fees earned from the other affiliated entities
for the year ended December 31, 1994 totaled $2,618,635. See Note 11 of Notes
to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
After the 180-day period during which General American has agreed not to
offer for sale, sell, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation (see "Underwriting"), it is possible that
General American will, from time to time depending on future conditions,
further reduce or increase its beneficial ownership of the Common Stock.
Additionally, the Company has granted General American certain rights with
respect to the registration of shares of Common Stock that will be owned by
General American upon completion of the offering. See "Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."
Pursuant to an Administrative Services Agreement, General American provides
the Company with certain management and administrative services at the
Company's request. Such services include legal, employee benefit, payroll,
personnel, facilities and information services. As consideration for these
services, the Company pays General American a monthly fee based on General
American's cost, computed in accordance with General American's current cost
accounting system. The Company paid to General American $871,221, $12,308,103
and $14,611,221 for administrative services rendered for the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively, of which a substantial portion
reflects reimbursement of salaries and employee-related costs. Until January 1,
1997, certain employees of the historical operations of GAIMCO who were
employees of General American and costs associated with such employees were
allocated and charged to the Company pursuant to such Agreement. The
Administrative Services Agreement is terminable by either party on 90 days'
written notice. General American, however, has agreed
55
<PAGE> 57
not to terminate the Agreement prior to July 19, 1998. See Note 11 of Notes to
the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
Effective July 31, 1996, Conning Asset Management Company entered into an
agreement with General American for the lease of approximately 25,000 square
feet of office space located at 700 Market Street, St. Louis, Missouri. Such
lease has a five-year term, is terminable by the Company upon 30 days' notice
and calls for annual lease payments of approximately $600,000. The Company
anticipates leasing up to an additional 10,000 square feet at this location
during 1997 on substantially the same terms and conditions. The Company also
subleases from General American, pursuant to a written sublease, five of its
eleven office sites for its various mortgage loan and real estate offices. The
five offices are located in California, Florida, Georgia, Illinois and Texas.
The sublease terminates with respect to a particular location immediately prior
to termination of the applicable lease. The underlying leases have terms of
varying lengths ranging from month-to-month to a fixed term ending in 2000.
Either party may terminate the sublease with respect to one or more locations
on 90 days' written notice. The Company's total annual base rent for 1997 under
the sublease totals approximately $124,000. The terms of all of the foregoing
leases and the sublease (collectively, the "Leases") were designed to
approximate the cost to General American of owning or leasing such spaces. The
Company made rental payments to General American of approximately $300,000,
$624,000 and $613,000 in 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company
believes that the prices and other terms under the Leases are at least as
favorable as those prices and terms being offered generally in the same
marketplaces by unrelated parties for comparable spaces. See Note 11 of Notes
to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company and General American Mutual Holding Company have entered into a
Tax Allocation and Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of June 12, 1997 (the "Tax
Agreement"). The Tax Agreement provides, among other things, that the tax
liability of the General American Mutual Holding Company federal consolidated
tax return group (the "General American Tax Group") during the period that
the Company is a member of such group (i.e., from June 12, 1997 to the closing
of this offering) will be allocated among the members of the group in
proportion to their separately calculated tax liabilities. The Tax Agreement
also provides that any savings resulting from the tax benefits of a particular
member will be paid to that member, rather than accruing to the benefit of the
other members, and requires, among other things, that certain payments be made
between the Company and General American Mutual Holding Company in the event
there is a change in the pre-offering tax liabilities of the Company. In
addition, under the Tax Agreement, General American Mutual Holding Company will
indemnify the Company against any tax liabilities of the General American Tax
Group that are not attributable to the Company, and the Company will indemnify
General American Mutual Holding Company against any tax liabilities of the
Company. From August 11, 1995 (the date of the Strategic Merger) to June 12,
1997, the Company was not a member of the General American Tax Group but was a
party to a Tax Sharing Agreement with General American providing for
indemnification rights and tax sharing liabilities in a manner similar to the
current Tax Agreement for the period during which Conning Asset Management
Company was a member of such group. The tax liabilities of the members of the
General American Tax Group prior to the Strategic Merger, which included
Conning Asset Management Company, are allocated under a Tax Allocation
Agreement dated as of October 30, 1992, in a manner similar to the Tax
Agreement.
Mr. Liddy is also an executive officer and director of General American and
certain of its affiliates. His son has been employed by the Company since 1995.
Mr. Rubenstein is also a director of certain of General American's affiliates.
See "Management--Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Significant
Officers."
The Company's mortgage origination activities have been historically
operated pursuant to informal agreements through General American. Since
January 1, 1995, the Company has generally received a fee associated with loan
originations of approximately 1% of the loan balance. The Company also receives
ongoing servicing fees and management fees with respect to mortgage loans in
portfolios managed by the Company. Such loans have been originated primarily
for General American and its affiliates. Total fees received from General
American and its affiliates for loan originations, servicing and management
fees during 1994, 1995 and 1996 were approximately $0, $7,424,000, and
$11,830,000, respectively. See "Business--Asset Management--Mortgage
Origination and Service of Real Estate" for information regarding the amounts
of mortgage loan originations.
The existing and proposed agreements between the Company, on the one hand,
and General American and its affiliates, on the other hand, may be modified or
renegotiated in the future and additional transactions or agreements may be
entered into between the Company and General American and its affiliates. See
"Risk Factors--Potential Conflicts of Interest."
56
<PAGE> 58
PARTICIPATION IN PRIVATE EQUITY FUNDS
The Company, directly or indirectly through intermediary partnerships, is
the general partner of the following private equity funds with a 1% general
partner capital interest: Conning Insurance Capital Limited Partnership II and
Conning Insurance Capital International Partners II (together, "Fund II"),
Conning Insurance Capital Limited Partnership III and Conning Insurance Capital
International Partners III (together, "Fund III"), Conning Connecticut
Insurance Fund, L.P. ("Fund IV") and Conning Insurance Capital Limited
Partnership V ("Fund V"). At September 30, 1997, the Company's commitment to
fund future required capital contributions was approximately $2.1 million. The
Company had established similar relationships with respect to Conning Insurance
Capital Limited Partnership and Conning Insurance Capital International
Partners (together, "Fund I"), which terminated pursuant to their terms on
December 31, 1995. Collectively, Fund I, Fund II, Fund III, Fund IV and Fund V
are referred to as the "Funds". Each Fund has a term of eight to ten years,
subject to certain extensions for liquidation purposes. Fund I commenced
December, 1986, Fund II commenced December, 1988, Fund III commenced December,
1993, Fund IV commenced December, 1995 and Fund V commenced August, 1997. The
Company and its predecessors received investment management fees from the
Funds, in the aggregate, of approximately $3.2 million, $3.2 million, $4.0
million and $3.3 million for 1994, 1995, 1996 and the first nine months of
1997, respectively. The Company through its subsidiary has committed to Conning
Connecticut Investors, L.L.C., a limited liability company of which the Company
is the general partner and managing member, up to approximately $4,040,000 for
purposes of capitalizing the general partner. The amount is payable only in the
event of insolvency on the part of the Conning Connecticut Investors, L.L.C.
See Note 15 of Notes to the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
The Company is also entitled to a carried interest, or performance fee, in
each Fund representing up to approximately 20% of specified gains of the Fund,
as determined in accordance with the applicable partnership or limited
liability company agreement. Certain officers and directors of the Company and
its subsidiaries receive participation percentages annually over a five-year
period, in a portion of the Company's carried interest, which participations
are subject to a climbing vesting schedule varying by Fund, generally over a
period of up to seven years from the date of receipt of the participation
percentage. At the end of the five year period, the Company's percentage of the
carried interest ranges from 25% to 40% of the original amount, depending on
the Fund. At September 30, 1997, the percentage interests in Fund V held by
Messrs. Rubenstein, Slayton, Hansen and Schpero were 0.55%, 1.35%, 0.375% and
0.25%, respectively; and ranged from 0.05% to 1.65% for each of the Other
Significant Officers; and ranged from 0.1% to 1.1% for each of the Other
Officers; the percentage interests in Fund IV held by Messrs. Rubenstein,
Slayton, Hansen and Schpero were 0.50%, 2.80%, 1.40% and 0.45%, respectively;
the percentage interests held by Messrs. Koester and McLellan and Ms. Tanaka
were 0.15% each; and ranged from 0.15% to 3.40% for each of the Other
Significant Officers; and ranged from 0.10% to 2.10% for each of the Other
Officers; the percentage interests in Fund III held by Messrs. Rubenstein,
Slayton, Hansen and Schpero were 0.50%, 6.07%, 3.19% and 0.57%, respectively,
the percentage interests held by Messrs. Koester and McLellan and Ms. Tanaka
were 0.15% each, and ranged from 0.15% to 6.86% for each of the Other
Significant Officers and ranged from 0.10% to 4.17% for each of the Other
Officers; and the percentage interests in Funds I and II held by Messrs.
Slayton, Hansen and Schpero were 8.54%, 5.86% and 0.84%, respectively, and the
percentage interests held by each of the Other Significant Officers ranged from
1.48% to 6.75%; and the percentage interests held by each of the Other Officers
ranged from 0.13% to 2.80%. Participation percentages are complete for Funds I
and II; Fund III has approximately one year remaining for completion of the
determination of participation percentages; Fund IV has approximately three
years remaining for completion of the determination of participation
percentages; and Fund V has approximately four years remaining for completion
of the determination of participation percentages. With the exception of Fund
I, none of the Funds has generated a carried interest as of September 30, 1997
and the value, if any, of such participations cannot be readily determined.
Distributions to date of the carried interest from Fund I were made during 1996
and 1997 to Messrs. Slayton, Hansen and Schpero in the amounts of $678,669,
$466,025 and $67,092, respectively, and ranged from $117,252 to $536,496 for
each of the Other Significant Officers and ranged from $3,975 to $222,659 for
each of the Other Officers.
General American and its affiliates other than the Company have committed
or invested a total of $30.0 million in four of the Funds. A subsidiary of
Transamerica Occidental Life Insurance Company ("Transamerica"), of which Mr.
Fibiger was Chairman of the Board, has invested a total of $4.0 million in two
of the Funds. General American and its affiliates may participate in the
distributions from the private equity funds on a pro rata basis with other
limited partners in the private equity funds. General American and certain of
its affiliates, which may include the Company, may invest in new private equity
funds in the future as limited partners.
57
<PAGE> 59
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial
ownership of the Common Stock as of November 20, 1997, giving effect to the
Capital Stock Conversions and the vesting of certain options upon the closing
of the offering and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares offered hereby,
for (i) each person known to the Company to own beneficially 5% or more of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock, (ii) the Company's directors and named
executive officers, and (iii) all the Company's directors and executive
officers as a group. Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes to this table,
the named beneficial owner has sole voting and investment power. As of November
20, 1997, there were 43 shareholders of record.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
BENEFICIALLY
NUMBER OF OWNED<F1><F2>
SHARES --------------------
BENEFICIALLY BEFORE AFTER
NAME OF BENEFICIAL OWNER OWNED<F1> OFFERING OFFERING
------------------------ --------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
General American Life Insurance Company<F3>................. 8,304,995 80.0% 64.5%
Leonard M. Rubenstein<F4>................................... 225,388 2.1 1.7
Maurice W. Slayton<F5>...................................... 495,900 4.7 3.8
Mark E. Hansen<F5>.......................................... 333,020 3.2 2.6
Fred M. Schpero<F6>......................................... 46,221 <F*> <F*>
John A. Fibiger............................................. -- -- --
Richard A. Liddy<F7>........................................ 55,000 <F*> <F*>
John C. Shaw................................................ -- -- --
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group
(7 persons)<F8>........................................... 1,155,529 10.6 8.6
Other Significant Officers as a group (19 persons)<F9>...... 1,764,682 16.0 13.1
Other Officers as a group (36 persons)<F10>................. 510,781 4.8 3.9
<FN>
- --------
<F*> Less than 1%
<F1> Except for shares owned by General American, which represent 6,710,000
shares of Common Stock and 1,594,995 shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, all shares owned prior to the offering represent shares
of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock, shares of Non-Voting Common Stock and shares of
Non-Voting Common Stock subject to outstanding stock options that are
exercisable within 60 days, including the vesting of certain options upon
the closing of the offering. All shares, other than shares of Common
Stock, are currently non-voting. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
and Non-Voting Common Stock will automatically convert into an equal
number of shares of Common Stock upon completion of the offering and the
holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock have agreed to convert
such shares into an equal number of shares of Common Stock for additional
consideration of $1.67 per share, upon completion of the offering. See
"Description of Capital Stock."
<F2> Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. Shares
owned before and after the offering include the following options to
purchase Common Stock: (i) outstanding options which are currently
exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of the date hereof; (ii)
outstanding options which will become exercisable upon the closing of
this offering; and (iii) options the Company intends to grant upon the
closing of this offering which will be immediately exercisable. The
number of immediately exercisable options to be granted at closing has
been estimated; the number of options actually granted will depend upon
the actual initial public offering price. See "Management--Employee
Stock Plans."
<F3> Includes shares owned by General American Holding Company, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of General American. The address of General American is 700
Market Street, St. Louis, Missouri 63101. General American is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of GenAmerica Corporation, which is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of General American Mutual Holding Company.
<F4> Includes 52,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to currently
exercisable options, 72,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to
options that will become exercisable upon the closing of the offering and
an estimated 61,388 shares subject to exercisable options that will be
granted upon the closing of the offering.
<F5> Includes 48,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to currently
exercisable options, 72,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to
options that will become exercisable upon the closing of the offering and
an estimated 57,712 shares subject to exercisable options that will be
granted upon the closing of the offering.
<F6> Includes 6,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to currently
exercisable options and 6,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to
options that will become exercisable upon the closing of the offering.
<F7> Includes 5,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to currently
exercisable options. Mr. Liddy, a director of the Company, is also
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of General American. Mr. Liddy
disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares owned by General American.
<F8> Includes 159,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to currently
exercisable options, 222,000 shares which may be acquired pursuant to
options that will become exercisable upon the closing of the offering and
an estimated 176,812 shares subject to exercisable options that will be
granted upon the closing of the offering.
<F9> Consists of the 19 persons listed under the caption
"Management--Directors, Executive Officers and Certain Other Significant
Officers--Certain Other Significant Officers." Includes 201,500 shares
which may be acquired pursuant to currently exercisable options, 276,000
shares which may be acquired pursuant to options that will become
exercisable upon the closing of the offering and an estimated 143,452
shares subject to exercisable options that will be granted upon the
closing of the offering.
<F10> Consists of 36 officers who are neither Executive Officers nor Other
Significant Officers. Includes 85,500 shares which may be acquired
pursuant to currently exercisable options, 102,000 shares which may be
acquired pursuant to options that will become exercisable upon the
closing of the offering and an estimated 9,723 shares subject to
exercisable options that will be granted upon the closing of the
offering.
</TABLE>
58
<PAGE> 60
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock of the Company. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in
the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could
adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and the ability of
the Company to raise equity capital in the future.
RESTRICTION ON SALES
Upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of outstanding
options, the Company will have outstanding 12,875,000 shares of Common Stock
(13,250,000 shares if the Underwriters' over allotment option is exercised in
full). Of these shares, the 2,500,000 shares sold in the offering will be
immediately eligible for resale in the public market without restriction under
the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by an "Affiliate" (as
that term is defined under the Securities Act) of the Company, which shares
will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
The remaining 10,375,000 shares outstanding following this offering (the
"Previously Issued Shares") were issued by the Company in private
transactions not involving a public offering and are thus treated as
"restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities
Act. Subject to the Lock-up Agreements described below, the Previously Issued
Shares may be sold in the public market only if registered or pursuant to an
exemption from registration such as those afforded by Rules 144, 144A, 701 and
Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933.
The holders of the Previously Issued Shares of Common Stock have entered
into agreements with the Company ("Lock-up Agreements") pursuant to which
they have agreed that, during the 180-day period after the date of this
prospectus, they will not, except with the prior consent of Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation or in certain limited circumstances, offer,
sell, contract to sell or grant an option to purchase any of such Previously
Issued Shares. In addition, the Company has agreed that during such period it
will not, without the prior consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation or in certain limited circumstances, offer, sell, contract to sell
or grant an option to purchase any shares of Common Stock. See
"Underwriting." The Company believes that, following the lock-up period, up
to 1,472,288 shares held by existing shareholders could be eligible for sale
without restriction and up to 8,902,712 "affiliate" shares held by executive
officers, directors, and other affiliates could be eligible for sale, subject
to certain volume and other limitations of Rule 144 as described below; all
such shares, however, may be subject to additional holding periods under Rule
144 based on, among other things, particular interpretative considerations,
facts and circumstances relating to such shareholders. Outstanding options to
purchase 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock will be exercisable upon completion
of the offering. Upon the first anniversary of the date hereof, General
American and the holders of shares issuable upon the Capital Stock Conversions
have the right to require the Company in certain circumstances to register
their shares of Common Stock for sale under the Securities Act. See
"--Registration Rights" below and "Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions."
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus, an Affiliate of the Company or other person (or
persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Previously
Issued Shares for at least one year will be entitled to sell in any three-month
period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of (i) 1% of the
then outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock (approximately 132,500
shares immediately after the offering, if the Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full) or (ii) the average weekly trading volume of the
Company's Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar
weeks immediately preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Sales pursuant to Rule 144 are subject
to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and availability of
current public information about the Company. A person (or persons whose shares
are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an Affiliate of the Company at
any time during the 90 days immediately preceding the sale and who has
beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at least two years is entitled to sell
such shares pursuant to Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described
above.
Previously Issued Shares may also be resold (1) to a person whom the seller
reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer within the meaning of
Rule 144A under the Securities Act purchasing for its own account or for the
account of a qualified institutional buyer in a transaction meeting the
requirements of Rule 144A and (2) in an off-shore transaction complying with
Rules 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act.
An employee of the Company who purchased shares or was awarded options to
purchase shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract meeting the
requirements of Rule 701 under the Securities Act is entitled to
59
<PAGE> 61
rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701 under the Securities Act which
permits Affiliates and non-Affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares without
having to comply with the holding period restrictions of Rule 144, in each case
commencing 90 days after the date of this Prospectus. In addition,
non-Affiliates may sell Rule 701 shares without complying with the public
information, volume and notice provisions of Rule 144.
Following the effectiveness of the registration statement covering the
shares of Common Stock offered hereby, the Company will register under the
Securities Act the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
Company's employee stock plans covering 2,200,000 shares. The Company expects
that these registrations will automatically become effective upon filing.
Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements and acquired
pursuant to such Plans will be available for sale in the open market upon the
expiration of the public sale restrictions described below (see
"Underwriting"), subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to
Affiliates.
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
The Company has granted certain rights with respect to the registration of
6,710,000 of the 8,304,995 shares of Common Stock that will be owned by General
American upon completion of the offering (the "Registrable Securities").
Subject to certain limitations, General American and permitted assignees have
the right at any time after the first anniversary of the date hereof to require
the Company to register the sale of such shares under the Securities Act (a
"demand registration"). The number of demand registrations is limited to two.
A demand registration must be requested by holders of Registrable Securities
representing at least 10% of the outstanding Common Stock and must include at
least 10% of such Registrable Securities. The Company is not required to effect
more than one demand registration in any twelve-month period. The holders of
Registrable Securities are also entitled to include such shares in a registered
offering of securities by the Company for its own account or the account of any
other security holder (a "piggy-back registration"), subject to certain
conditions and restrictions. A piggy-back registration is counted as one of the
demand registrations if the holder sold at least 80% of the Registrable
Securities it requested be registered. In addition to the demand and piggy-back
registration rights described above after the first anniversary of the date
hereof, the holders of Registrable Securities representing at least 10% of the
outstanding Common Stock may require the Company to file up to two registration
statements relating to such Registrable Securities on Form S-3 under the
Securities Act when such form is available to the Company. A demand
registration on Form S-3 will count as a Form S-3 registration. A registration
on Form S-3 must relate to the offering of securities, including the
Registrable Securities, at an aggregate price to the public of at least
$5,000,000. The Company is not required to effect more than one such
registration on Form S-3 (including any demand registrations registered on Form
S-3) in any twelve-month period. The registration expenses of holders of
Registrable Securities (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) will
be paid by the Company. The registration rights expire for any Holder owning
Registrable Securities representing less than 1% of the outstanding Common
Stock on the date such Holder is able to dispose of all of its shares in any
90-day period pursuant to Rule 144, and, in any event, on the date such
Holder's Registrable Securities can be sold pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the
Securities Act. The registration rights are not assignable by General American
other than to General American Holding Company, a direct or indirect subsidiary
of General American or General American Holding Company, a parent of General
American or General American Holding Company, or a direct or indirect
subsidiary of such parent entity.
The Company has granted the holders of the 2,070,005 shares of Common Stock
issued upon the Capital Stock Conversions the right to require the Company to
file a registration statement on Form S-3 on or about the first anniversary of
the date hereof covering the resale of such shares, provided that such Form S-3
is available to the Company; provided further, that (i) the Company would be
under no obligation to maintain the effectiveness of such registration
statement for more than twelve months and (ii) the holders of such stock enter
into a registration rights agreement at that time containing such limitations
and conditions as the Company deems appropriate.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK
Under the Company's Restated Articles of Incorporation (previously defined
as the "Articles"), the Company's authorized capital stock consists of
50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 20,000,000 shares
of Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $.01 per share and 23,790,000 shares of
preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Stock"). The
Company will have outstanding, immediately prior to the issuance and sale of
60
<PAGE> 62
shares of Common Stock pursuant to the offering 10,375,000 shares of Common
Stock, after giving effect to the Capital Stock Conversions. Upon the closing
of this offering, assuming no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option and no exercise of outstanding stock options, the Company will have
outstanding 12,875,000 shares of Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock.
Upon the closing of this offering, the Company intends to file an amendment to
its Articles to eliminate the Non-Voting Common Stock and to reduce the number
of authorized shares of Preferred Stock to 20,000,000.
COMMON STOCK
All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares offered
hereby will be, fully paid and nonassessable. Each holder of Common Stock is
entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters presented to
a vote of shareholders, including the election of directors, except that, as
provided in the Articles, no person or group other than General American,
certain affiliates of General American, certain savings, profit sharing, stock
bonus and employee stock ownership plans established by the Company or certain
subsidiaries of the Company and other persons approved in advance by the Board
of Directors of the Company, shall have the right to vote more than 20% of the
combined voting power of the Company's Voting Stock (as defined in the
Articles). See "Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions--Limitations on Voting of
Shares in Certain Circumstances" for a more detailed description of this 20%
voting limitation. Accordingly, assuming such 20% voting restriction does not
apply, holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote in
any election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election.
Subject to the prior rights of the holders of any shares of Preferred Stock
which subsequently may be issued and outstanding, the holders of Common Stock
are entitled to receive dividends as and when declared by the Board of
Directors out of funds legally available therefor, and, in the event of
liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, to share ratably in all
assets remaining after payment of liabilities. Holders of Common Stock do not
have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors or preemptive rights
to purchase or subscribe for any stock or other securities and there are no
conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such
stock. Additional shares of authorized Common Stock may be issued without
shareholder approval.
As of September 30, 1997, there were outstanding 110,000 shares of
Non-Voting Common Stock. Such shares of Non-Voting Common Stock have no voting
or dividend rights. Upon the closing of this offering, all issued and
outstanding shares of Non-Voting Common Stock will be converted into an
aggregate of 110,000 shares of Common Stock.
PREFERRED STOCK
As of September 30, 1997, there were outstanding 3,190,000 shares of Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock and 365,000 shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock. Upon or prior to the closing of this offering, all issued and
outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted
into an aggregate of 3,190,000 shares of Common Stock, and all outstanding
shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted into an
aggregate of 365,000 shares of Common Stock for additional consideration to the
Company of $1.67 per share. Upon the closing of this offering, the Company
intends to file an amendment to its Articles to eliminate the series
designations of the Series A and B Convertible Preferred Stock.
Following the closing of this offering, the Board will have the authority
to issue up to an aggregate of 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock from time
to time in one or more series without shareholder approval. The Board of
Directors has the authority to prescribe for each series of Preferred Stock it
establishes the number of shares in that series, the dividend rate, and the
voting rights, conversion privileges, redemption and liquidation rights, if
any, and any other rights, preferences and limitations of the particular
series. Depending upon the rights of such Preferred Stock, the issuance of
Preferred Stock could have an adverse effect on the holders of Common Stock by
delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company, making removal of
the present management of the Company more difficult, or resulting in
restrictions upon the payment of dividends and other distributions to the
holders of Common Stock. The Company has no present plans to issue any
Preferred Stock.
CERTAIN EFFECTS OF AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED STOCK
Upon the completion of this offering, there will be 34,592,513 shares of
Common Stock and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock available for future
issuance without shareholder approval, taking into consideration the 1,237,500
61
<PAGE> 63
shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of currently
outstanding options and an estimated 1,294,987 shares of Common Stock reserved
for issuance upon exercise of options to be granted upon the closing of this
offering. These additional shares may be issued for a variety of proper
corporate purposes, including raising additional capital, corporate
acquisitions, and implementing employee benefit plans. Except as contemplated
by the Company's existing and other possible employee benefit or stock purchase
plans, the Company does not currently have any plans to issue additional shares
of Common Stock or Preferred Stock. See "Management--Employee Stock Plans."
One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved Common Stock
and Preferred Stock may be to enable the Board of Directors to issue shares to
persons friendly to current management, which could render more difficult or
discourage an attempt to obtain control of the Company by means of a merger,
tender offer, proxy contest, or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity
of the Company's management and possibly deprive the shareholders of
opportunities to sell their shares of Common Stock at prices higher than the
prevailing market prices. Such additional shares also could be used to dilute
the stock ownership of persons seeking to obtain control of the Company. See
also "Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."
TRANSFER AGENT
The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services, L.L.C., Overpeck, New Jersey.
CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS
The Company's Articles and Bylaws, among other things, (i) contain certain
limitations on the voting power of certain shareholders, (ii) provide for a
classified Board of Directors, (iii) limit the right of shareholders to remove
directors or change the size of the Board of Directors, to fill vacancies on
the Board of Directors, to act by written consent and to call a special meeting
of shareholders, and (iv) require a higher percentage of shareholders than
would otherwise be required to amend, alter, change, or repeal the provisions
of the Articles and Bylaws discussed in this section, as well as those
described above under "Management--Indemnification." The Articles also
provide that the Bylaws may be amended only by the majority vote of the Board
of Directors; thus shareholders will not be able to amend the Bylaws without
first amending the Articles. These provisions, which are summarized below, may
have the effect of discouraging certain types of transactions that involve an
actual or threatened change of control of the Company. Reference is made to the
full text of the Articles and Bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The following
summary is qualified in its entirety by such reference.
LIMITATIONS ON VOTING OF SHARES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES
In order to limit the likelihood under certain circumstances of a deemed
assignment, under the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act, of the
investment advisory contracts that the Company's subsidiaries have with their
clients (see "Regulation"), the Articles include provisions limiting the
voting power of shares of Common Stock in certain circumstances. The Investment
Company Act and the Advisers Act define the term "assignment" to include any
"direct or indirect transfer" of "a controlling block of the voting
securities" of the issuer's outstanding voting securities. The Investment
Company Act presumes that any person holding 25% of the voting stock of the
Company "controls" the Company. The Articles provide that a person or
"group" (which includes affiliates and associates of a person, as defined in
the Articles) that owns (as defined in the Articles) more than 20% of the
voting shares of the Company's issued and outstanding capital stock ("Voting
Stock") shall have the right to vote not more than 20% of the outstanding
shares of Voting Stock entitled to vote. The remaining shares of Voting Stock
owned by such person or group ("Excludable Shares") shall have no voting
rights and shall not be counted for quorum or shareholder approval purposes.
These provisions do not apply to General American, affiliates of General
American, direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company and certain employee
plans established or to be established by the Company. The Company's Board of
Directors may approve the exemption of other persons or groups from the
provisions described above. The foregoing limitation is intended to have the
effect of decreasing the chance of any assignment occurring for purposes of the
Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act, including in connection with
future issuances or sales of Common Stock. However, no assurances can be given
that such an "assignment" will not occur
62
<PAGE> 64
under these or other circumstances. The Company has the right to inquire of any
owner of Voting Stock, or person who purports to exercise voting rights with
respect to such stock, and the owner will have the obligation to provide such
information to the Company as the Company may reasonably request, as to the
number of shares owned, whether such shares are owned by any other person and
the identity of such person, whether affiliates or associates of such person
own any shares, whether such person is a member of a "group" owning such
shares or whether such person, or any of such person's affiliates or
associates, has any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any other
person with respect to the Voting Stock.
The limitation on voting may be viewed as having the effect of making more
difficult or of discouraging, absent the support of General American, a proxy
contest, a merger or other combination involving the Company, a tender offer,
an open-market purchase program or other purchase of Common Stock that could
give shareholders an opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing
market price for their shares. However, given the authority that General
American will exercise over the affairs of the Company following the completion
of the offering in any event, the Company does not consider the likely effect
of this limitation to be significant.
SIZE OF BOARD, ELECTION OF DIRECTORS, CLASSIFIED BOARD, REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
AND FILLING VACANCIES
The Articles provide that the number of directors to constitute the board
of directors initially shall be five and thereafter the number of directors
shall be fixed from time to time as provided in the Bylaws. The Bylaws provide
for a Board of Directors of five directors, but in no event less than three,
and permit the Board of Directors to change the number of directors with a
majority vote. The Articles further provide that the Bylaws may be amended only
by majority vote of the Board of Directors.
In order for a shareholder to nominate a candidate for director, the Bylaws
require that timely notice be given to the Company in advance of the meeting.
Ordinarily, such notice must be given not less than 60 days nor more than 90
days before the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, or
not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days before May 12, 1998, in the case of
the next annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual
meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from
such anniversary date, then the shareholder must give such notice not earlier
than 90 days nor later than 60 days prior to such meeting or 10 days after
notice of the meeting is mailed or other public disclosure of the meeting is
made. In certain cases, notice may be delivered later if the number of
directors to be elected is increased. The shareholder filing the notice of
nomination must describe various matters regarding the nominee, including,
without limitation, such information as name, address, occupation, and shares
held. The Articles do not permit cumulative voting in the election of
directors, and the Bylaws provide that the majority of the votes cast in the
election of directors shall elect those directors. Accordingly, the holders of
a majority of the then outstanding shares of voting stock can elect all the
directors then being elected at that meeting of shareholders.
The Articles and Bylaws provide that the Board shall be divided into three
classes, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible, and that
one class shall be elected each year and serve for a three-year term.
Missouri law provides that, unless a corporation's articles of
incorporation provide otherwise, the holders of a majority of the corporation's
voting stock may remove any director from office. The Articles provide that,
except as described below, a director may be removed by shareholders only "for
cause" and with the approval of the holders of 85% of the Company's voting
stock.
Missouri law further provides that, unless a corporation's articles of
incorporation or bylaws provide otherwise, all vacancies on a corporation's
board of directors, including any vacancies resulting from an increase in the
number of directors, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining
directors even if that number is less than a quorum. The Articles provide that,
subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any class of preferred stock
then outstanding and except as described below, vacancies may be filled only by
the vote of a majority of the remaining directors.
The classification of directors, the inability to vote shares cumulatively,
the advance notice requirements for nominations, and the provisions in the
Articles that limit the ability of shareholders to increase the size of the
Board or to remove directors and that permit the remaining directors to fill
any vacancies on the Board will have the effect of making it more difficult for
shareholders to change the composition of the Board. As a result, at least two
annual meetings of shareholders may be required for the shareholders to change
a majority of the directors, whether or not a
63
<PAGE> 65
change in the Board would be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders and
whether or not a majority of the Company's shareholders believes that such
change would be desirable.
LIMITATIONS ON SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT; LIMITATIONS ON CALLING
SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS
As required by Missouri law, the Bylaws provide that any action by written
consent of shareholders in lieu of a meeting must be unanimous. Under the
Bylaws, except as described below, shareholders are not permitted to call
special meetings of shareholders or to require the Board to call a special
meeting of shareholders and a special meeting of shareholders may be called
only by a majority of the entire Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board,
or the President. In order for a shareholder to bring a proposal before a
shareholder meeting, the Bylaws require that timely notice be given to the
Company in advance of the meeting. Ordinarily, such notice must be given not
less than 60 days nor more than 90 days before the first anniversary of the
preceding year's annual meeting, or not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days
before May 12, 1998 in the case of the next annual meeting; provided, however,
that if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or
delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, then the shareholder
must give such notice not earlier than 90 days nor later than 60 days prior to
such meeting or 10 days after notice of the meeting is mailed or other public
disclosure of the meeting is made. Such notice must include a description of
the proposal, the reasons therefor, and other specified matters. The Board may
reject any such proposals that are not made in accordance with these procedures
or that are not a proper subject for shareholder action in accordance with the
provisions of applicable law.
The provision of the Bylaws requiring unanimity for shareholder action by
written consent gives all the shareholders of the Company entitled to vote on a
proposed action the opportunity to participate in such action and will prevent
the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Company from using the
written consent procedure to take shareholder action. Moreover, a shareholder
cannot force a shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of
the Board of Directors by calling a special meeting of shareholders or forcing
consideration of such a proposal.
These provisions are designed in part to make it more difficult and
time-consuming to obtain majority control of the Board of Directors of the
Company or otherwise to bring a matter before the shareholders without the
Board's consent, and thus to reduce the vulnerability of the Company to an
unsolicited takeover proposal. These provisions are designed to enable the
Company to develop its business in a manner which will foster its long-term
growth, with the threat of a takeover not deemed by the Board to be in the best
interests of the Company and its shareholders and the potential disruption
entailed by such a threat reduced to the extent practicable. On the other hand,
these provisions may have an adverse effect on the ability of shareholders to
influence the governance of the Company and the possibility of shareholders
receiving a premium above the prevailing market price for their securities from
a potential acquiror who is unfriendly to management.
CERTAIN MISSOURI STATUTORY PROVISIONS
The GBCL has a control share acquisition statute. A "control share
acquisition" is defined as the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of either
ownership or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to
"control shares," which are defined as shares which, when added to all other
shares of the issuing corporation owned by the acquiring person, would entitle
such person to exercise certain degrees of voting power with respect to stock
of the issuing corporation. Under the Missouri control share acquisition
statute (which is only applicable to certain corporations that have 100 or more
shareholders), shareholders who acquire enough shares to give them (1)
one-fifth or more to less than one-third, (2) one-third or more to less than a
majority, or (3) a majority or more of the outstanding stock of the Company
will not be able to vote those excess shares unless certain disclosure
requirements are satisfied and the retention of voting rights by the acquiror
is approved by at least a majority of shares entitled to vote and a majority of
all non-interested shares entitled to vote. A corporation's articles of
incorporation or bylaws may provide that a corporation will not be subject to
Missouri's control share acquisition statute. The Articles contain a provision
exempting the Company from Missouri's control share acquisition statute.
The GBCL restricts a "business combination" (defined to include generally
a merger or consolidation, a sale, exchange or other dispositions of 10% or
more of the aggregate market value of all assets or stock of the corporation,
or certain other transactions which have the effect of disproportionately
increasing the share ownership) with an "interested shareholder" (defined
generally as the beneficial owner or at least 20% of the corporation's voting
stock)
64
<PAGE> 66
for five years following the stock acquisition date (i.e., the date the person
became an interested shareholder), unless the board of directors approves the
business combination or the purchase of stock by the interested shareholder
before the stock acquisition date. Business combinations with an interested
shareholder are permitted only if (i) the board of directors approved the
business combination or acquisition of the stock prior to the stock acquisition
date, (ii) the business combination is approved by a majority of the
outstanding voting stock not beneficially owned by the interested shareholder
no earlier than five years after the stock acquisition date, or (iii) the
consideration to be received by shareholders meets certain requirements of the
statute with respect to form and amount. The Articles contain a provision
electing to subject the Company to the business combination statute of the
GBCL; such provision has the effect, among other things, of rendering the
statute inapplicable to transactions with "interested shareholders," such as
General American, that acquired their status prior to the effective date of
such provision. The Articles further provide that General American and its
affiliates are expressly deemed not to constitute "interested shareholders."
Missouri law contains certain requirements concerning disclosures which
must be made in connection with "take-over bids." Take-over bids are defined
as the acquisition of or offer to acquire any equity security of a domestic
target company, if after acquisition thereof the offeror would, directly or
indirectly, be a beneficial owner of more than five percent of any class of the
issued and outstanding equity securities of such target company. A take-over
bid does not include an offer to acquire such equity security solely in
exchange for other securities, or the acquisition of such equity security
pursuant to such offer, for the sole account of the offeror, in good faith and
not to avoid Missouri's statutory regulation of take-over bids, and not
involving any public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act. Unless
the offeror, prior to making a take-over bid, files with the Commissioner of
Securities and delivers to the target company certain materials, including
copies of all offering information, certain information regarding the offeror,
the source of funds financing the offer, the number of shares to be acquired
and whether the offeror intends to sell the assets of the company, the offeror
will be subject to civil monetary and criminal penalties.
65
<PAGE> 67
UNDERWRITING
Subject to certain terms and conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement, the syndicate of Underwriters named below, for whom Donaldson,
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc. are
acting as representatives (the "Representatives"), have severally agreed to
purchase from the Company an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock. The
number of shares of Common Stock that each Underwriter has agreed to purchase
is set forth opposite its name below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITERS NUMBER OF SHARES
<S> <C>
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation................................
A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc...........................................................
----------
Total.......................................................................... 2,500,000
==========
</TABLE>
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to purchase shares of Common Stock are subject to the approval of
certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. If any of the
shares of Common Stock are purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement, all such shares of Common Stock (other than the shares
of Common Stock covered by the over-allotment option described below) must be
so purchased.
Prior to the offering, there has been no established trading market for the
Common Stock. The initial price to the public for the Common Stock offered
hereby will be determined by negotiation between the Company and the
Representatives. The factors to be considered in determining the initial price
to the public include the history of and the prospects for the industry in
which the Company competes, the ability of the Company's management, the past
and present operations of the Company, the historical results of operations of
the Company, the prospects for future earnings of the Company, the present
state of the Company's development, the general condition of the securities
markets at the time of the offering and the recent market prices of and the
demand for publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies.
The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute
to payments that the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.
The Company has been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters
propose to offer the Common Stock to the public initially at the price set
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain dealers (who may
include the Underwriters) at such price less a concession not to exceed
$---------- per share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow,
discounts not in excess of $---------- per share to any other Underwriter and
certain other dealers.
The Underwriters have reserved approximately 125,000 shares of the Common
Stock for sale, at the initial public offering price, to directors, officers
and employees of the Company, and its affiliates, directors of General American
and family members of the foregoing, in order to permit such persons to
purchase such shares of Common Stock in the offering. The number of shares of
Common Stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the
extent such persons purchase such reserved shares of Common Stock. Any reserved
shares of the Common Stock not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters
to the general public on the same basis as the shares of the Common Stock
offered pursuant to the offering.
The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option to purchase up to
375,000 additional shares of Common Stock, at the initial public offering price
less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments.
Such option may be exercised at any time until 30 days after the effective date
of the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is part. To the extent
that the Underwriters exercise such option each of the Underwriters will be
committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of option shares
proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment as indicated in the
preceding table.
All shareholders of the Company have agreed that they will not directly or
indirectly offer, sell, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or transfer
any shares of Common Stock of the Company owned by them without the prior
written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, for a
period of 180 days after the date of this
66
<PAGE> 68
Prospectus except in certain non-public transactions in which the acquiror or
acquirors of such shares agree(s) to such restrictions. In addition, the
Company has agreed that for a period of 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus it will not, without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin
& Jenrette Securities Corporation, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any
option to purchase or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for such Common
Stock or in any other manner transfer all or a portion of the economic
consequences associated with such Common Stock, except for (i) shares of Common
Stock offered hereby, (ii) shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the
exercise of options outstanding on the date of this Prospectus, (iii) options
granted after the date of this Prospectus pursuant to the Company's employee
stock plans and other plans and (iv) shares or options issued in acquisitions
in which the acquiror or acquirors of such shares agree(s) to such
restrictions. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
In connection with the offering, the Underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the
Common Stock. Specifically, the Underwriters may overallot the offering,
creating a syndicate short position. In addition, the Underwriters may bid for,
and purchase, shares of Common Stock in the open market to cover syndicate
shorts or to stabilize the price of the Common Stock. Finally, the underwriting
syndicate may reclaim selling concessions allowed for distributing the Common
Stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed
Common Stock in syndicate covering transactions, in stabilization transactions
or otherwise. Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market
price of the Common Stock above independent market levels. The Underwriters are
not required to engage in these activities, and may end any of these activities
at any time.
The Underwriters and dealers may engage in passive market making
transactions in the Common Stock in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M
promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission. In general, a passive
market maker may not bid for, or purchase, the Common Stock at a price that
exceeds the highest independent bid. In addition, the net daily purchases made
by any passive market maker generally may not exceed 30% of its average daily
trading volume in the Common Stock during a specified two month prior period,
or 200 shares, whichever is greater. A passive market maker must identify
passive market making bids as such on the Nasdaq electronic inter-dealer
reporting system. Passive market making may stabilize or maintain the market
price of the Common Stock above independent market levels. Underwriters and
dealers are not required to engage in passive market making and may end passive
market making activities at any time.
The Representatives have informed the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales of shares of Common Stock offered hereby to accounts
over which they exercise discretionary authority.
67
<PAGE> 69
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby has been passed
upon for the Company by Bryan Cave LLP, St. Louis, Missouri. Certain legal
matters will be passed upon for the Company by Matthew P. McCauley, Esq.,
Secretary of the Company, General Counsel of Conning Asset Management Company
and Vice President and Associate General Counsel of General American Life
Insurance Company, and for the Underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett (a
partnership which includes professional corporations), New York, New York. The
Honorable John C. Danforth, a partner of Bryan Cave LLP, is a director of
General American Life Insurance Company, GenAmerica Corporation and General
American Mutual Holding Company. Bryan Cave LLP from time to time serves as
legal counsel to General American and certain of its affiliates.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements and schedule of the Company as of
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1996, and the consolidated financial statements of Conning,
Inc. and subsidiaries as of, and for the six month period ended, June 30, 1995,
have been included herein and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon
the report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants,
appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in
accounting and auditing.
The Consolidated Financial Statements and related schedules of Conning, Inc.
and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 1994, appearing in this
Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been included
herein and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have been audited by Price
Waterhouse LLP, independent certified public accountants, as stated in their
report appearing herein.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
Washington, D.C. (the "Commission"), a Registration Statement (the
"Registration Statement") on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect
to the Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes part of
the Registration Statement, omits certain of the information contained in the
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto on file with the
Commission pursuant to the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission
thereunder. The Registration Statement, including exhibits and schedules
thereto, may be inspected at the principal offices of the Commission at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its regional offices at
Citicorp Center, 500 W. Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661,
and at Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and
copies may be obtained at the prescribed rates from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C. The
Commission maintains an Internet Web site (http://www.sec.gov.) that contains
such documents filed electronically by the Company with the Commission through
its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (EDGAR) filing
system. Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any
contract, agreement or other document referred to herein are not necessarily
complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract,
agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
68
<PAGE> 70
<TABLE>
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<CAPTION>
PAGE
<S> <C>
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997 (unaudited).............. F-2
Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997
(unaudited)....................................................................................... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholders' Equity for the nine month period ended
September 30, 1997 (unaudited).................................................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine month periods ended September 30, 1996 and 1997
(unaudited)....................................................................................... F-5
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements................................................ F-6
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
Independent Auditors' Report........................................................................ F-7
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996........................................ F-8
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.............. F-9
Consolidated Statements of Common Shareholder's Equity for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996..................................................................................... F-10
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.......... F-11
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................... F-12
SCHEDULE I--FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CONNING CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)<F*>
Condensed Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1995 and 1996........................................... F-24
Condensed Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996....................... F-25
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996................... F-26
Notes to Condensed Financial Statements............................................................. F-27
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Independent Auditors' Report........................................................................ F-28
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 1995...................................................... F-29
Consolidated Statement of Income for the six month period ended June 30, 1995....................... F-30
Consolidated Statement of Common Shareholders' Equity for the six month period ended June 30, 1995.. F-31
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the six month period ended June 30, 1995................... F-32
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................... F-33
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
Report of Independent Accountants................................................................... F-39
Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition as of December 31, 1994............................... F-40
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 1994........................... F-41
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity for the year ended December 31, 1994................. F-42
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the year ended December 31, 1994........................... F-43
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.......................................................... F-44
<FN>
- --------
<F*>The 1994 Parent Company only Financial Statements are not required as 25%
of the net assets of the Company were not in restricted subsidiaries.
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 71
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
1996 1997
----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................................. $ 9,816,568 $ 8,536,722
Short-term investments................................................. 7,901,637 10,729,558
Accounts receivable, net............................................... 5,297,660 8,533,730
Marketable equity securities........................................... 45,625 --
Income taxes receivable................................................ 11,447 1,854,305
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............................. 162,622 323,710
----------- -----------
Total current assets........................................... 23,235,559 29,978,025
Non-marketable investments at value........................................ 1,756,931 1,919,650
Equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost, less accumulated
depreciation and amortization of $562,812 and $1,281,545................. 815,112 996,426
Deferred income taxes...................................................... 1,572,859 1,320,657
Goodwill................................................................... 18,825,870 18,066,085
Other assets............................................................... 3,813,608 2,365,278
----------- -----------
Total assets................................................... $50,019,939 $54,646,121
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Compensation payable................................................... $ 8,422,199 $ 7,067,465
Deferred revenue....................................................... 1,533,290 1,504,213
Due to affiliates...................................................... 1,473,811 626,059
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses............................ 2,707,872 5,022,968
Preferred dividends payable............................................ 235,815 247,618
----------- -----------
Total current liabilities...................................... 14,372,987 14,468,323
Accrued rent liability..................................................... 3,643,996 3,438,008
Long term debt payable to affiliate........................................ 2,000,000 --
Other payables............................................................. 853,521 520,000
----------- -----------
Total liabilities.............................................. 20,870,504 18,426,331
----------- -----------
Series A convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value, $5.33 liquidation
value: 3,190,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding............... 22,330,004 32,894,185
Series B convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value, $5.33 liquidation
value: 600,000 shares authorized, 460,000 and 365,000 shares issued and
outstanding.............................................................. 2,451,800 3,257,405
----------- -----------
Total convertible preferred stock.............................. 24,781,804 36,151,590
----------- -----------
Non-Voting Common Stock, $.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized;
110,000 shares issued and outstanding.................................... -- 1,100
Common stock, $.01 par value: 20,000,000 and 50,000,000 shares authorized;
6,710,000 shares issued and outstanding.................................. 67,100 67,100
Additional paid in capital................................................. 2,944,647 --
Retained earnings.......................................................... 1,355,884 --
----------- -----------
Total common shareholders' equity.............................. 4,367,631 68,200
----------- -----------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity..................... $50,019,939 $54,646,121
=========== ===========
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-2
<PAGE> 72
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE NINE MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1997
(UNAUDITED)
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Asset management and related fees............................ $29,365,205 $36,018,354
Research services............................................ 9,582,015 10,277,378
Other income................................................. 791,767 629,142
----------- -----------
Total revenues....................................... 39,738,987 46,924,874
----------- -----------
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits........................... 18,522,125 23,558,926
Occupancy and equipment costs................................ 1,816,693 2,509,470
Marketing and production costs............................... 3,985,613 3,998,660
Professional services........................................ 1,160,578 1,154,438
Amortization of goodwill and other........................... 2,061,870 1,953,119
Other operating costs........................................ 3,099,181 2,778,749
----------- -----------
Total expenses....................................... 30,646,060 35,953,362
----------- -----------
Operating income............................................. 9,092,927 10,971,512
Interest expense............................................. 591,605 232,760
----------- -----------
Income before provision for income taxes..................... 8,501,322 10,738,752
Provision for income taxes................................... 3,762,192 4,316,334
----------- -----------
Net income................................................... $ 4,739,130 $ 6,422,418
=========== ===========
Preferred stock dividends.................................... 669,080 750,500
----------- -----------
Net earnings available to common shareholder................. $ 4,070,050 $ 5,671,918
=========== ===========
Pro forma weighted average common shares and equivalents
outstanding................................................ -- 11,094,110
Pro forma earnings per common share and common share
equivalents................................................ $ 0.58
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-3
<PAGE> 73
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
(UNAUDITED)
<CAPTION>
NON-
VOTING ADDITIONAL TOTAL COMMON
COMMON COMMON PAID IN RETAINED SHAREHOLDERS'
STOCK STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS EQUITY
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1996........................ $ $67,100 $ 2,944,647 $ 1,355,884 $ 4,367,631
Conversion of 110,000 shares of Series B preferred
stock........................................... 1,100 768,900 770,000
Tax benefit--employee compensation (Note 2)....... 1,134,785 1,134,785
Accretion on preferred stock...................... (4,848,332) (7,027,802) (11,876,134)
Net income........................................ 6,422,418 6,422,418
Dividends on preferred stock...................... (750,500) (750,500)
------ ------- ----------- ----------- ------------
Balance, September 30, 1997....................... $1,100 $67,100 $ -- $ -- $ 68,200
====== ======= =========== =========== ============
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-4
<PAGE> 74
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE NINE MONTH PERIODS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND 1997
(UNAUDITED)
<CAPTION>
1996 1997
<S> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income................................................... $ 4,739,130 $ 6,422,418
Adjustment for items not affecting cash:
Depreciation and amortization............................ 545,897 674,186
Amortization of goodwill and other....................... 2,061,869 1,953,115
Deferred income tax provision............................ (2,400,596) 1,386,987
Net unrealized appreciation on non-marketable
securities............................................. 33,118 --
Net sales of marketable securities....................... 10,375 45,625
Accretion of discounts on short-term investments......... (114,869) (177,764)
Changes in:
Accounts receivables................................. 4,397,775 (3,236,070)
Prepaid expenses and other assets.................... 1,672,223 (161,088)
Accounts payables and other accrued expenses......... (603,173) 2,113,379
Income taxes receivable.............................. 496,069 (1,842,858)
Due to affiliates.................................... 231,168 (847,752)
Deferred revenue..................................... 918,018 (29,077)
Accrued rent liability............................... (200,611) (205,988)
Compensation payable................................. (948,312) (1,354,734)
------------ ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities........ 10,838,081 4,740,379
------------ ------------
Investing activities:
Sale of marketable securities................................ 1,160,000 --
Purchases of non-marketable securities....................... (44,949) (162,719)
Proceeds from non-marketable partnership investments......... 384,450 --
Purchases of equipment and other assets, net................. (1,285,944) (720,500)
Purchases of short-term investments.......................... (23,383,662) (54,545,324)
Maturities of short-term investments......................... 19,600,000 51,895,168
------------ ------------
Net cash used in investing activities............ (3,570,105) (3,533,375)
------------ ------------
Financing activities:
Repayments on long term debt................................. (5,000,000) (2,000,000)
Repayments on short term debt................................ (500,000) --
Other payments............................................... -- --
Issuance of Series B preferred stock......................... -- 79,950
Conversion of Series B preferred stock....................... -- 183,700
Dividends on preferred stock................................. (669,080) (750,500)
------------ ------------
Net cash used in financing activities............ (6,169,080) (2,486,850)
------------ ------------
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents........................ 1,098,896 (1,279,848)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year..................... 5,995,260 9,816,568
------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period......................... $ 7,094,156 $ 8,536,722
============ ============
See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-5
<PAGE> 75
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1--BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read
in conjunction with the financial statements and notes for the year ended
December 31, 1996. In the opinion of management, the financial information
reflects all adjustments which are necessary for a fair presentation of
financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim
periods. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.
NOTE 2--PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
In January, 1997, the Company issued an additional 15,000 shares of Series
B Preferred Stock at $5.33 per share.
In April, 1997, certain shareholders converted 110,000 shares of Series B
Preferred Stock to Non-Voting Common Stock. The resulting transaction increased
additional paid in capital by $768,900 and increased common equity by $1,100.
In June, 1997, General American, pursuant to a call right, purchased
1,594,995 shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock from existing
shareholders for $11.25 per share. In connection with such purchase, certain
restrictions were eliminated on the Series A Preferred Stock which generated an
additional tax benefit to the Company of $1,134,785 recorded directly to
additional paid in capital.
In June, 1997, the authorized number of shares of Series A Voting Common
Stock increased from 20,000,000 to 50,000,000. The authorized number of shares
of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock remains at 20,000,000.
The carrying value of the Convertible Preferred Stock is at original issue
price plus accretion relating to any increase in the redemption value of the
stock during the period. During the nine months ended September 30, 1996 and
September 30, 1997, such accretion was $0 and $11,876,134, respectively.
F-6
<PAGE> 76
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Conning Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Conning
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the related
consolidated statements of income, common shareholder's equity, and cash flows
for the three-year period ended December 31, 1996. In connection with our
audits of the consolidated financial statements, we have audited the
accompanying financial statement schedule. These consolidated financial
statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our
audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above
present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Conning
Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial
statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material
respects, the information set forth herein.
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
March 21, 1997, except as to note 21
which is as of September 19, 1997
F-7
<PAGE> 77
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................................. $ 5,995,260 $ 9,816,568
Short-term investments................................................. 3,598,594 7,901,637
Accounts receivable, net (note 11)..................................... 6,382,572 5,297,660
Marketable equity securities........................................... 1,241,250 45,625
Income taxes receivable................................................ 507,498 11,447
Prepaid expenses and other current assets.............................. 133,955 162,622
----------- -----------
Total current assets........................................... 17,859,129 23,235,559
Non-marketable investments at value........................................ 1,775,613 1,756,931
Equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost, less accumulated
depreciation and amortization of $170,600 and $562,812................... 964,132 815,112
Deferred income taxes...................................................... 1,606,469 1,572,859
Goodwill................................................................... 19,838,917 18,825,870
Other assets............................................................... 4,133,194 3,813,608
----------- -----------
Total assets................................................... $46,177,454 $50,019,939
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Short term debt........................................................ $ 500,000 $ --
Compensation payable................................................... 3,729,971 8,422,199
Deferred revenue....................................................... 2,401,527 1,533,290
Due to affiliates...................................................... 836,233 1,473,811
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses............................ 3,541,019 2,707,872
Preferred dividends payable............................................ 223,300 235,815
----------- -----------
Total current liabilities...................................... 11,232,050 14,372,987
Accrued rent liability..................................................... 3,914,196 3,643,996
Long term debt payable to affiliates....................................... 9,000,000 2,000,000
Other payables............................................................. 405,789 853,521
----------- -----------
Total liabilities.............................................. 24,552,035 20,870,504
----------- -----------
Series A convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value, $5.33 liquidation
value: 3,190,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding............... 17,002,704 22,330,004
Series B convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value, $5.33 liquidation
value: 600,000 shares authorized, 460,000 issued and outstanding......... -- 2,451,800
----------- -----------
Total convertible preferred stock.............................. 17,002,704 24,781,804
----------- -----------
Common stock, $.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,710,000
shares issued and outstanding............................................ 67,100 67,100
Additional paid in capital................................................. 2,944,647 2,944,647
Retained earnings.......................................................... 1,376,668 1,355,884
Unrealized appreciation on investments, net of deferred income taxes....... 234,300 --
----------- -----------
Total common shareholder's equity.............................. 4,622,715 4,367,631
----------- -----------
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity..................... $46,177,454 $50,019,939
=========== ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-8
<PAGE> 78
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Asset management and related fees (note 11).................. $3,484,115 $24,049,683 $40,456,343
Research services............................................ -- 4,089,571 12,148,164
Other income................................................. 57,277 663,767 1,061,855
---------- ----------- -----------
Total revenues....................................... 3,541,392 28,803,021 53,666,362
---------- ----------- -----------
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits........................... -- 12,027,224 26,001,771
Occupancy and equipment costs................................ -- 1,498,641 2,584,544
Marketing and production costs............................... -- 2,393,281 5,281,667
Professional services........................................ 323,248 3,555,052 1,537,220
Amortization of goodwill and other........................... -- 1,288,911 2,720,969
Other operating expenses..................................... 1,106,147 1,748,349 3,747,838
---------- ----------- -----------
Total expenses....................................... 1,429,395 22,511,458 41,874,009
---------- ----------- -----------
Operating income............................................. 2,111,997 6,291,563 11,792,353
Interest expense............................................. -- 520,523 729,088
---------- ----------- -----------
Income before provision for income taxes..................... 2,111,997 5,771,040 11,063,265
Provision for income taxes................................... 827,165 2,358,889 4,851,034
---------- ----------- -----------
Net income................................................... $1,284,832 $ 3,412,151 $ 6,212,231
========== =========== ===========
Preferred stock dividends.................................... -- 350,900 905,715
---------- ----------- -----------
Net earnings available to common shareholder................. $1,284,832 $ 3,061,251 $ 5,306,516
========== =========== ===========
Pro forma weighted average common shares and
equivalents outstanding.................................... 10,871,936
Pro forma earnings per common share and common share
equivalents................................................ $ 0.57
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-9
<PAGE> 79
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNREALIZED
APPRECIA-
TION
(DEPRECIA-
ADDITIONAL TION) ON TOTAL COMMON
COMMON PAID IN RETAINED INVESTMENTS, SHAREHOLDER'S
STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS NET EQUITY
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993........................ $ -- $ 55,000 $ 737,332 $ -- $ 792,332
Net income........................................ 1,284,832 1,284,832
Dividend on common stock.......................... (750,000) (750,000)
------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------
Balance, December 31, 1994........................ -- 55,000 1,272,164 -- 1,327,164
Issuance of 6,710,000 shares of common stock for
contribution of GAIMCO.......................... 67,100 2,889,647 (2,956,747) --
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investment, net of deferred income taxes..... 234,300 234,300
Net income........................................ 3,412,151 3,412,151
Dividends on preferred stock...................... (350,900) (350,900)
------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
Balance, December 31, 1995........................ 67,100 2,944,647 1,376,668 234,300 4,622,715
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation)
of investment, net of deferred income taxes..... (234,300) (234,300)
Accretion on Series A preferred stock............. (5,327,300) (5,327,300)
Net income........................................ 6,212,231 6,212,231
Dividends on preferred stock...................... (905,715) (905,715)
------- ---------- ----------- ---------- -----------
Balance, December 31, 1996........................ $67,100 $2,944,647 $ 1,355,884 $ -- $ 4,367,631
======= ========== =========== ========== ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-10
<PAGE> 80
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994, 1995 AND 1996
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income................................................... $1,284,832 $ 3,412,151 $ 6,212,231
Adjustment for items not affecting cash:
Depreciation and amortization............................ -- 170,600 817,422
Amortization of goodwill and other....................... -- 1,288,911 2,720,969
Allowance for doubtful accounts.......................... -- 50,000 (97,750)
Deferred income tax provision............................ -- (1,053,875) (1,457,941)
Net unrealized appreciation on non-marketable
securities............................................. -- (191,426) (125,654)
Net sales of securities held for market making........... -- 34,537 35,625
Gain on sale of marketable securities.................... -- -- (400,000)
Accretion of discounts on short-term investments......... -- (70,161) (235,711)
Changes in:
Accounts receivable.................................. (214,040) 3,000,376 1,182,662
Prepaid expenses and other assets.................... 24,117 2,194,688 1,569,898
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses.......... -- 1,065,845 (833,147)
Income taxes receivable.............................. (326,669) 734,930 496,051
Due to affiliates.................................... 60,135 (3,180,835) 637,578
Deferred revenue..................................... -- 2,093,952 (868,237)
Accrued rent liability............................... -- (104,867) (270,200)
Compensation payable................................. -- (2,839,348) 4,692,228
---------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities....... 828,375 6,605,478 14,076,024
---------- ----------- -----------
Investing activities:
Sale of marketable securities................................ -- -- 1,160,000
Purchases of non-marketable securities....................... -- (242,415) (273,233)
Proceeds from non-marketable partnership investments......... -- -- 417,568
Purchases of equipment and other assets, net................. -- (44,439) (1,238,050)
Purchases of short-term investments.......................... -- (7,769,655) (46,567,333)
Maturities of short-term investments......................... -- 6,900,000 42,500,000
Contribution of GAIMCO cash.................................. -- 5,077,492 --
Acquisition of Conning, net of cash acquired................. -- (12,207,581) --
---------- ----------- -----------
Net cash used in investing activities........... -- (8,286,598) (4,001,048)
---------- ----------- -----------
Financing activities:
Borrowings on long term debt................................. -- 13,000,000 --
Repayments on long term debt................................. -- (4,000,000) (7,000,000)
Repayments on short term debt................................ -- (2,000,000) (500,000)
Other payments............................................... -- (163,220) (312,268)
Issuance of Series B preferred stock......................... -- -- 2,451,800
Dividends on common stock.................................... (750,000) -- --
Dividends on preferred stock................................. -- (127,600) (893,200)
---------- ----------- -----------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing
activities.................................... (750,000) 6,709,180 (6,253,668)
---------- ----------- -----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents........................ 78,375 5,028,060 3,821,308
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year..................... 888,825 967,200 5,995,260
---------- ----------- -----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year........................... $ 967,200 $ 5,995,260 $ 9,816,568
========== =========== ===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for:
Interest..................................................... -- $ 391,921 $ 446,531
Income taxes................................................. $1,153,834 $ 1,761,076 $ 4,546,603
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash information:
Preferred stock issued in Conning acquisition................ -- $17,002,704 --
Common stock issued in GAIMCO contribution................... -- $3,011,747 --
Accretion on Series A preferred stock........................ -- -- $5,327,300
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE> 81
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1--ORGANIZATION
Conning Corporation (the "Company"), formed in 1995 as a Missouri
corporation, is a holding company organized to hold the operating subsidiaries
in the Conning group, Conning Asset Management Company ("CAM", formerly known
as General American Investment Management Company, "GAIMCO") and Conning &
Company ("C&C"). The Company provides asset management and research services
focused upon the insurance industry. Both CAM and C&C are registered investment
advisers with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
All the outstanding voting common stock of the Company is held by a
wholly-owned holding company subsidiary of General American Life Insurance
Company (together "General American"). If all of the outstanding convertible
preferred stock (see Note 9) was converted on December 31, 1996, General
American would own approximately 65% of the resulting outstanding common stock.
On August 11, 1995, the shareholders of the holding company of C&C
contributed all of their common stock to Conning Corporation in a Section 351
merger transaction (the "Strategic Merger") in exchange for cash and
convertible preferred stock of the Company. General American contributed all of
the outstanding common stock of GAIMCO as part of the Strategic Merger in
exchange for common shares of the Company. The GAIMCO contribution was recorded
at historical book value. The Conning portion of the Strategic Merger was
accounted for using the purchase method. The purchase price consisting of cash
of $12.0 million and $17.0 million of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock was
allocated to assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess
of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired resulted in $20.3
million of goodwill which is being amortized on a straight line basis over 20
years.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Conning Corporation, Conning Inc. (the holding company parent of C&C), Conning
& Company and Conning Asset Management Company. The historical financial
statement includes the operations and financial position of GAIMCO through July
31, 1995, and consolidated operations thereafter, and consolidated financial
position as of December 31, 1995 and 1996.
F-12
<PAGE> 82
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE 2--PRO FORMA RESULTS (UNAUDITED)
The table below contains unaudited pro forma summary financial information
for the year ended December 31, 1995, and for comparative purposes, summary
financial information condensed from the audited financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 1996. The pro forma 1995 information was derived from
the historical financial statements for Conning Corporation, GAIMCO and Conning
Inc. and gives effect to (i) the Strategic Merger, (ii) the issuance of $13.0
million of debt by the Company at an interest rate of 7% per annum for the
purpose of providing the $12.0 million cash portion of purchase price and
payments of $1.0 million representing employment bonuses to certain employees,
(iii) the issuance of $17.0 million of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and
(iv) the short term borrowing of $2.5 million from General American at an
interest rate of 6.75% per annum by Conning Inc. effective prior to, and in
anticipation of, the Strategic Merger for the purpose of redeeming and retiring
the 8% cumulative senior preferred stock. The pro forma information has been
prepared assuming these transactions and arrangements were effected on January
1, 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1995 1996
----------- -----------
PRO FORMA
(UNAUDITED) ACTUAL
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Asset management and related fees....................... $30,674,994 $40,456,343
Research services....................................... 9,480,364 12,148,164
Other income............................................ 995,605 1,061,855
----------- -----------
Total revenues.................................. 41,150,963 53,666,362
----------- -----------
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits...................... 18,336,044 26,001,771
Amortization of goodwill and other...................... 2,911,384 2,720,969
Other operating expenses................................ 12,514,187 13,151,269
----------- -----------
Operating income........................................ 7,389,348 11,792,353
Interest expense........................................ 1,364,547 729,088
----------- -----------
Income before provision for income taxes................ 6,024,801 11,063,265
Provision for income taxes.............................. 2,738,954 4,851,034
----------- -----------
Net income.............................................. $ 3,285,847 $ 6,212,231
=========== ===========
Preferred stock dividends............................... 905,715 905,715
----------- -----------
Net earnings available to common shareholder............ $ 2,380,132 $ 5,306,516
=========== ===========
Pro forma earnings per common share and common share
equivalents........................................... $ 0.30 $ 0.57
</TABLE>
Pro forma earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents
considered outstanding during the period after giving effect to all dilutive
common stock and common stock equivalent shares issued within twelve months of
the public offering of the Company's common stock. For the purpose of this
calculation, outstanding shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock are considered common stock equivalent shares.
F-13
<PAGE> 83
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The table below contains unaudited pro forma summary financial information
for the year ended December 31, 1994 and was derived from the historical
financial statements for Conning Corporation, GAIMCO and Conning Inc. and gives
effect to (i) the Strategic Merger, (ii) the issuance of $13.0 million of debt
by the Company at an interest rate of 7% per annum for the purpose of providing
the $12.0 million cash portion of purchase price and payments of $1.0 million
representing employment bonuses to certain employees, (iii) the issuance of
$17.0 million of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and (iv) the short term
borrowing of $2.5 million from General American at an interest rate of 6.75%
per annum by Conning Inc. effective prior to, and in anticipation of the
Strategic Merger for the purpose of redeeming and retiring the 8% cumulative
senior preferred stock. The pro forma information has been prepared assuming
these transactions and arrangements were effected on January 1, 1994.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
1994
-----------
PRO FORMA
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C>
Revenues.......................................... $22,016,698
-----------
Expenses:
Operating expenses............................ 16,689,461
Amortization of goodwill and other............ 2,911,384
-----------
Operating income.............................. 2,415,853
Interest expense.............................. 1,395,528
-----------
Income before provision for income taxes...... 1,020,325
Provision for income taxes.................... 919,014
-----------
Net income.................................... $ 101,311
===========
Preferred stock dividends..................... 905,715
-----------
Net loss attributable to common
shareholders................................ $ (804,404)
===========
</TABLE>
The pro forma information presented in the previous two tables is not
necessarily indicative of the results that would have been obtained had the
transactions and arrangements taken effect on the assumed date, nor is the
information intended to be a projection for any future period.
NOTE 3--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been
prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. For
accounting purposes the Strategic Merger was effective at the close of business
July 31, 1995. The contribution of GAIMCO to the Company as a result of the
Strategic Merger is treated as a combination of entities under common control,
using historical cost basis accounting.
Principles of Consolidation--The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries after elimination of
intercompany balances and transactions.
Revenue Recognition--Asset management fees are determined based on
contractual provisions and are earned at varying percentages of the assets
under management. Such fees are accrued into income in the period in which the
service is provided. Research fees, primarily in the form of commissions
derived from securities transactions effected by the Company and, to a lesser
extent, subscription fees for research publications, are recorded in income
when services are provided or earned. Mortgage loan fee income, included in
Asset Management and Related Fees, is earned through the origination of
mortgage loans for General American, its affiliates and outside parties. The
fees earned are based on agreements with the borrowers and is recognized at the
closing of the mortgage commitment.
F-14
<PAGE> 84
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Deferred mortgage loan origination fees represent moneys received for loan
commitments that will be earned upon loan funding and are included in deferred
revenue on the consolidated balance sheet.
Cash and Cash Equivalents--Cash and cash equivalents represent cash and
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. The
Company had funds on deposit with General American amounting to $5,386,747 and
$6,449,642 at December 31, 1995 and 1996, which were readily convertible to
cash and earns interest at the short-term money market rates. For purposes of
the financial statements, such funds are considered cash equivalents.
Short-Term Investments--Short-term investments are comprised of U.S.
Government Securities and investment grade commercial paper having a maturity
of one year or less and are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair
value.
Investments--Marketable equity securities classified as trading securities
are presented at fair value with corresponding unrealized gains or losses
included in current period income. Marketable equity securities classified as
available-for-sale are presented at fair value with corresponding unrealized
gains or losses included as a separate component of shareholder's equity, net
of deferred income taxes. Non-marketable investments in various private equity
funds are held by the Company's broker-dealer subsidiary in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for broker-dealers. Such investments
are recorded using the equity method basis of accounting (including unrealized
gains and losses). The changes in fair values are included in the consolidated
statements of income.
Equipment and Leasehold Improvements--Equipment is stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation provided on an accelerated method over periods not
exceeding eight years. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost less,
accumulated amortization provided on a straight-line basis over the term of the
lease.
Income Taxes--Income tax expense is based on income reported in the
financial statements. Deferred federal and state income taxes are provided
based on an asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of
deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Company files
consolidated federal income tax returns with its subsidiaries.
Goodwill--Goodwill arising from the Strategic Merger is being amortized on
a straight-line basis over a period of 20 years. Accumulated amortization was
$422,105 and $1,435,152 as of December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
Goodwill is periodically reviewed to determine recoverability based on the
discounted operating cash flows of the underlying business. At December 31,
1995 and 1996, no impairment was indicated.
Other Assets--Included in other assets are costs associated with the
purchase of a software license agreement (the "License Agreement") effective
as of January 27, 1996. The total cost of the license is being amortized over
the life of the License Agreement. As of December 31, 1996, $1,388,332 remains
to be amortized over the four remaining years of the License Agreement. Total
amortization of $311,667 is included in the consolidated statements of income
for the year ended December 31, 1996. Also included in other assets is the
unamortized cost of compensation relating to the Strategic Merger that is being
amortized over a three year period ending August 11, 1998. Amortization of
$866,806 and $1,707,918 is included in the consolidated statements of income
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. The unamortized
amount of $4,133,194 and $2,425,276 is included in other assets as of December
31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
Compensation Payable--Compensation payable represents amounts payable to
employees as a result of the Company's incentive compensation programs during
the normal course of operations. Amounts are accrued in the period earned.
Accrued Rent Liability--The Company has recorded as a liability the present
value of the difference between a market rate lease and the contract rate in
the lease for the Company's office space in Hartford, Connecticut as part of
the fair value adjustments relating to the Strategic Merger. This difference is
being amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the remaining lease period.
F-15
<PAGE> 85
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Preferred Stock--The carrying value of the convertible preferred stock is
at original issue price plus accretion relating to any increase in the
redemption value of the stock during the period. During 1995 and 1996, such
accretion was $0 and $5,327,300, respectively.
Other Income--Other income is comprised of investment income and other
miscellaneous revenues.
Non-cash employee compensation--The Company uses the intrinsic value method
to account for stock option plans as prescribed by the Accounting Principles
Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB
25"). Under this method, compensation expense is recognized for awards of
options to purchase shares of stock to employees under compensatory plans only
if the fair market value of the stock at the option grant date (or other
measurement date, if later) is greater than the amount the employee must pay to
acquire the stock. In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"). FAS 123 permits companies to adopt a
new fair value based method to account for stock option plans or to continue
using the intrinsic value method. The Company intends to continue using the
intrinsic value method and provides the pro forma disclosures in Note 12, as
required by FAS 123.
Use of estimates--Management of the Company has made a number of estimates
and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities in the
preparation of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.
Reclassifications--Certain amounts have been reclassified in prior years to
conform to 1996 presentation.
NOTE 4--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable include primarily amounts due for management fees,
selling concessions due from underwriters and amounts due from other business
activities of the Company. At December 31, 1995 and 1996, an allowance for
doubtful accounts of $262,750 and $165,000 was applied as a reduction of
accounts receivable, respectively. The change in the allowance in the current
period was the result of management's assessment of the collectibility of the
underlying receivables.
NOTE 5--INVESTMENTS
At December 31, 1995 and 1996, the estimated fair value of marketable and
non-marketable investments were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Marketable equity securities--trading (cost
$83,600 and $46,250)............................ $ 81,250 $ 45,625
Marketable equity securities--Available-for-sale
(cost $760,000)................................. 1,160,000 --
---------- ----------
Total marketable securities................... $1,241,250 $ 45,625
========== ==========
Non-marketable equity securities (cost $5,000).... $ 9,250 $ 10,945
Non-marketable partnership investments (cost
$1,554,524 and $1,448,968)...................... 1,766,363 1,745,986
---------- ----------
Total non-marketable investments.............. $1,775,613 $1,756,931
========== ==========
</TABLE>
The Company is a 1% general partner in various private equity funds. The
value of the non-marketable partnership investments is accounted for using the
equity method and updated periodically based upon changes in fair values and
recorded in the consolidated statements of income. Additionally, the Company
had no derivative investments during 1995 and 1996.
F-16
<PAGE> 86
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE 6--EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
At December 31, 1995 and 1996, equipment and leasehold improvements
comprised the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Office equipment.................................. $ 436,519 $ 641,421
Computer equipment................................ 442,685 468,950
Leasehold improvements............................ 255,528 267,553
---------- ----------
1,134,732 1,377,924
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.... 170,600 562,812
---------- ----------
$ 964,132 $ 815,112
========== ==========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense of $0, $170,600 and $447,070 on the above is included
in the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 1994,
1995 and 1996, respectively. The Company owned no equipment or leasehold
improvements during 1994.
The Company occupies premises and rents certain office equipment under
leases that are accounted for as operating leases and that have expiration
dates through 2005. At December 31, 1996, the minimum net rental commitments of
the Company for the periods indicated under the terms of these operating leases
in excess of one year were approximately $6,342,000 as follows: $927,000 in
1997; $811,000 in 1998; $658,000 per year from 1999 to 2005.
NOTE 7--INCOME TAXES
Prior to the Strategic Merger, GAIMCO was included in the consolidated
Federal income tax returns of General American and its provisions for income
taxes have been computed as if GAIMCO had filed a separate return. The
provision for Federal and state income tax for the years ended December 31,
1994, 1995 and 1996, is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current income tax provision............ $827,165 $1,755,497 $4,651,708
Deferred income tax provision........... -- 603,392 199,326
-------- ---------- ----------
Total income tax provision.............. $827,165 $2,358,889 $4,851,034
======== ========== ==========
</TABLE>
The differences between the expected United States Federal income tax
provision at the statutory rate of 35% for 1994, 1995 and 1996 and the
Company's actual Federal income tax rate are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1994 1995 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income before income taxes.............. $2,111,997 $5,771,040 $11,063,265
Federal income taxes at statutory
rate.................................. 739,198 2,019,864 3,872,143
Increases in income taxes resulting
from:
State tax, net of Federal........... 85,221 219,974 619,251
Amortization of goodwill............ -- 147,737 354,568
Other, net.......................... 2,746 (28,686) 5,072
---------- ---------- -----------
Federal income tax provision............ $ 827,165 $2,358,889 $ 4,851,034
========== ========== ===========
</TABLE>
F-17
<PAGE> 87
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The components of deferred income taxes for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued rent liability.................. $ 43,441 $ 82,612
Employee costs.......................... 54,759 (706,227)
Partnership investments................. 97,821 168,972
Accrued expense reserves................ 421,657 252,396
Other, net.............................. (14,286) 401,573
-------- ---------
Total deferred income tax provision..... $603,392 $ 199,326
======== =========
</TABLE>
The Company's net deferred income tax assets represent the estimated future
tax effects attributable to future taxable or deductible temporary difference
between amounts recognized in the financial statements and income tax returns.
At December 31, 1995 and 1996, the net deferred income tax asset is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Accrued rent liability.................. $1,621,496 $1,538,884
Employee costs.......................... 160,420 203,228
Other, net.............................. 641,531 389,135
---------- ----------
Gross deferred income tax assets........ 2,423,447 2,131,247
Valuation allowance..................... -- --
---------- ----------
Deferred income tax assets, net of
valuation allowance................... 2,423,447 2,131,247
---------- ----------
Depreciation............................ (152,162) (192,324)
Unrealized appreciation on
investments........................... (314,830) --
Employee costs.......................... (285,315) (132,421)
Partnership investments................. (64,671) (233,643)
---------- ----------
Gross deferred income tax liabilities... (816,978) (558,388)
---------- ----------
Net deferred income tax assets.......... $1,606,469 $1,572,859
========== ==========
</TABLE>
A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some
portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management believes
the deferred tax assets will be fully realized in the future based upon
consideration of the reversal of existing temporary differences, anticipated
future earnings, and all other available evidence. Accordingly, no valuation
allowance is established.
NOTE 8--DEBT
Long term:
On August 11, 1995, the Company borrowed $13,000,000 from General American
to fund certain payments made in connection with the Strategic Merger. Interest
is payable on January 1 and September 1 at an annual rate of 7.0%. Principal
payments are due in three equal annual installments of $4,333,333 commencing
September 1, 2003. The Company prepaid $4,000,000 and $7,000,000 of principal
plus accrued interest of $323,750 and $412,805 in 1995 and 1996, respectively.
Management estimates the carrying value of long term debt approximates fair
value.
On February 26, 1997, the Company paid the remaining $2,000,000 outstanding
on its long term debt along with accrued interest expense of $27,222.
Short term:
On August 11, 1995, the Company borrowed $2,500,000 from General American
to fund certain payments made in connection with the Strategic Merger. Interest
is payable on January 1 and August 1 at an annual rate of 6.75%.
F-18
<PAGE> 88
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Principal is due on August 11, 1996. The Company prepaid $2,000,000 and
$500,000 of principal plus accrued interest of $58,688 and $14,250 during 1995
and 1996, respectively, which is included in the consolidated statements of
income.
Lines of credit:
At December 31, 1995 the Company had a line of credit with a commercial
bank for $1,200,000. During 1996, the Company terminated the line of credit.
There were no outstanding borrowings during 1995.
At December 31, 1995 and 1996, the Company had a Revolving Subordinated
Loan Agreement (the "Agreement") with a commercial bank for $2,000,000. The
interest rate is agreed upon by the lender and the Company at the time of an
advance. The Agreement expires on December 31, 1997. During 1996, the Company
borrowed $2,000,000 for less than one week. There were no borrowings during
1995.
NOTE 9--PREFERRED STOCK
The preferred stock of the Company is subject to the Shareholders Agreement
and consists of (i) Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per
share and (ii) Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share.
At December 31, 1995 and 1996, 3,190,000 shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") were authorized, issued and
outstanding. The Series A Preferred Stock pays dividends quarterly based on the
90 day United States Treasury Bill rate in effect on the previous payment date.
Such dividends are cumulative. The Company declared dividends on the Series A
Preferred Stock of $0.11 and $0.28 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996, respectively. Declared but unpaid dividends totaling $223,300 are
included in the Preferred Dividends Payable on the consolidated balance sheet
at December 31, 1995 and 1996. The Series A Preferred Stock carries no voting
rights and was issued as part of the Strategic Merger. Each share of Series A
Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of Non-Voting Common Stock at the
holder's election, or Voting Common Stock upon an initial public offering
(IPO). Pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, if no IPO has occurred prior to
August 11, 1998, the holders have a right to put their shares to General
American at any time thereafter at fair value.
On November 8, 1996, the Company commenced a private offering to certain
employees and directors. This offering was for a new class of preferred stock
designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B Preferred
Stock"). A total of 460,000 shares were sold at $5.33 per share adding
$2,451,800 to preferred stock. In order to exercise the conversion, payment to
the Company of an additional $1.67 per share is required.
At December 31, 1996, 600,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock were
authorized and 460,000 shares were issued and outstanding. The Series B
Preferred Stock pays dividends quarterly at a rate of 5% per annum and such
dividends are cumulative. Declared but unpaid dividends totaling $12,515 are
included in Preferred Dividends Payable on the consolidated balance sheet at
December 31, 1996. The Series B Preferred Stock carries no voting rights. Each
share of Series B Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of Non-Voting
Common Stock at the holder's election and upon payment of the additional $1.67
per share to the Company.
During January 1997, the Company issued an additional 15,000 shares of
Series B Preferred Stock at $5.33 per share. If no IPO has occurred prior to
November 22, 2001, the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock have a right to
put their shares to the Company at any time thereafter at fair value.
NOTE 10--SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
The board of directors of the Company is authorized to issue up to
20,000,000 shares each of Voting Common Stock and Non-Voting Common Stock, each
with a par value of $.01 per share.
F-19
<PAGE> 89
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE 11--OTHER RELATED PARTY ACTIVITIES
CAM acts as an investment adviser for the general and separate accounts of
General American and its insurance subsidiaries as well as the General American
Capital Company family of funds. Investment management fees earned from these
affiliated entities for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
amounted to $2,618,635, $12,573,489 and $14,300,267 respectively. The total
investment management fees receivable from these affiliated entities at
December 31, 1995 and 1996 amounted to $825,924 and $1,042,294, respectively.
Certain officers and directors of the Company are also officers of General
American and officers and/or directors of other General American affiliates.
The Company is directly or indirectly, through intermediary partnerships,
the managing general partner of certain private equity funds with an equity
ownership interest of 1% in each fund. In total, the Company managed zero,
seven and five funds during 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively. Fees for
managing these funds were $0, $1,295,330 and $4,006,038 for the years ended
December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
The Company received underwriting fees and concessions in connection with
the offering of shares of two companies which were partially owned by certain
private equity funds managed by the Company. Such fees and concessions are
included in research services and related fees and amounted to $0, $0 and
$2,177,269 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996.
In connection with the November 8, 1996 private offering of Series B
Preferred Stock, General American holds demand recourse notes from certain
employees totaling $2,185,300. The notes bear interest of 6% which is payable
semi-annually beginning July 1997.
General American provides administrative services on request of the Company
including disbursements, tax, facility management and other administrative
support to the Company pursuant to an administrative services agreement. The
following table list the expenses recorded by the Company for significant
services provided by General American for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Employee costs................ $ 6,341,164 $ 7,103,724
Administrative accounting
fees.......................... 2,108,624 2,765,129
Marketing and production
costs......................... 753,091 1,076,195
Professional services......... 802,221 1,002,482
Rent.......................... 624,414 612,822
Computer services............. 50,591 118,008
All other operating costs..... 1,627,998 1,932,861
----------- -----------
$12,308,103 $14,611,221
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
Costs for the year ended December 31, 1994 were not broken out in the
components listed above, but rather were charged as one administrative fee in
the amount of $871,221 and were included in other operating expenses.
The above administrative costs are predominantly based on direct
indentifiable costs incurred by General American on behalf of the Company and
at the Company's request and are charged back to the Company at General
American's cost. Where costs represent the result of allocations, such
allocations are based on customary methodology such as square footage for rent
and number of employees for payroll processing. The Company believes that such
allocation methodologies are reasonable and that the resulting expenses
incurred are not materially different from those that would have been incurred
on a stand-alone basis.
F-20
<PAGE> 90
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE 12--STOCK OPTIONS
On August 11, 1995, the shareholders approved the Company's 1995 Flexible
Stock Plan which provides for the grant of options to purchase up to 2,100,000
shares of the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock to officers and other key
employees of the Company and its affiliates. Terms and conditions (including
price, exercise date and number of shares) are determined by the Board of
Directors, which administers the plan. In the event of an initial public
offering the options become 100% vested. All options were granted at fair
value.
On November 8, 1996, the shareholders approved the Company's 1996 Flexible
Stock Plan which provides for the grant of options to purchase up to 2,100,000
shares of the Company's Non-Voting Common Stock to officers and other key
employees of the Company and its affiliates. Terms and conditions (including
price, exercise date and number of shares) are determined by the Board of
Directors, which administers the plan.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
WEIGHTED AVERAGE
NUMBER OF SHARES EXERCISE PRICE
---------------------- -------------------
DEC. 31, DEC. 31, DEC. 31, DEC. 31,
1995 1996 1995 1996
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning of year.......... -- 1,000,000 $ -- $5.33
Granted................................. 1,000,000 230,000 5.33 7.00
Exercised............................... -- -- -- --
Canceled................................ -- -- -- --
--------- --------- ----- -----
Outstanding, end of year................ 1,000,000 1,230,000 $5.33 $5.64
========= ========= ===== =====
Exercisable, end of year................ -- 200,000 $ -- $5.33
========= ========= ===== =====
</TABLE>
The Company applies APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees," ("APB 25"), in accounting for both the 1996 and 1995 Flexible
Stock Plans and, accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its
stock options in the financial statements. The weighted-average grant-date fair
value of stock options granted during the year and the weighted-average
significant assumptions used to determine those fair values, using a modified
Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the pro forma effect on earnings of the
fair value accounting for stock options under FAS 123 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Grant-date fair value per share............................. $ 0.91 $ 1.13
Significant assumptions:
Risk-free interest rate at grant date................... 6.05% 5.70%
Expected dividend payout................................ $ 0 $ 0
Expected stock price volatility......................... n/a n/a
Expected life to exercise (years)....................... 2.5 2.5
Net Income.............................. As reported....... $3,412,151 $6,212,231
Pro forma......... $3,336,484 $6,026,307
Pro forma earnings per common share..... As reported....... $ 0.57
Pro forma......... $ 0.55
</TABLE>
NOTE 13--EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Company has two retirement savings plans, a 401(k) Savings Plan (the
"401(k) Plan") and the General American Life Insurance Company Progress
Sharing Plan and Trust (the "Progress Sharing Plan"). The 401(k) Plan is
available to substantially all Conning employees who were employed by Conning
prior to the Strategic Merger. The Progress Sharing Plan is available to all
employees employed by GAIMCO prior to the Strategic Merger and all employees
employed subsequent to the Strategic Merger. The Company contributed $0,
$286,170 and $547,127 on
F-21
<PAGE> 91
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
behalf of eligible employees for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and
1996, respectively. Direct charges to the Company from General American for the
Progress Sharing Plan were approximately $22,000, $359,000 and $310,000 for the
years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 which is included in the charges
for administrative services from General American. One of the investment
vehicles offered in the 401(k) Plan is managed by Conning.
Pension Plan--Substantially all personnel who were employees of GAIMCO
prior to the Strategic Merger were eligible for a defined benefit plan
sponsored by General American through December 31, 1996. All costs are born and
retained by General American. The plan is over funded as of December 31, 1995
and 1996. Therefore, no charges were made by General American to GAIMCO.
NOTE 14--LITIGATION
One legal claim has arisen against Conning & Company during the normal
course of the Company's non-securities and non-investment advisory services
businesses. Although the matter is subject to uncertainty, as it remains in the
preliminary stages and discovery has not been completed, the Company believes
that Conning & Company has meritorious defenses to all claims and that the
probable outcome should not have a material adverse effect upon the Company,
its liquidity or its operations.
NOTE 15--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company through its subsidiary is, directly or through intermediary
partnerships, a 1% general partner in certain private equity funds that the
Company also manages. Capital contributions by the partners are called as
needed for investments by the funds. At December 31, 1996, the Company's future
commitment to fund such required capital contributions was approximately
$273,000.
The Company through its subsidiary has committed to Conning Connecticut
Investors, L.L.C. (the "L.L.C."), a limited liability company of which the
Company is the general partner and managing member, up to approximately
$4,040,000 for purposes of capitalizing the general partner. The amount is
payable only in the event of insolvency on the part of the L.L.C.
NOTE 16--NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
C&C is a registered broker-dealer and a member of the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc. and therefore is subject to a requirement of the
SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule, requiring the maintenance of certain minimal
capital levels. At December 31, 1996, C&C had net capital, as defined by the
Uniform Net Capital Rule, of $2,428,221 which was $1,824,367 in excess of the
required net capital. CAM is also subject to minimum net capital requirements
which are determined by state regulations in each of the states in which CAM is
licensed to do business. As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, CAM was in
compliance with all minimum state requirements.
NOTE 17--CONCENTRATION OF CREDIT RISK
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to
concentration of credit risk consist principally of trade account receivables
and short term investments. Short term investments consist of investment grade
commercial paper and approximate fair value because of the short maturity of
these items. With the exception of trade receivables from General American and
its affiliates, credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is
limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion across
geographical areas. Investment management fees receivable from General American
and their affiliated entities at December 31, 1995 and 1996 amounted to
$825,924 and $1,042,294 respectively.
NOTE 18--PRO FORMA EARNINGS PER SHARE
Pro forma earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1996 is
computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of shares of
common stock and dilutive common stock equivalents. For the purpose of this
F-22
<PAGE> 92
CONNING CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
calculation, outstanding shares of Series A and Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock and stock options are considered common stock equivalent shares for all
periods presented. Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission Staff
Accounting Bulletin No. 83, all common and common equivalent shares issued
during the twelve month period prior to the date of the initial filing of the
Company's Registration Statement have been included in the calculation, using
the treasury stock method, as if they were outstanding for all periods
presented. Specifically such common and common equivalent shares are comprised
of (i) 475,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued during
such period (see Note 9), (ii) 230,000 options granted in 1996 (see Note 11)
and (iii) 7,500 options granted in January 1997. The assumed initial public
offering price for the purposes of this calculation only was $13.50 per share.
Given that only 1996 results include full consolidated operations (see Note
1), the Company believes that presentation of historical earnings per share
prior to 1996 would not be meaningful.
NOTE 19--INDUSTRY SEGMENT
The Company is primarily engaged in a single line of business as a provider
of investment management services, which comprises several types of services,
such as discretionary asset management, investment accounting and reporting
services, mortgage origination and servicing, private equity investments and
institutional investment research. These activities constitute a single
business segment.
NOTE 20--NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENT
In February 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No.
128, "Earnings Per Share". SFAS No. 128 specifies new standards designed to
improve the earnings per share ("EPS") information provided in financial
statements by simplifying the existing computational guidelines, reviewing the
disclosure requirements and increasing the comparability of EPS data on an
international basis. Some of the changes made to simplify the EPS computations
include: (a) eliminating the presentation of primary EPS and replacing it with
basic EPS, with the principal difference being that common stock equivalents
are not considered in computing basic EPS, (b) eliminating the modified
treasury stock method and the three percent materiality provision and (c)
revising the contingent share provisions and the supplemental EPS data
requirements. SFAS No. 128 also makes a number of changes to existing
disclosure requirements. SFAS No. 128 is effective for financial statements
issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997, including interim periods.
The Company has not yet determined the impact of the implementation of SFAS No.
128.
NOTE 21--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In June, 1997, General American, pursuant to a call right, purchased
1,594,995 shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock from existing
shareholders for $11.25 per share.
In September, 1997, the Company filed a preliminary registration statement
with the SEC to register 2,500,000 shares of Common Stock (excluding the
over-allotment option) to be sold by the Company in an initial public offering.
F-23
<PAGE> 93
SCHEDULE I
CONNING CORPORATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents.................................................. $ -- $ 424,263
Investments in subsidiaries................................................ 31,079,378 31,230,081
Due from affiliates........................................................ 30,150 --
Capitalized software, less accumulated depreciation of $0 and $311,667..... -- 1,388,333
Prepaid expenses and other assets.......................................... 94,400 4,418
----------- -----------
Total assets................................................... $31,203,928 $33,047,095
=========== ===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
Book overdraft............................................................. $ 349,959 $ --
Accrued expenses........................................................... 228,550 241,648
Due to affiliates.......................................................... -- 848,282
Long term debt............................................................. 9,000,000 2,000,000
Other payable.............................................................. -- 640,000
Deferred liabilities....................................................... -- 167,730
----------- -----------
Total liabilities.............................................. 9,578,509 3,897,660
----------- -----------
Series A convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value: 3,190,000 shares
authorized, issued and outstanding....................................... 17,002,704 22,330,004
Series B convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value: 600,000 shares
authorized, 460,000 issued and outstanding............................... -- 2,451,800
----------- -----------
Total convertible preferred stock.............................. 17,002,704 24,781,804
----------- -----------
Common stock, $.01 par value: 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,710,000
shares issued and outstanding............................................ 67,100 67,100
Additional paid in capital................................................. 2,944,647 2,944,647
Retained earnings.......................................................... 1,376,668 1,355,884
Unrealized appreciation on investments, net of deferred income taxes....... 234,300 --
----------- -----------
Total common shareholder's equity.............................. 4,622,715 4,367,631
----------- -----------
Total liabilities and shareholder's equity..................... $31,203,928 $33,047,095
=========== ===========
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-24
<PAGE> 94
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Dividend from subsidiary..................................... $4,546,667 $5,925,000
Management advisory fees..................................... -- 300,000
Other income................................................. 5,291 5,644
---------- ----------
Total revenues....................................... 4,551,958 6,230,644
---------- ----------
Expenses:
Other expenses............................................... 18,317 67,899
Interest expense............................................. 329,000 413,389
---------- ----------
Total expenses....................................... 347,317 481,288
---------- ----------
Income before benefit from income taxes...................... 4,204,641 5,749,356
Benefit from income taxes.................................... 130,399 77,871
---------- ----------
Income before equity in undistributed earnings of
subsidiaries, net of taxes................................. 4,335,040 5,827,227
Equity in undistributed earnings (loss) of subsidiaries, net
of taxes................................................... (922,889) 385,004
---------- ----------
Net income................................................... 3,412,151 6,212,231
Preferred stock dividends.................................... 350,900 905,715
---------- ----------
Net earnings available to common shareholders................ $3,061,251 $5,306,516
========== ==========
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-25
<PAGE> 95
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
<CAPTION>
1995 1996
<S> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income.................................... $ 3,412,151 $ 6,212,231
Adjustment for items not affecting cash:
Amortization of capitalized software...... -- 311,667
Changes in:
Investment in subsidiaries............ (4,854,296) (6,310,003)
Due to/from affiliates................ (30,150) 878,432
Prepaid expenses and other assets..... (94,400) 89,982
Accrued expenses...................... 228,550 13,098
Deferred liabilities.................. -- 167,730
------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
operating activities........... (1,338,145) 1,363,137
------------ ------------
Investing activities:
Purchase of software.......................... -- (940,000)
Dividends received from subsidiaries.......... 4,546,667 5,925,000
------------ ------------
Net cash provided by investing
activities..................... 4,546,667 4,985,000
------------ ------------
Financing activities:
Borrowings on long term debt.................. 13,000,000 --
Repayments on long term debt.................. (4,000,000) (7,000,000)
Repayments on other payables.................. -- (120,000)
Acquisition of Conning, net of cash
acquired.................................... (12,207,581) --
Issuance of Series B preferred stock.......... -- 2,451,800
Dividends on preferred stock.................. (350,900) (905,715)
------------ ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities........... (3,558,481) (5,573,915)
------------ ------------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents........... (349,959) 774,222
Book overdraft, beginning of year................. -- (349,959)
------------ ------------
Cash and cash equivalents (book overdraft), end of
year............................................ $ (349,959) $ 424,263
============ ============
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for:
Interest.................................. $ 323,750 $ 412,806
Income taxes.............................. -- --
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash
information:
Contribution of GAIMCO.................... $ 1,327,164 --
Accretion on Series A Preferred Stock..... -- $ 5,327,300
See accompanying notes to condensed financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-26
<PAGE> 96
CONNING CORPORATION
(PARENT COMPANY ONLY)
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND 1996
NOTE 1--ORGANIZATION
The condensed financial statements of Conning Corporation (the "Company")
should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of
Conning Corporation and Subsidiaries and the notes thereto. Investment in
subsidiary is accounted for under the equity method.
NOTE 2--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During 1996, the Company provided the use of its software to its
subsidiaries through administrative services agreements. Charges were $312,000
during 1996 which approximated the amortization of the software during the
period.
The amount of cash dividends paid to the Company by consolidated
subsidiaries of the Company amounted to approximately $4,547,000 and $5,925,000
for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively. There are no
restrictions on the payment of dividends, except for those stipulated by
certain regulatory authorities applicable to Conning & Company. Conning &
Company's ability to pay dividends is limited to capital in excess of a defined
minimum requirement as set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule
15c3-1.
NOTE 3--CAPITAL TRANSACTIONS
The board of directors of the Company is authorized to issue up to
20,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. There
were 6,710,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 1995 and 1996.
The preferred stock of the Company consists of (i) Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.
At December 31, 1995, 3,190,000 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock (the "Series A Preferred Stock") were authorized, issued and
outstanding. The Series A Preferred Stock pays dividends quarterly based on the
90 day United States Treasury Bill rate in effect on the previous payment date.
Such dividends are cumulative. The Company declared dividends on the Series A
Preferred Stock of $0.11 and $0.28 per share for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, respectively.
On November 8, 1996, the Company commenced a private offering to certain
employees and directors. This offering was for a new class of non-voting
preferred stock designated Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Series B
Preferred Stock"). A total of 460,000 shares were sold at $5.33 per share
adding $2,451,800 to preferred stock. At December 31, 1996, 600,000 shares of
Series B Preferred Stock were authorized and 460,000 shares were issued and
outstanding. The Series B Preferred Stock pays dividends quarterly at a rate of
5% per annum and such dividends are cumulative. The Series B Preferred Stock
carries no voting rights and each share is convertible into one share of
Non-Voting Common Stock at the holder's election and upon payment of an
additional $1.67 per share to the Company.
During January 1997, the Company issued an additional 15,000 shares of
Series B Preferred Stock at $5.33 per share.
The carrying value of the convertible preferred stock is at original issue
price plus accretion relating to any increase in the redemption value of the
stock during the period. During 1995 and 1996, such accretion was $0 and
$5,327,300, respectively.
F-27
<PAGE> 97
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Conning, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Conning, Inc.
and subsidiaries as of June 30, 1995, and the related consolidated statements
of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the six-month period ended
June 30, 1995. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Conning, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of June 30, 1995 and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for the six-month period ended June 30, 1995, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
November 14, 1997
F-28
<PAGE> 98
<TABLE>
CONNING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 1995
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents..................... $ 3,408,483
Short-term investments........................ 4,487,422
Accounts receivable, net...................... 3,270,269
Marketable equity securities.................. 1,043,290
Prepaid expenses and other current assets..... 422,752
-----------
Total current assets.................. 12,632,216
Non-marketable investments at value............... 1,341,771
Equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost,
less accumulated depreciation and amortization
of $2,330,448................................... 1,120,484
Deferred income taxes............................. 908,740
-----------
Total assets.......................... $16,003,211
===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Compensation payable.......................... 1,436,526
Deferred revenue.............................. 288,959
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses... 2,948,303
Income taxes payable.......................... 39,153
-----------
Total current liabilities............. 4,712,941
Accrued rent liability............................ 2,214,525
-----------
Total liabilities..................... 6,927,466
-----------
8% Cumulative senior preferred stock, $0.01 par
value: 1,000,000 shares authorized;
160,000 issued and outstanding at stated value
of $22.82 per share............................. 3,650,000
-----------
Total preferred stock................. 3,650,000
-----------
Non-voting common stock, $0.01 par value: 100,000
shares authorized; 24,350 shares issued and
outstanding..................................... 244
Common stock, $.01 par value: 1,000,000 shares
authorized; 83,204 shares issued and outstanding 832
Additional paid in capital........................ 1,428,796
Retained earnings................................. 4,954,707
Unrealized appreciation on investments, net of
deferred income taxes........................... 158,020
Treasury stock, at cost (22,633 common shares).... (1,116,854)
-----------
Total common shareholder's equity..... 5,425,745
-----------
Total liabilities and shareholder's
equity............................... $16,003,211
===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-29
<PAGE> 99
<TABLE>
CONNING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
<S> <C>
Revenues:
Asset management and related fees............. $ 5,661,690
Research services............................. 4,563,802
Other income.................................. 275,122
-----------
Total revenues........................ 10,500,614
-----------
Expenses:
Employee compensation and benefits............ 5,322,480
Occupancy and equipment costs................. 715,532
Marketing and production costs................ 1,176,887
Professional services......................... 548,325
Other operating expenses...................... 645,931
-----------
Total expenses........................ 8,409,155
-----------
Income before provision for income taxes...... 2,091,459
Provision for income taxes.................... 808,838
-----------
Net income.................................... $ 1,282,621
===========
Preferred stock dividends..................... 160,000
-----------
Net earnings available to common
shareholders................................ $ 1,122,621
===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-30
<PAGE> 100
CONNING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
<CAPTION>
UNREALIZED
APPRECIATION TOTAL
ADDITIONAL ON COMMON
COMMON PAID IN RETAINED INVESTMENTS, TREASURY SHAREHOLDERS'
STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS NET STOCK EQUITY
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994..................... $1,065 $1,357,382 $3,832,086 $ 46,728 $(1,051,327) $4,185,934
Exercise of stock options for 1,100 common
shares....................................... 11 71,414 71,425
Purchase of 1,735 common shares of treasury
stock........................................ (65,527) (65,527)
Change in unrealized appreciation of
investment, net of
deferred income taxes........................ 111,292 111,292
Dividend on Preferred Stock.................... (160,000) (160,000)
Net income..................................... 1,282,621 1,282,621
------ ---------- ---------- -------- ----------- ----------
Balance, June 30, 1995......................... $1,076 $1,428,796 $4,954,707 $158,020 $(1,116,854) $5,425,745
====== ========== ========== ======== =========== ==========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-31
<PAGE> 101
CONNING INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
<S> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income.................................... $ 1,282,621
Adjustment for items not affecting cash:
Depreciation.............................. 150,441
Net unrealized appreciation on
non-marketable securities............... (2,672)
Accretion of discounts on short-term
investments............................. (130,886)
Net appreciation on securities purchased
held for market making.................. (247,040)
Changes in:
Accounts receivable................... (18,599)
Prepaid expenses and other assets..... (632,510)
Accounts payable and other accrued
expenses............................ 1,049,004
Deferred revenue...................... 23,303
Accrued rent liability................ (49,012)
Compensation payable.................. (488,297)
-----------
Net cash provided by operating
activities..................... 936,353
-----------
Investing activities:
Purchases of non-marketable securities........ (28,283)
Purchases of short-term investments........... (4,368,258)
Maturities of short-term investments.......... 4,600,000
Purchases of equipment, net................... (285,309)
-----------
Net cash used in investing
activities..................... (81,850)
-----------
Financing activities:
Dividend on 8% Cumulative Senior Preferred
Stock....................................... (160,000)
Purchase of treasury stock.................... (65,527)
Exercise of stock options..................... 71,425
-----------
Net cash used in financing
activities..................... (154,102)
-----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents......... 700,401
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period.... 2,708,082
-----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.......... $ 3,408,483
===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid for:
Interest...................................... $ --
Income taxes.................................. 1,345,594
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-32
<PAGE> 102
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
JUNE 30, 1995
NOTE 1--ORGANIZATION
Conning Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Corporation", formerly known as
Conning Corporation), a Delaware corporation, is a holding company whose
wholly-owned subsidiary, Conning & Company ("Conning"), is a registered
investment adviser with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Investment Advisers Act and is primarily an asset management and research
company concentrating on the insurance industry. Conning is also a registered
broker dealer and a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. The Corporation also owns another inactive subsidiary having no operations
or activity since 1992.
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Corporation have
been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The
significant accounting policies followed by the Corporation and its
subsidiaries are summarized below:
Principles of Consolidation--The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries after elimination of
intercompany balances and transactions.
Revenue Recognition--Asset management fees are determined based on
contractual provisions and are earned at varying percentages of the assets
under management. Such fees are accrued into income in the period in which the
service is provided. Research fees, primarily in the form of commissions
derived from securities transactions effected by the Company and, to a lesser
extent, subscription fees for research publications, are recorded in income
when services are provided or earned.
Cash and Cash Equivalents--Cash and cash equivalents for purposes of the
financial statements represent cash and highly liquid investments with original
maturities of three months or less.
Short-Term Investments--Short-term investments are comprised of U.S.
Government Securities and investment grade commercial paper having a maturity
of one year or less, and are carried at amortized cost, which approximates fair
value.
Investments--Marketable equity securities classified as trading securities
are presented at fair value with corresponding unrealized gains or losses
included in current period income. Marketable equity securities classified as
available-for-sale are presented at fair value with corresponding unrealized
gains or losses included as a separate component of shareholders' equity, net
of deferred income taxes. Non-marketable investments in various private equity
funds are held at fair value by the Company's broker-dealer in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles for broker-dealers. Such investments
are recorded using the equity method basis of accounting (including unrealized
gains and losses). The changes in fair values are included in the consolidated
statements of income.
Equipment and Leasehold Improvements--Equipment is stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation provided on an accelerated method over periods not
exceeding eight years. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less
accumulated amortization provided on a straight line basis over the term of the
lease.
Income Taxes--Income tax expense is based on income reported in the
financial statements. Deferred federal and state income taxes are provided
based on an asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of
deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Corporation files
consolidated federal and combined state income tax returns with its
subsidiaries. The Corporation records a valuation allowance against the
deferred income tax asset for that portion of the asset that may not be
realized.
Rent Expense--The Corporation received financial incentives as well as a
stepped rental rate structure regarding its lease at the Corporation's main
premises. The Corporation is recording all incentives and rental rates in its
results of operations as if they occurred evenly throughout the term of the
lease. In connection with such incentives, the
F-33
<PAGE> 103
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Corporation issued a $350,000 letter of credit to the landlord in the event of
default under the lease. The letter of credit was outstanding at June 30, 1995.
Compensation Payable--Compensation payable represents amounts payable to
employees as a result of the Company's incentive compensation programs during
the normal course of business. Amounts are accrued in the period earned.
Non-cash employee compensation--The Company uses the intrinsic value method
to account for stock option plans as prescribed by the Accounting Principles
Opinion Board No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB
25"). Under this method, compensation expense is recognized for awards of
options to purchase shares of stock to employees under compensatory plans if
the fair market value of the stock at the option grant date (or other
measurement date, if later) is greater than the amount the employee must pay to
acquire the stock.
Other income--Other income is comprised of investment income and other
miscellaneous revenues.
Use of estimates--Management of the Company has made a number of estimates
and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities in the
preparation of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from these
estimates.
New Accounting Pronouncement--In October 1995, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123,
"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("FAS 123"). FAS 123 permits
companies to adopt a new fair value based method to account for stock option
plans or to continue using the intrinsic method and provide pro forma
disclosures. This statement is effective for periods beginning after December
15, 1995. The Company intends to continue using the intrinsic value method and
will provide the pro forma disclosures in the notes to the consolidated
financial statements.
NOTE 3--ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable include primarily amounts due for management fees,
selling concessions due from underwriters and amounts due from other business
activities of the Corporation. At June 30, 1995, an allowance for doubtful
accounts of $212,750 was applied as a reduction of accounts receivable.
NOTE 4--INVESTMENTS
At June 30, 1995, the estimated fair value of marketable and non-marketable
investments were as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Marketable Equity Securities--Trading (cost
$285,921)........................................... $ 283,290
Marketable Equity Securities--Available-for-sale (cost
$490,000)........................................... 760,000
----------
Total marketable securities......................... $1,043,290
----------
Non-marketable equity securities (cost $16,625)....... 18,933
Non-marketable partnership investments (cost
$1,300,483)......................................... 1,322,838
----------
Total non-marketable investments...................... $1,341,771
==========
</TABLE>
The Corporation is a 1% general partner in various private equity funds.
The value of the non-marketable partnership investments is accounted for using
the equity method and updated periodically based upon changes in fair values
and recorded in the consolidated statements of income. Additionally, the
Company had no derivative investments as of or during the six month period
ended June 30, 1995.
F-34
<PAGE> 104
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE 5--EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Equipment and leasehold improvements as of June 30, 1995 comprised the
following:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Office equipment...................................... $1,300,406
Data processing equipment............................. 1,704,284
Leasehold improvements................................ 446,242
----------
3,450,932
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization........ 2,330,448
----------
$1,120,484
==========
</TABLE>
Depreciation expense for the six month period ended June 30, 1995, was
$150,441 on the above and is included in other operating expenses in the
consolidated statement of income. The Corporation occupies premises and rents
certain office equipment under leases that are accounted for as operating
leases and that have expiration dates through 2005. Rentals under these leases
aggregated approximately $511,700 for the six month period ended June 30, 1995,
after reduction for rent received from subleases of approximately $75,050
during the period.
At June 30, 1995, the minimum net rental commitments of the Corporation for
the periods indicated under the terms of these operating leases in excess of
one year were approximately $7,353,000 as follows: $417,000 remaining in 1995,
$829,000 in 1996, $777,000 in 1997, $743,000 in 1998; $734,000 per year from
1999-2004, and $183,000 in 2005.
NOTE 6--INCOME TAXES
The provision for federal and state income taxes for the six month period
ended is as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Current income tax provision.......................... $1,607,599
Deferred income tax benefit........................... (798,761)
----------
Total income tax provision............................ $ 808,838
==========
</TABLE>
The differences between the expected United States Federal income tax
provision at the statutory rate of 34% and the Corporation's actual Federal
income tax rate for the six month period ended June 30, 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Income before income taxes............................ $2,091,459
Federal income taxes at statutory rate................ 711,096
Changes in income taxes resulting from:
State tax, net of federal......................... 159,407
Other, net........................................ (61,665)
----------
Federal income tax provision.......................... $ 808,838
==========
</TABLE>
The components of deferred income taxes for the six month period ended June
30, 1995, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued rent liability................................ $ 24,037
Partnership investments............................... (719,167)
Accrued expense reserves.............................. (14,441)
Other, net............................................ (89,190)
---------
Total deferred income tax benefit..................... $(798,761)
=========
</TABLE>
F-35
<PAGE> 105
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The Corporation's net deferred income tax assets represent the estimated
future tax effects attributable to future taxable or deductible temporary
difference between amounts recognized in the financial statements and income
tax returns. At June 30, 1995, the net deferred income tax assets are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued rent liability................................ $ 917,369
Partnership investments............................... 710,637
Other, net............................................ 290,076
---------
Gross deferred income tax assets...................... 1,918,082
Valuation allowance................................... (701,251)
---------
Deferred income tax assets, net of valuation
allowance........................................... 1,216,831
---------
Depreciation.......................................... (158,961)
Unrealized appreciation on investments................ (149,130)
---------
Gross deferred income tax liabilities................. (308,091)
---------
Net deferred income tax assets........................ $ 908,740
=========
</TABLE>
NOTE 7--SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
At June 30, 1995, the Corporation had a line of credit with a commercial
bank for $1,200,000. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus 150 basis points.
There were no outstanding borrowings during the six month period ended June 30,
1995.
NOTE 8--PREFERRED STOCK AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to issue up to
1,000,000 shares of common stock, 100,000 shares of non-voting common stock and
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. All shares have a par value of $.01 per
share. The board of directors is authorized to set the terms, limitations,
preferences and series of preferred stock.
On February 25, 1993, a non-affiliated financial services insurance holding
company (Insurance Holding Company) purchased all of the then outstanding
Corporation's Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, which was subject to
mandatory redemption, from the previous shareholders. On the same date, the
Corporation entered into an agreement with the Insurance Holding Company to
exchange the shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock for 160,000 shares
of 8% Cumulative Senior Preferred Stock ("Senior Preferred Stock") valued at
$22.8125 per share ($3,650,000 aggregate), all of the 24,350 shares of
non-voting common stock valued at $36.50 per share ($888,775 aggregate) and
cash of $261,225. The Senior Preferred Stock was issued at a discount from a
face value of $4,000,000. The holders of the Senior Preferred Stock have voting
rights only with respect to certain matters, including an election of two
members of the board of directors representing less than a majority of the
board, and are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of
$2.00 per share payable semi-annually.
The Senior Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, may be
redeemed by the Corporation on or after March 31, 1994 with the approval of the
Corporation's Board of Directors. No redemptions occurred during the six month
period ended June 30, 1995. The Preferred Stock was redeemable at $24.0625 per
share ($3,850,000 aggregate) if redeemed between March 31, 1994 through March
30, 1997; and at $25.00 per share ($4,000,000 aggregate) if redeemed on or
after March 31, 1997. In connection with the exchanges as described above, the
Corporation has issued warrants to subsidiaries of the Insurance Holding
Company to purchase 31% of the Corporation's fully diluted common shares, at a
price determined by the common stock book value per share, if the Senior
Preferred Stock was not fully redeemed by February 25, 1999.
The voting shareholders of common stock are entitled to vote on all matters
requiring shareholder action. All voting common shares issued by the
Corporation are subject to a Shareholder's Agreement. Under this agreement, no
transfer of shares is permitted except with the consent of the Corporation's
Board of Directors. Upon termination of
F-36
<PAGE> 106
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
employment, or other event as described in the agreement, all voting common
stock shares of the Corporation held must be sold back to the Corporation at a
price determined in accordance with the agreement.
The Corporation did not declare any dividends on common stock shares
outstanding during the six month period ended June 30, 1995. The Corporation is
also restricted as to the amount of dividends that can be declared since
Conning is a registered broker-dealer who is required to maintain a minimum net
capital balance of approximately $273,000 at June 30, 1995, pursuant to the
Securities and Exchange Commission's Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1).
NOTE 9--RELATED PARTY ACTIVITIES
The Corporation is the holder of notes receivable for the principal sum of
$200,000 bearing interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum from a non-public
reinsurance broker of which the Corporation owns a nominal interest. Members of
the board of directors of the Corporation, who are also members of senior
management, serve as Board members of the reinsurance broker. The notes were
due in installments of $125,000 and $75,000 on September 1, 1995 and August 1,
1997, respectively. Subsequently, the notes were paid in full in October, 1995.
Interest is due semi-annually and interest income of $8,000 is included in the
statement of income for the six month period ended June 30, 1995.
The Corporation provided investment management services to the holder of
the non-voting common stock. Investment management fees of approximately
$346,000 were earned for the six month period ended June 30, 1995. The
Corporation also is the general partner for six affiliated private equity funds
with a 1% equity ownership interest in each fund. Fees for managing these funds
were approximately $1,632,000 for the six month period ended June 30, 1995.
NOTE 10--STOCK OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Corporation has a Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") that allows the
Board of Directors to grant incentive and/or non-qualified stock options to key
employees and directors of the Corporation and its affiliates. The options are
exercisable in equal installments over a period of two years from the date of
grant and no later than ten years from the date of grant. A total of 83,876
shares of the Corporation's common stock have been reserved for issuance
pursuant to the Plan. Transactions under the stock option plan as of June 30,
1995 are summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE
NUMBER EXERCISE
OF SHARES PRICE
--------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning of period........................................ 34,535 $35.92
Granted................................................................. -- --
Exercised............................................................... 1,100 64.93
Canceled................................................................ 826 38.11
------ ------
Outstanding, end of period.............................................. 32,609 $34.89
====== ======
Exercisable, end of period.............................................. 25,369 $28.13
====== ======
</TABLE>
401(k) Savings Plan--Conning has a 401(k) savings plan ("the 401(k)
Plan") for which substantially all employees are eligible. In addition to
employee contributions, Conning accrued approximately $259,800 on behalf of the
eligible employees for the six month period ended June 30, 1995. The 401(k)
Plan offers six investment vehicles in addition to a self-directed option. One
of the investment vehicles is managed by Conning.
NOTE 11--NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Corporation's principal subsidiary, Conning, is subject to a
requirement of the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule, requiring the maintenance of
certain minimal capital levels. At June 30, 1995, Conning had net capital, as
defined by the Uniform Net Capital Rule, of approximately $6,263,000, which was
approximately $5,990,000 in excess of the required net capital.
F-37
<PAGE> 107
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE 12--COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Two legal claims have arisen during the normal course of business of the
Corporation's non-securities and non-investment advisory services businesses.
While the Corporation believes it has meritorious defenses against the suits,
the ultimate resolution of the matters and the related impact on these
financial statements is based upon estimates of the likely outcome. Management
of the Corporation, after consultation with legal counsel, believes its
aggregate accrual relating to litigation is adequate as of June 30, 1995.
Subsequent to June 30, 1995, one of the two claims was resolved with no
material impact to the financial statements.
Conning is a 1% general partner in certain private equity funds that the
subsidiary also manages. At June 30, 1995, Conning's future commitment to fund
such required capital contributions was approximately $440,000.
NOTE 13--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On August 11, 1995 all of the outstanding common stock of the Corporation
was acquired by Conning Corporation, formerly known as Conning Asset Management
Company--name change effective July 31, 1996. Conning Corporation is owned by
General American Holding Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of General American
Life Insurance Company.
As a result of the acquisition by Conning Corporation, the shareholders of
Conning Inc. contributed all of their stock to Conning Corporation in a Section
351 merger transaction (the "Strategic Merger") in exchange for cash and
convertible preferred stock of Conning Corporation. Additionally, all of the
outstanding shares of the 8% Cumulative Senior Preferred Stock were redeemed
and retired.
In September 1997, Conning Corporation filed a preliminary registration
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register 2,500,000
shares of Common Stock (excluding the over-allotment option) to be sold by
Conning Corporation in an initial public offering.
F-38
<PAGE> 108
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
February 21, 1995, except for Note 12, as to which the date is September 19,
1997
To the Board of Directors and
Shareholders of Conning Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of financial
condition and the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in
shareholders' equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of Conning Inc. & Subsidiaries (formerly known
as Conning Corporation) at December 31, 1994, and the results of its operations
and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company changed its
method for accounting for equity investments in 1994.
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
F-39
<PAGE> 109
<TABLE>
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
DECEMBER 31, 1994
<CAPTION>
ASSETS
<S> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents......................... $ 2,708,082
Short-term investments............................ 4,588,279
Underwriting fees and commissions receivable...... 657,130
Accounts receivable............................... 2,205,076
Affiliate receivables............................. 389,464
Investments....................................... 1,917,066
Equipment and leasehold improvements, at cost,
less accumulated depreciation and amortization
of $2,180,005................................... 985,616
Prepaid expenses and deferred charges............. 308,668
Other assets...................................... 469,021
-----------
Total assets.................................. $14,228,402
===========
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Amounts and notes payable to former
shareholders.................................... $ 569,009
Compensation payable.............................. 1,924,823
Deferred revenue.................................. 265,656
Accrued rent expense.............................. 2,263,537
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses....... 1,369,443
-----------
Total liabilities............................. 6,392,468
-----------
8% Cumulative senior preferred stock, $.01 par
value: 1,000,000 share authorized; 160,000
issued and outstanding at stated value of
$22.82 per share................................ 3,650,000
-----------
Non voting common stock, $.01 par value: 100,000
shares authorized; 24,350 shares issued and
outstanding..................................... 244
Common stock, $.01 par value: 1,000,000 shares
authorized; 82,104 shares issued and
outstanding..................................... 821
Capital in excess of par value.................... 1,357,382
Retained earnings................................. 3,832,086
Unrealized appreciation on investments, net of
deferred income taxes........................... 46,728
Treasury stock, at cost (20,898 shares)........... (1,051,327)
-----------
Total common shareholders' equity............. 4,185,934
-----------
Total shareholders' equity.................... 7,835,934
-----------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.... $14,228,402
===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-40
<PAGE> 110
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
<S> <C>
Revenue
Asset management and related fees............. $ 9,839,771
Research services............................. 8,164,765
Other......................................... 472,211
-----------
Total revenue............................. 18,476,747
-----------
Expenses
Employee compensation and benefits............ 10,195,854
Occupancy and equipment costs................. 1,450,080
Marketing and production costs................ 2,029,390
Professional fees............................. 784,507
Other operating expenses...................... 1,265,603
-----------
Total expenses............................ 15,725,434
-----------
Income before provision for income taxes...... 2,751,313
Provision for income taxes.................... 1,243,822
-----------
Net income.................................... $ 1,507,491
===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-41
<PAGE> 111
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
<CAPTION>
COMMON SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
---------------------------------------------------------------------
CAPITAL IN UNREALIZED
PREFERRED COMMON EXCESS OF PAR RETAINED STOCK
STOCK STOCK VALUE EARNINGS APPRECIATION TREASURY STOCK
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31,
1993................... $3,650,000 $ 927 $ 486,706 $2,644,595 $ (579,871)
Issuance of 13,775 shares
of common stock........ 138 870,676
Purchase of treasury
stock, 7,830 shares.... (471,456)
Unrealized appreciation
of investments, net of
deferred income
taxes.................. $46,728
Dividend on 8% Cumulative
Senior Preferred
Stock.................. (320,000)
Net Income............... 1,507,491
---------- ------ ---------- ---------- ------- -----------
Balance, December 31,
1994................... $3,650,000 $1,065 $1,357,382 $3,832,086 $46,728 $(1,051,327)
========== ====== ========== ========== ======= ===========
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-42
<PAGE> 112
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
<TABLE>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
<S> <C>
Operating activities:
Net income.................................... $ 1,507,491
Adjustment for items not affecting cash
Depreciation and amortization............. 441,930
Deferred income tax provision............. 49,272
Net unrealized appreciation on
non-marketable securities................ (39,639)
Net purchases of securities held for
market making............................ (23,000)
Accretion of discounts on short-term
investments.............................. (82,709)
Changes in:
Receivables........................... 572,924
Prepaid expenses, deferred charges and
other assets......................... (3,780)
Payables.............................. (613,395)
Deferred revenue...................... (98,256)
Accrued rent expense.................. (9,521)
Compensation payable.................. 1,664,625
-----------
Net cash provided by operating
activities...................... 3,365,942
-----------
Investing activities:
Purchases of non-marketable securities.... (76,650)
Distribution from non-marketable
partnership investments.................. 127,431
Purchases of equipment, net............... (29,094)
Purchases of short-term investments....... (6,005,570)
Maturities of short-term investments...... 1,500,000
-----------
Net cash (used for) provided by
investing activities............ (4,483,883)
-----------
Financing activities:
Dividend on 8% Cumulative Senior Preferred
Stock.................................... (320,000)
Issuance of common stock, net of issuance
cost..................................... 870,814
Issuance of employee loans................ (324,081)
Repayments of employee loans.............. 143,036
Payments to former shareholders........... (66,900)
Purchase of treasury stock................ (26,845)
-----------
Net cash provided by (used for)
financing activities................. 276,024
-----------
Non-cash financing activities:
Notes and amounts payable to former
shareholders............................. 444,611
Purchase of treasury stock................ (444,611)
-----------
Net non-cash financing activities................. --
-----------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents........... (841,917)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year...... 3,549,999
-----------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year............ $ 2,708,082
===========
Cash paid for:
Interest...................................... $ --
Income taxes.................................. $ 1,719,889
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
</TABLE>
F-43
<PAGE> 113
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1--ORGANIZATION
Conning Inc. (the "Corporation", formerly known as Conning Corporation),
a Delaware corporation, is a holding company whose wholly-owned subsidiary,
Conning & Company ("Conning"), is a registered investment adviser with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Advisers Act and is
primarily an asset management and research company concentrating on the
insurance industry. Conning is also a registered broker dealer and a member of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
NOTE 2--SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The significant
accounting policies followed by the Corporation and its subsidiaries are
summarized below.
Accounting Changes--Effective January 1, 1994, the Corporation adopted the
provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115, "Accounting
for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" (FAS 115) which
requires that investments be classified in one of three categories:
held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. The Corporation classified
equity investments held for market making activities as trading securities and
all other marketable equity securities as available-for-sale. At January 1,
1994, there was no effect on the financial position of the Corporation upon
implementation of FAS 115 as investments held for market making activities were
previously carried at fair value with corresponding gains or losses recorded
through income. No other marketable equity securities were held at January 1,
1994.
Principles of Consolidation--The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries after elimination of
intercompany balances and transactions.
Revenue Recognition--Asset management fees, institutional research fees and
financial advisory fees are recorded in income when services are provided.
Consulting fees are recorded as income at the completion of the contract or at
the time of receipt in the case of non-refundable fees earned. Fee income for
industry research publications is recorded as income ratably over the
subscription period, which is generally one year. Related expenses are recorded
as incurred.
Cash and Cash Equivalents--Cash and cash equivalents represent cash and
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.
Short-Term Investments--Short-term investments are comprised of U.S.
Government Securities and are carried at amortized cost, which approximates
fair value.
Investments--Marketable equity securities classified as trading securities
are presented at fair value with corresponding unrealized gains or losses
included in current period income. Marketable equity securities classified as
available-for-sale are presented at fair value with corresponding unrealized
gains or losses included as a separate component of shareholders' equity, net
of deferred income taxes.
Non-marketable securities are valued at fair value as determined in good
faith by the management of the Corporation. The changes in the resulting
difference between cost and market (or fair value) are included in the
consolidated statement of operations.
Equipment and Leasehold Improvements--Equipment is stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation provided on an accelerated method over periods not
exceeding eight years. Leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less
accumulated amortization provided on a straight line basis over the term of the
lease.
Income Taxes--Income tax expense is based on income reported in the
financial statements. Deferred federal and state income taxes are provided
based on an asset and liability approach which requires the recognition of
deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax
consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying
amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. The Corporation files
consolidated
F-44
<PAGE> 114
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
federal and combined state income tax returns with its subsidiaries. Net
deferred income taxes are included in other assets. The Corporation records a
valuation allowance against the deferred income tax asset for that portion of
the asset that may not be realized.
Deferred Charges--Deferred charges represent costs incurred to establish
certain private equity funds. These costs are being amortized on a straight
line method over an estimated useful life of eight years. Amortization of
$81,386 was charged against revenue during 1994.
Rent Expense--The Corporation received financial incentives as well as a
stepped rental rate structure regarding its lease at the Corporation's main
premises. The Corporation is recording all incentives and rental rates in its
results of operations as if they occurred evenly throughout the term of the
lease. In connection with such incentives, the Corporation issued a $350,000
letter of credit to the landlord in the event of default under the lease. The
letter of credit was outstanding at December 31, 1994.
Other revenue--Realized and unrealized gains on investments, interest
income and other miscellaneous revenues are also included.
NOTE 3--UNDERWRITINGS, COMMISSIONS AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Accounts receivable include amounts due for management fees, consulting
engagements and other business activities of the Corporation. Underwriting fees
and commissions receivable are amounts due from customers for securities
transactions and selling concessions due from underwriters. At December 31,
1994, an allowance for doubtful accounts of $212,750 was applied as a reduction
of accounts receivable.
NOTE 4--INVESTMENTS
At December 31, 1994 the estimated fair value of marketable and
non-marketable investments were as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Marketable Equity Securities--Trading
(cost $37,150)........................ $ 36,250
Marketable Equity
Securities--Available-for-sale (cost
$490,000)............................. 570,000
Non-marketable equity securities (cost
$16,625)............................... 18,310
Non-marketable partnership investments
(cost $1,272,200)...................... 1,292,506
----------
Total................................... $1,917,066
==========
</TABLE>
The Corporation owns one security classified as available-for-sale with an
original cost of $400,000 and a carrying value at the date of adopting FAS 115
of $490,000. The Corporation is directly, or indirectly through intermediary
partnerships, the managing general partner for six private equity funds with an
equity ownership interest of 1% in each fund. Fees for managing the six funds
were $3,191,855 for the year ended December 31, 1994. The Corporation owns a
42.5% share in the joint venture. During 1994, the Corporation recorded
$270,000 in revenue relating to this joint venture.
NOTE 5--EQUIPMENT AND LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
Equipment and leasehold improvements comprised the following:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Office equipment.............. $1,191,233
Data processing equipment..... 1,604,349
Leasehold improvements........ 370,039
----------
3,165,621
Less accumulated depreciation
and amortization............ 2,180,005
----------
$ 985,616
==========
</TABLE>
F-45
<PAGE> 115
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 1994 was $360,544. The
Corporation occupies premises and rents certain office equipment under leases
that are accounted for as operating leases and that have expiration dates
through 2005. Rentals under these leases aggregated $1,069,139 for the year
ended December 31, 1994, after reduction for rent received from subleases of
$150,041.
At December 31, 1994, the minimum net rental commitments of the Corporation
for the periods indicated under the terms of the operating leases in excess of
one year were approximately $7,737,000 as follows: $834,000 in 1995; $819,000
in 1996; $769,000 in 1997; $740,000 in 1998; $732,000 per year from 1999 to
2004 and $183,000 in 2005. At December 31, 1994, the minimum due under a
sublease agreement in excess of one year is approximately $100,000 as follows:
$63,000 in 1995, and $37,000 in 1996. The commitments include future repayments
of approximately $2,264,000 in rent expense accrued and rent incentives
recorded at December 31, 1994.
NOTE 6--INCOME TAXES
The provision for federal and state income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Current income tax provision............ $1,194,550
Deferred income tax provision........... 49,272
----------
Total income tax provision.............. $1,243,822
==========
</TABLE>
The components of deferred income taxes for the year ended December 31,
1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued rent............................ $ 3,237
Realization of loss carryforwards....... 111,520
Change in valuation allowance........... 64,074
Accrued expense reserves................ (127,500)
Other, net.............................. (2,059)
---------
Total deferred income tax provisions.... $ 49,272
=========
</TABLE>
Under the provisions of FAS 109, the Corporation's net deferred income tax
assets represent the estimated future tax effects attributable to future
taxable or deductible temporary difference between amounts recognized in the
financial statements and income tax returns. At December 31, 1994 the net
deferred income tax assets are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Accrued rent............................ $ 769,603
State income tax, net................... 176,447
Other, net.............................. 231,479
----------
Gross deferred income tax assets........ 1,177,529
----------
Depreciation............................ (145,897)
Unrealized appreciation on
investments............................ (57,800)
Investments in affiliates............... (6,973)
----------
Gross deferred income tax liabilities... (210,670)
----------
Net deferred income tax assets before
valuation allowance................... 966,859
Valuation allowance..................... (778,172)
----------
Net deferred income tax assets.......... $ 188,687
==========
</TABLE>
F-46
<PAGE> 116
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
The Corporation's effective federal income tax rate was 36.8% for the year
ended December 31, 1994. The differences between the hypothetical United States
federal income tax provision at the statutory rate of 34% and the Corporation's
actual federal income tax rate are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Income before income taxes.............. $2,751,313
State income tax provision.............. (364,510)
----------
Income before federal income taxes...... $2,386,803
==========
Federal income taxes at statutory
rates.................................. 811,513
Changes in valuation allowance.......... 23,215
Other, net.............................. 44,584
----------
Federal income tax provision............ $ 879,312
==========
</TABLE>
NOTE 7--SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
At December 31, 1994 the Corporation had a line of credit with a commercial
bank for $1,650,000. The interest rate is based on LIBOR plus 150 basis points.
The line of credit reduces to $1,200,000 on April 1, 1995, $650,000 on April 1,
1996 and expires on April 1, 1997. There were no outstanding borrowings at
December 31, 1994.
NOTE 8--SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
The board of directors of the Corporation is authorized to issue up to
1,000,000 shares of common stock, 100,000 shares of non-voting common stock and
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. All shares have a par value of $.01 per
share. The board of directors is authorized to set the terms, limitations,
preferences and series of preferred stock.
On February 25, 1993, PennCorp Financial ("PennCorp") purchased all of
the then outstanding Corporation's Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock, which
were subject to mandatory redemption, from the previous shareholders. On the
same date, the Corporation entered into an agreement with PennCorp to exchange
the shares of Non-Voting Series A Preferred Stock for 160,000 shares of 8%
Cumulative Senior Preferred Stock ("Senior Preferred Stock") valued at
$22.8125 per share ($3,650,000 aggregate), all of the 24,350 shares of
non-voting common stock valued at $36.50 per share ($888,775 aggregate) and
cash of $261,225. The Senior Preferred Stock was issued at a discount from a
face value of $4,000,000. The holders of the Senior Preferred Stock have voting
rights only with respect to certain matters, including an election of two
members of the board of directors representing less than a majority of the
board, and are entitled to receive cumulative dividends at the annual rate of
$2.00 per share payable semi-annually.
The Senior Preferred Stock, plus any accrued and unpaid dividends, may be
redeemed by the Corporation on or after March 31, 1994 with the approval of the
Corporation's Board of Directors. No redemptions occurred during 1994. The
Preferred Stock is redeemable at $24.0625 per share ($3,850,000 aggregate) if
redeemed between March 31, 1994 through March 30, 1997; and at $25.00 per share
($4,000,000 aggregate) if redeemed on or after March 31, 1997. In connection
with the exchanges as described above, the Corporation has issued warrants to
subsidiaries of PennCorp to purchase 31% of the Corporation's fully diluted
common shares, at a price determined by the common stock book value per share,
if the Senior Preferred Stock is not fully redeemed by February 25, 1999.
The voting shares of common stock are entitled to vote on all matters
requiring shareholder action. All voting common shares issued by the
Corporation are subject to a Shareholder's Agreement. Under this agreement, no
transfer of shares is permitted except with the consent of the Corporation's
Board of Directors. Upon termination of employment, or other event as described
in the agreement, all voting common stock shares of the Corporation held must
be sold back to the Corporation at a price determined in accordance with the
agreement.
The Corporation did not declare any dividends on common stock shares
outstanding during 1994 and it is anticipated that there will be no dividends
declared in the near future. The Corporation is also restricted as to the
amount of dividends that can be declared since Conning is a registered
broker-dealer who is required to maintain a
F-47
<PAGE> 117
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
minimum net capital balance of approximately $225,572 at December 31, 1994
pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission's Uniform Net Capital Rule
(Rule 15c3-1).
On September 13, 1994, the Corporation held a private offering to certain
employees which closed on September 28, 1994. A total of 7,575 shares were sold
at $65.85 per share adding $498,814 to shareholders' equity. As of December 31,
1994, the Corporation was owed $211,041 from certain employees for their
purchases of common stock, and such amounts were repaid in January 1995.
During 1994, the Corporation purchased 7,830 shares of common stock for
treasury at a total cost of $471,456.
NOTE 9--OTHER RELATED PARTY ACTIVITIES
The Corporation is the holder of notes receivable for the principal sum of
$200,000 bearing interest at the rate of 8.0% per annum from Tennant Risk
Services, Inc. ("Tennant"), a Connecticut corporation of which the
Corporation owns a nominal interest. Members of the board of directors of the
Corporation who are also members of senior management serve as Board members of
Tennant. The notes are due in installments of $125,000 and $75,000 on September
1, 1995 and August 1, 1997 respectively. Interest is due semi-annually and
interest income of $16,000 is included in the statement of operations for the
year ended December 31, 1994.
The Corporation provided investment management services to PennCorp.
Investment management fees of $638,142 were earned for the year ended December
31, 1994.
NOTE 10--STOCK OPTIONS AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
The Corporation has a Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") that allows the
Board of Directors to grant incentive and/or non-qualified stock options to key
employees and directors of the Corporation and its affiliates. The options are
exercisable in equal installments over a period of two years from the date of
grant and no later than ten years from the date of grant. A total of 83,876
shares of the Corporation's common stock have been reserved for issuance
pursuant to the Plan. Transactions under the stock option plan are summarized
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE
NUMBER OF EXERCISE
SHARES PRICE
<S> <C> <C>
Outstanding, beginning of year.......... 35,866 $24.32
Granted................................. 9,225 62.52
Exercised............................... -- --
Canceled................................ (10,556) 19.76
------- ------
Outstanding, end of year................ 34,535 $35.92
======= ======
Exercisable, end of year................ 24,136 $28.81
======= ======
</TABLE>
401(k) Savings Plan--Conning has a 401(k) savings plan ("the 401(k)
Plan") for which substantially all employees are eligible. In addition to
employee contributions, Conning contributed $351,286 on behalf of the eligible
employees for the year ended December 31, 1994. The 401(k) Plan offers six
investment vehicles in addition to a self-directed option. One of the
investment vehicles is managed by Conning.
NOTE 11--NET CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Corporation's principal subsidiary, Conning, is subject to a
requirement of the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule, requiring the maintenance of
certain minimal capital levels. At December 31, 1994, Conning had net capital,
as defined by the Uniform Net Capital Rule, of $5,324,070 which was $5,098,498
in excess of the required net capital.
F-48
<PAGE> 118
CONNING INC. & SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE 12--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On August 11, 1995, all of the outstanding common stock of the Corporation
was acquired by Conning Corporation, formerly known as Conning Asset Management
Company--name change effective July 31, 1996. Conning Corporation is owned by
General American Holding Company, a wholly owned subsidiary of General American
Life Insurance Company.
In September 1997, Conning Corporation filed a preliminary registration
statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register 2,500,000
shares of Common Stock (excluding the over-allotment option) to be sold by
Conning Corporation in an initial public offering.
F-49
<PAGE> 119
GLOSSARY
"ASSET" typically refers to anything having a commercial or exchange
value that is owned by a business, institution or individual. In this context
`asset' refers to the financial holdings of the Company's clients, primarily
insurance companies.
"ASSET BACKED SECURITIES" are bonds or notes typically backed by loan
paper or accounts receivable originated by banks, credit card companies or
other providers of credit.
"ASSET LIABILITY MATCHING" refers to the quantitative analytic techniques
applied to the estimation of the time frame in which a client's liabilities
will become payable and the program designed to appropriately match the
duration of the investment portfolio to that time frame.
"ASSET MANAGEMENT" refers to the services offered by the Company which
include the allocation of the clients funds to basic security classes and the
active buying, trading and selling that accompanies the investment function.
"CORPORATE BONDS" are debt instruments issued by a private corporation as
distinct from a government agency or a municipality.
"DISCRETIONARY ASSET MANAGEMENT" refers to the active management of an
investment portfolio including the asset allocation and purchasing, trading and
selling activities.
"EQUITIES" are securities representing the ownership interest in a
corporation.
"GOVERNMENTS" are securities issued by the U.S. government, such as
Treasury Bills, bonds, notes and savings bonds, as well as debt issues of
federal agencies which are not directly backed by the U.S. government.
"INDEXED EQUITIES" are pools of funds which are invested in a portfolio
which seeks to match that of a broad-based securities index. This may include
the Standard & Poor's 500 index, indexes of mid- and small-capitalization
stocks, foreign stock indexes and bond indexes.
"INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES" are services which support the analysis
and needs of clients and result in advice pertaining to the general structure
of the client's portfolio, but do not include advice relative to specific
investments.
"MASTER SERVICER" is an entity which provides administrative services to
securitized pools of mortgage-backed securities.
"MORTGAGE LOANS" are debt instruments by which the borrower, either
corporate or individual, grants the lender a lien on property as security for
the repayment of the loan.
"MUNICIPAL BONDS" are debt obligations of a state or local government
entity.
"NON-CAPTIVE INSURANCE COMPANY" refers to an insurance company that is
not formed primarily for the purpose of providing insurance to its parent and
affiliated entities.
"PRIVATE EQUITY FUNDS" refer to the funds for which the Company has
raised capital from institutional investors for the purpose of investing in
privately held companies.
"PRIVATE PLACEMENTS" refer to stocks, bonds or other investments which
are sold directly to an institutional investor, and which are typically
restricted as to resale.
"REAL ESTATE" refers to a piece of land and all the physical property
relating to it, and may include the air and subsurface rights.
"RECURRING FEE BASED REVENUE" refers to the on going fees the Company
collects, in the ordinary course of its business, from its clients on business
including discretionary asset management, investment advisory, investment
accounting & reporting, real estate, research, and private equity management.
"SCHEDULE B" refers to the detail schedule of mortgages included in the
standard insurance department regulatory statutory annual statement.
"SCHEDULE D" refers to the detail schedule of investments included in the
standard insurance department regulatory statutory annual statement.
"SHORT-TERM OBLIGATIONS" typically refer to investments which have a
maturity of one year or less.
"SPECIAL SERVICER" means an entity which provides asset management and
resolution services for non-performing or under-performing loans within a pool
of performing loans or mortgages.
G-1
<PAGE> 120
================================================================================
NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE
SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL
TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION
THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF OR THAT THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE
SUCH DATE.
----------------
<TABLE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................................................. 3
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements....................... 9
Risk Factors.................................................................... 9
Use of Proceeds................................................................. 17
Dividend Policy................................................................. 18
Capitalization.................................................................. 18
Dilution........................................................................ 19
Business........................................................................ 20
Selected Consolidated Financial Data............................................ 33
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operation..................................................................... 36
Regulation...................................................................... 40
Management...................................................................... 43
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.................................. 52
Principal Shareholders.......................................................... 58
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................................................. 59
Description of Capital Stock.................................................... 60
Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions............................................ 62
Underwriting.................................................................... 66
Legal Matters................................................................... 68
Experts......................................................................... 68
Additional Information.......................................................... 68
Index to Financial Statements................................................... F-1
Glossary........................................................................ G-1
</TABLE>
------------------
UNTIL , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.
THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN
ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
================================================================================
================================================================================
2,500,000 SHARES
[CONNING LOGO]
CONNING CORPORATION
COMMON STOCK
-----------
PROSPECTUS
---------------
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
SECURITIES CORPORATION
A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.
----------
--, 1997
================================================================================
<PAGE> 121
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
The following table sets forth all expenses, other than underwriting
discounts and commissions, all of which are payable by the Company, in
connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being
registered. All amounts are estimates except the registration fee.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC Registration Fee.............................. $13,069
NASD Filing Fee................................... 4,813
Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee................ 50,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses................... <F*>
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses........................ <F*>
Registrar and Transfer Agent Fees................. <F*>
Legal Fees and Expenses........................... <F*>
Accounting Fees and Expenses...................... <F*>
D&O Insurance..................................... <F*>
Miscellaneous..................................... <F*>
-------
Total..................................... $ <F*>
=======
<FN>
- --------
<F*> To be provided by amendment
</TABLE>
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
Section 351.355(1) of the Revised Statutes of Missouri provides that a
corporation may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the
corporation in any action, suit or proceeding other than an action by or in the
right of the corporation, against expenses (including attorney's fees),
judgments, fines and settlement amounts actually and reasonably incurred by him
in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith
and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 351.355(2)
provides that the corporation may indemnify any such person in any action or
suit by or in the right of the corporation against expenses (including
attorneys' fees) and settlement amounts actually and reasonably incurred by him
in connection with the defense or settlement of the action or suit if he acted
in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to
the best interests of the corporation, except that he may not be indemnified in
respect of any matter in which he has been adjudged liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation, unless authorized
by the court. Section 351.355(3) provides that a corporation shall indemnify
any such person against expenses (including attorney's fees) actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with the action, suit or proceeding if
he has been successful in defense of such action, suit or proceeding and if
such action, suit or proceeding is one for which the corporation may indemnify
him under Section 351.355(1) or (2). Section 351.355(7) provides that a
corporation shall have the power to give any further indemnity to any such
person, in addition to the indemnity otherwise authorized under Section
351.355, provided such further indemnity is either (i) authorized, directed or
provided for in the articles of incorporation of the corporation or any duly
adopted amendment thereof or (ii) is authorized, directed or provided for in
any by-law or agreement of the corporation which has been adopted by a vote of
the shareholders of the corporation, provided that no such indemnity shall
indemnify any person from or on account of such person's conduct which was
finally adjudged to have been knowingly fraudulent, deliberately dishonest or
willful misconduct.
The Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to this Registration Statement contain provisions indemnifying its
directors and officers to the extent authorized specifically by Sections
351.355(1), (2), (3) and (7).
II-1
<PAGE> 122
Directors or officers of the Company who are directors or officers of
General American may also be entitled to indemnification under the provisions
of General American's Articles of Incorporation, which provide indemnification
to them since they serve, at General American's request, as directors or
officers of the Company. Such individuals are also covered by General
American's director's and officer's liability insurance policy.
The form of Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this
Registration Statement provides for the mutual indemnification of the Company
and any Underwriters, their respective controlling persons, directors and
certain of their officers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
General American Mutual Holding Company maintains a policy of insurance
under which the directors and officers of the Company are insured, subject to
the limits of the policy, against certain losses, as defined in the policy,
arising from claims made against such directors and officers by reason of any
wrongful acts, as defined in the policy, in their respective capacities as
directors or officers of the Company.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
In August 1995, the Company issued certain securities in connection with
its formation (the "Strategic Merger"), as follows: (i) General American
Holding Company contributed all of the issued and outstanding common stock of
GAIMCO (now known as Conning Asset Management Company) to the Company in
exchange for 6,710,000 shares of Company Common Stock; and (ii) each of the 21
shareholders and option holders of Conning, Inc., other than three non-employee
directors and two institutional shareholders (the "Non-Contributing
Shareholders"), contributed all of the common stock of Conning, Inc. then
owned by such shareholders to the Company and canceled all of their options to
purchase Conning, Inc. Common Stock in exchange for $4,505,002 in cash and
3,190,000 shares of the Company's Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The
shares of Conning, Inc. owned by the Non-Contributing Shareholders were
acquired in exchange for cash payments. In connection with this transaction,
the Company relied on the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(2)
of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.
In connection with the Strategic Merger, the Company awarded employee stock
options exercisable for 1,000,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to
25 employees of the Company; none of the options have been exercised. In
connection with this transaction, the Company relied on exemptions from
registration contained in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of
Regulation D promulgated thereunder and Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
In November 1996 through June 1997, the Company issued 475,000 shares of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock and awarded employee stock options
exercisable for 237,500 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to 29
employees and directors of the Company pursuant to a 1996 employee stock
purchase and option grant program and amended and restated certain provisions
of a shareholder's agreement; none of the options have been exercised. In April
1997, the Company issued 110,000 shares of Class B Non-Voting Common Stock to
three executive officers or directors of the Company upon conversion of an
equal number of shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock. In connection
with these transactions, the Company relied on exemptions from registration
contained in Section 4(2) and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and Rule 701
of the Securities Act.
Concurrent with the closing of this offering, the 3,190,000 issued and
outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock will be converted
into an equal number of shares of Common Stock of the Company and outstanding
stock options to purchase Class B Non-Voting Common Stock will become options
to purchase Common Stock. In connection with this transaction, the Company
intends to rely on the exemption from registration contained in Section 3(a)(9)
of the Securities Act. Concurrent with or prior to the closing of this
offering, the 365,000 issued and outstanding shares of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock will be converted into an equal number of shares of Common
Stock of the Company at $1.67 per share. In connection with this transaction,
the Company intends to rely on the exemption from registration contained in
Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder and
Rule 701 of the Securities Act.
II-2
<PAGE> 123
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this
Registration Statement are as follows:
(a) Exhibits.
See Index to Exhibits.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules.
See Index to Financial Statements for Schedule I. Other Financial
Statement Schedules have been omitted for the reason that they are not
required, are not applicable or that the equivalent information has
been included in the consolidated financial statements, and notes
thereto, or elsewhere herein.
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act of
1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the provisions of Item 14, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of
whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act
of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part
of this Registration Statement in reliance on Rule 430A and contained in
the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1)
or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of
this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-3
<PAGE> 124
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 2 to registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of St.
Louis, State of Missouri, on this 19th day of November, 1997.
CONNING CORPORATION
By: /s/ LEONARD M. RUBENSTEIN
------------------------------------
Leonard M. Rubenstein
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this amendment
no. 2 to registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME TITLE DATE
<S> <C> <C>
<F*> Director November 19, 1997
- ----------------------------
John A. Fibiger
<F*> Director November 19, 1997
- ----------------------------
Richard A. Liddy
/s/LEONARD M. RUBENSTEIN Chairman and Chief Executive November 19, 1997
- ---------------------------- Officer (Principal Executive
Leonard M. Rubenstein Officer
/s/FRED M. SCHPERO Senior Vice President and November 19, 1997
- ---------------------------- Chief Financial Officer
Fred M. Schpero (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
<F*> Director November 19, 1997
- ----------------------------
John C. Shaw
<F*> President and Director November 19, 1997
- ----------------------------
Maurice W. Slayton
<F*>By: /s/LEONARD M. RUBENSTEIN
----------------------------
Leonard M. Rubenstein
Attorney-in-fact
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE> 125
<TABLE>
CONNING CORPORATION
EXHIBIT INDEX
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
<C> <S>
1.1<F*> Form of Underwriting Agreement among Conning Corporation (the "Company") and Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation and A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., as Representatives of the Several
Underwriters
2.1<F**> Contribution Agreement dated July 24, 1995 by and among the Company (formerly Conning Asset
Management Company), General American Life Insurance Company ("General American"), General
American Holding Company, Conning Asset Management Company (formerly General American Investment
Management Company) ("CAM"), Conning & Company, Conning, Inc. (formerly Conning Corporation) and
the Shareholders and Option Holders of the Company<FDAG>
3.1<F**> Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company
3.2<F**> Form of Amendment to Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company (to be filed subsequent to
completion of this offering)
3.3<F**> Bylaws of the Company
4.1<F**> See Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2
4.2<F**> See Exhibit 3.3
5.1<F*> Opinion of Legal Counsel
10.1<F**> Investment Advisory Agreement dated as of May 1, 1995 between General American and CAM relating to
General American's general account
10.2<F**> Investment Advisory Agreement dated as of July 2, 1990 between General American and CAM relating to
General American's separate accounts
10.3<F**> Investment Advisory Agreement dated as of July 23, 1997 between General American Capital Company and
CAM
10.4<F**> Lease Agreement dated as of July 31, 1996 between General American and CAM<FDAG>
10.5 Sublease effective as of July 19, 1995 between General American and CAM
10.6<F**> Administrative Services Agreement effective as of August 11, 1995 between the Company and General
American
10.7<F**> Tax Sharing Agreement effective as of July 24, 1995 between the Company, CAM and General American
10.8<F**> Amended and Restated Shareholders' Agreement effective as of November 22, 1996 among the Company,
General American, General American Holding Company, and the Shareholders and Option Holders of the
Company
10.9<F*> Registration Rights Agreement dated as of ----------------, 1997 among the Company and certain of
its Shareholders
10.10<F**> Tax Allocation and Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of June 12, 1997 between the Company, Conning,
Inc., Conning & Company, CAM and General American Mutual Holding Company
10.11<F**> Form of Employment Agreement dated August 11, 1995 between the Company (formerly Conning Asset
Management Company), Conning & Company and Employee, including Messrs. Hansen and Schpero
10.12<F*> Employment Agreement dated August 11, 1995 between the Company and Leonard M. Rubenstein
10.13<F**> Employment Agreement dated August 11, 1995 between the Company (formerly Conning Asset Management
Company), Conning & Company and Maurice W. Slayton
II-5
<PAGE> 126
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT INDEX (CONTINUED)
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
<C> <S>
10.14<FDDAG> Software License Agreement effective as of January 27, 1996 among CAM, General American and SS&C
Technologies, Inc. (formerly Securities, Software & Consulting Inc.)
10.15<F**> 1995 Flexible Stock Plan
10.16<F**> 1996 Flexible Stock Plan
10.17<F*> 1997 Flexible Stock Plan
10.18 Form of Incentive Stock Option Award and Terms and Conditions under 1995 Flexible Stock Plan
10.19<F**> Form of Incentive Stock Option Award and Terms and Conditions under 1996 Flexible Stock Plan
10.20<F*> Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award and Terms and Conditions under 1997 Flexible Stock Plan
10.21<F**> Office Lease dated August 22, 1989 among Hartford CityPlace L.L.C., Conning, Inc. and Conning &
Company, as amended as of June 30, 1997
10.22<F**> Venture Carried Interests Allocation Plan, as amended
10.23<F*> Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of Conning Investment Partners Limited Partner-
ship III, as amended
10.24 Limited Liability Company Agreement of Conning Connecticut Investors, L.L.C.
10.25 Limited Liability Company Agreement of Conning Investment Partners II, L.L.C.
10.26 Limited Liability Company Agreement of Conning Investment Partners V, L.L.C., dated as of October
31, 1997
10.27<F*> Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 12, 1997 among the Company, General American and
General American Holding Company
11.1 Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings
21.1<F**> Subsidiaries of the Company
23.1 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
23.2 Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP
23.3 Consent of Legal Counsel (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.4 Consent of Eager & Associates
23.5<F**> Consent of OneSource Information Services, Inc.
24.1<F**> Power of Attorney
27.1<F**> Financial Data Schedule
27.2<F**> Financial Data Schedule
<FN>
- --------
<F*> To be filed by amendment
<F**> Previously filed
<FDAG> Schedules omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2) of the
Commission. The registrant hereby undertakes to furnish such schedules
to the Commission supplementally upon request.
<FDDAG> Incorporated by reference from Exhibit No. 10.15 to the Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-3094) filed by SS&C Technologies, Inc.
Pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act, confidential treatment
has been requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit.
Omitted portions will be filed separately with the Commission.
</TABLE>
II-6
<PAGE> 127
APPENDIX
Pages 23 and 27 contain bar graphs. The information contained in the
graphs are presented in a tabular format that may be processed by the EDGAR
system.
<PAGE> 1
SUBLEASE
--------
THIS SUBLEASE (the "Sublease") is effective as of July 19, 1995
(the "Effective Date"), between General American Life Insurance Company, a
Missouri corporation ("Sublessor"), and General American Investment
Management Company ("GAIMCO"), a Missouri corporation ("Sublessee").
RECITALS
--------
A. Pursuant to certain leases (individually a "Master Lease"
and collectively the "Master Leases"), various landlords (each a "Master
Lessor" and collectively the "Master Lessors") leased to Sublessor certain
spaces (each a "Master Lease Space" and collectively the "Master Lease
Spaces").
B. Sublessee desires to sublease from Sublessor, and Sublessor
desires to sublet to Sublessee certain spaces (each a "Space" and
collectively the "Spaces") which constitute the Master Lease Spaces. The
Spaces are described on Exhibit A attached hereto.
---------
IN CONSIDERATION OF THE ABOVE, Sublessor and Sublessee agree as
follows:
1. Demise. Sublessor hereby subleases and demises to
------
Sublessee and Sublessee hereby takes and hires from Sublessor the Spaces,
subject to the provisions hereinafter set forth.
2. Term. The initial term of this Sublease (the "Initial
----
Term") shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall expire, with respect
to each particular Space listed on Exhibit A, at midnight on the day prior
---------
to the expiration date of the current term of the Master Lease, unless such
Master Lease is earlier terminated.
This Sublease may be terminated with respect to one or more
Spaces at any time by 90 days advance written notice by the Sublessee to the
Sublessor at the address for notices provided herein. Upon expiration of the
Initial Term of this Sublease and any extension or renewal thereof (the
"Expiration Date"), Sublessor and Sublessee shall be released from all
liabilities and obligations hereunder except as may be expressly provided
herein.
3. Condition and Use of Spaces. Sublessee accepts the
---------------------------
Spaces from Sublessor in their present condition and acknowledges that Sublessor
shall not be required to make any improvements or alterations to the Spaces.
Sublessor represents and warrants that it has asserted no claim of default on
the part of any Master Lessor under any Master Lease and that, to the best of
its knowledge, no default has occurred and is continuing on the part of any
Master Lessor under any Master Lease. Sublessor further represents and
warrants that it has received no notice alleging default by it from any
Master Lessor and that it has performed all of its obligations to be
performed by Sublessor under each Master Lease. Sublessor agrees that as
1
<PAGE> 2
between itself and Sublessee, Sublessee shall have the benefit of all claims
and warranties inuring to the benefit of Sublessor in respect of the Spaces,
if any.
4. Rent and Other Charges. During the Initial Term of this
----------------------
Sublease, Sublessee shall pay rent ("Rent") and all other amounts in
accordance with the terms of the Master Leases to Sublessor, at the address
for notices provided herein, in lawful money of the United States, in monthly
payments in advance on or before the first day of each month, as specified in
the Master Leases with respect to each Space listed on Exhibit A.
---------
5. Surrender of Spaces. Upon the Expiration Date or earlier
-------------------
termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall (a) surrender the Spaces to
Sublessor in good condition and repair, broom-clean, ordinary wear and tear
and casualty loss or loss by condemnation excepted and otherwise in the
condition required by the Master Lease, and (b) to the extent required of
Sublessor or Sublessee under corresponding Master Leases, repair any damage
to the Spaces occasioned by the removal of Sublessee's trade fixtures,
furnishings, equipment and personal property which Sublessee may remove under
the terms of such Master Leases.
6. Subordination. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 25
-------------
hereof, this Sublease is subject and subordinate to each Master Lease and to
all matters to which such Master Leases are subject and subordinate.
7. Indemnification. Sublessor shall defend, indemnify and
---------------
hold Sublessee harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities,
claims, causes of action, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys'
fees and expert witnesses' fees) arising or resulting from (i) any
intentional or negligent act or omission of Sublessor or Sublessor's
officers, agents, employees, contractors, invitees or licensees (collectively
"Sublessor's Agents"), occurring or accruing during the term of this Sublease
and/or (ii) any breach occurring or accruing on or after the Effective Date
by Sublessor or Sublessor's Agents of any term, condition or covenant under
this Sublease or any breach of any term, condition or covenant under the
Master Leases occurring or accruing during the term of this Sublease, except
to the extent incorporated herein as an obligation of Sublessee. In case any
action or proceeding is brought against Sublessee by reason of any such
claim, Sublessor, upon written notice from Sublessee, shall, at Sublessor's
expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably
approved by Sublessee. Sublessee shall defend, indemnify and hold Sublessor
harmless from and against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, causes of
action, damages, costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees and expert
witnesses' fees) arising or resulting from (i) any intentional or negligent
act or omission of Sublessee or Sublessee's officers, agents, employees,
contractors, invitees or licensees (collectively "Sublessee's Agents"),
occurring or accruing during the term of this Sublease, and/or (ii) any
breach occurring or accruing on or after the Effective Date by Sublessee or
Sublessee's Agents of any term, condition or covenant under this Sublease or
under the Master Leases to the extent incorporated herein as applying to
Sublessee, and/or (iii) any intentional or negligent act or omission of
Sublessee or Sublessee's Agents which constitutes a breach or creates an
obligation for reimbursement or indemnification on Sublessor's part to one or
more Master Lessors under the terms of the Master Leases. In case any action
or proceeding
2
<PAGE> 3
is brought against Sublessor by reason of any such claim, Sublessee, upon
written notice from Sublessor, shall, at Sublessee's expense, resist or defend
such action or proceeding by counsel reasonably approved by Sublessor. The
foregoing indemnities in this Paragraph 7 shall survive the expiration,
cancellation or termination of this Sublease.
8. Insurance. The Sublessee shall maintain at its expense
---------
throughout the term of this Sublease, insurance against loss or liability in
connection with bodily injury, death, property damage or destruction,
occurring within the Spaces or arising out of the use thereof by the
Sublessee or its agents, employees, officers, invitees, visitors and guests,
under one or more policies of general public liability insurance affording
Sublessor protection in an amount not less than the amount of such insurance
maintained by Sublessor pursuant to the terms of the Master Leases. Each
such policy shall (a) name as the insureds thereunder, as their interests may
appear, the Sublessor and the Sublessee, (b) by its terms, be cancelable or
materially altered only on at least thirty (30) days' prior written notice to
Sublessor, and (c) be issued by an insurer of recognized responsibility
licensed to issue such policy in the state in which the Spaces are located,
and rated at least A by Best's Key Rating Guide for Property Liability or
otherwise as may be acceptable to Sublessor. To the extent Master Lessor
under the Master Lease may require Sublessee separately to provide any
evidence of insurance benefiting or naming Master Lessor as a named or
additional insured, Sublessee shall promptly upon request of Sublessor cause
such evidence of insurance to be issued and delivered to Master Lessor. Any
waiver of subrogation rights provided in the Master Lease shall not apply
between the parties hereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Paragraph 8, Sublessee shall not be required to carry any
insurance in excess of the amount of insurance coverage required to be
maintained by Sublessor under the Master Leases.
Sublessee and Sublessor each hereby relieve the other, and waive
their entire right of recovery against the other for loss or damage arising
out of or incident to the perils insured against by either party to the
extent of insurance proceeds actually received, which perils occur in, on or
about the Spaces or the Master Lease Spaces, whether due to the negligence of
Sublessor or Sublessee or their agents, employees, contractors and/or
invitees. Sublessee and Sublessor shall give notice to their insurance
carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is
contained in this Sublease.
9. Other Provisions. Except for the paragraphs of the
----------------
Master Lease which relate to (i) the payment of rent, (ii) the term of the
Lease, (iii) any options to purchase the Master Lease Spaces, renew any Master
Lease or expand the Master Lease Spaces, (iv) any rights to assignment and
subletting, and (v) personal property or public liability insurance to be
carried by Sublessor covering the Master Lease Spaces, and to the extent not
otherwise consistent with the agreements and understandings expressed
elsewhere in this Sublease or applicable only to the original parties to the
Master Leases, the provisions of the Master Leases are hereby incorporated
herein by reference on the following understandings:
(a) The term "premises" (or other word of similar import)
as used therein shall refer to the Spaces.
3
<PAGE> 4
(b) The terms "tenant" or "lessee" (or other word of
similar import) as used therein shall refer to Sublessee.
(c) The terms "lessor", "landlord" or "owner" (or other
word of similar import) as used therein shall refer to Sublessor.
(d) Sublessee acknowledges that the applicable Master
Lessors and not Sublessor shall be responsible for any work, services,
repairs, utilities, common areas, repainting and restoration or the
performance of other obligations required of or imposed upon Master Lessor
under each Master Lease. Sublessor agrees to deliver to such Master Lessor
any request relating to such services if requested to do so by Sublessee, or
Sublessee may make such requests directly of such Master Lessor if Sublessee
so elects. Sublessee shall perform such maintenance and repairs with respect
to the Spaces as required to be performed by Sublessor under applicable
Master Leases. To the extent that each Master Lease permits any right of
self help, Sublessee may exercise such right of self-help with respect to the
corresponding Space.
(e) Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 9,
Sublessor and Sublessee shall perform and comply with the provisions of the
Master Leases incorporated herein with respect to the Spaces to be performed
by, respectively, the "landlord" and "tenant" (or like words of similar
import) thereunder. Accordingly, Sublessee hereby assumes and agrees to
perform all of the obligations of the "tenant" under the Master Leases
accruing or arising during the term of this Sublease in the manner and within
the time required under the Master Leases as if the Spaces were the only
space demised under the Master Leases. Sublessee and Sublessor each further
covenant that it will neither commit, nor permit to be committed by any third
party, any act or omission which would violate any material term or condition
of the Master Leases to be performed by it or on its behalf, nor be cause for
termination of any Master Lease by a Master Lessor. Sublessee's obligations
hereunder are to Sublessor and Sublessee shall have no duties or obligations
to any Master Lessors under the Master Leases, except as may otherwise be
agreed to between Sublessee and a Master Lessor or as specifically provided
in the Master Leases.
(f) In the event of a default by a Master Lessor under a
Master Lease, Sublessor agrees that Sublessee may at Sublessee's option
institute an action for enforcement of Sublessor's rights under such Master
Lease in the name, place and stead of Sublessor.
10. Sublessee's Sign. If any Master Lease contains
----------------
limitations on the number of signs that may be placed on the corresponding
Master Lease Space, such right shall be allocated between the parties on a
proportionate basis with respect to each party's relative square footage of use.
Notwithstanding the above, Sublessee's rights to install and maintain a sign
on the any Space shall be limited to the provisions of the corresponding
Master Lease and shall otherwise be conditioned upon receipt of prior written
consent of the applicable Master Lessor if so required under the terms of the
Master Lease.
4
<PAGE> 5
11. Assignment and Subletting. Subject to obtaining any
-------------------------
consents required under the Master Leases, Sublessee shall obtain Sublessor's
prior written consent to any assignment or subletting, which consent shall
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Sublessee shall not have the right to assign this Sublease or sublet all or
any portion of a Space without first obtaining the prior written consent of
the applicable Master Lessor where such consent is required under the terms
of the Master Lease. No assignment of this Sublease (whether or not
Sublessor's consent is required) shall relieve Sublessee of its obligations
hereunder.
Each assignee of this Sublease shall assume all obligations of
Sublessee under this Sublease and shall be and remain liable jointly and
severally with Sublessee for the payment of Rent, and for the performance of
all the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on
Sublessee's part to be performed. No assignment shall be binding on
Sublessor unless the assignee or Sublessee shall deliver to Sublessor a
counterpart of the assignment and an instrument in recordable form that
contains a covenant of assumption by the assignee reasonably satisfactory in
substance and form to Sublessor, consistent with the requirements of this
paragraph, but the failure or refusal of the assignee to execute such
instrument of assumption shall not release or discharge the assignee from its
liability as set forth above.
12. Options to Renew. Sublessor shall have no obligation,
----------------
and Sublessee shall have no right or power, to exercise any option to renew or
extend the term of the Master Lease.
13. Notices. Any notice, demand, consent or approval,
-------
request or other communication or document to be provided pursuant to this
Sublease shall be in writing and shall be sent by registered or certified United
States mail, return receipt requested, or by personal delivery during normal
business hours with evidence of delivery requested, with all postage and fees
prepaid, to Sublessor or Sublessee, respectively, at the following addresses,
or at such other address as such party shall designate by written notice to
the other party. Such addresses are:
SUBLESSOR:
General American Life Insurance Company
700 Market Street
St. Louis, MO 63101
Attn: Real Estate Department
SUBLESSEE:
General American Investment Management Company
(at the address of the Space or at such other place as
Sublessee may from time to time designate by notice
to Sublessor)
5
<PAGE> 6
Such notices shall be deemed to have been received and to be effective for
all purposes upon receipt or refusal to accept delivery at such address as
indicated on the return receipt or other record of delivery.
14. No Oral Agreements. There are no oral agreements or
------------------
understandings between the parties hereto affecting this Sublease. This
Sublease cannot be changed or terminated orally but only by an agreement in
writing signed by the party against whom enforcement or any waiver, change,
modification or discharge is sought.
15. Governing Law. This Sublease shall be governed and
-------------
construed, as to each of the respective Spaces, in accordance with the laws
of the state in which each such Space is located.
16. Incorporation of Exhibit(s). The Exhibit(s) attached
---------------------------
hereto is (are) incorporated herein by this reference.
17. Consent. When consent or approval of either Sublessor or
-------
Sublessee is required by any provision of this Sublease or of the Master
Lease to the extent incorporated herein, such consent or approval shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed (unless otherwise expressly provided in
this Sublease or in the Master Leases as incorporated herein). Neither
Sublessor nor Sublessee shall take or omit to take any action requiring a
Master Lessor's consent under a Master Lease without first obtaining such
consent in accordance with the terms of the Master Lease. Upon request of
Sublessee, Sublessor will request a Master Lessor's consent to any action or
omission of Sublessee for which such consent is required.
18. Parties Not Relieved of Liability. No assignment of this
---------------------------------
Sublease or subletting of the Spaces, in whole or in part, as provided in
this Sublease, shall relieve either Sublessor or Sublessee of its obligations
under this Sublease.
19. Severability. If any provision of this Sublease is
------------
determined to be unenforceable for any reason, it shall be modified rather
than voided, if possible, in order to achieve the intent of Sublessor and
Sublessee to the extent possible. In any event, the remaining provisions
shall be deemed valid and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.
20. Notice of Default. Sublessor and Sublessee shall,
-----------------
respectively, promptly give written notice to the other of any notice of
default they may receive from the Master Lessor under any Master Lease.
21. Attorney's Fees. In the event of any legal action or
---------------
proceeding to enforce the terms of this Sublease, the prevailing party shall
be entitled to recover its reasonable attorney's fees, costs and expenses.
22. No Third Party Beneficiary. This Sublease is intended to
--------------------------
confer benefits on Sublessee, Sublessor and their respective successors and
permitted assigns only, and is not
6
<PAGE> 7
intended to result in any rights or benefits to any third party, including
without limitation, any Master Lessor. Nothing contained in this Sublease shall
be construed to create privity of estate or of contract between Sublessee and
any Master Lessor.
23. Effectiveness. This Sublease shall be binding against
-------------
Sublessor and Sublessee effective as of the Effective Date hereof. Sublessor
agrees to seek the consent of the Master Lessors to this Sublease were
required to do so by the terms of particular Master Leases. In the event
that subsequent to the Effective Date Sublessor delivers written notice to
Sublessee that Sublessor has been unable to obtain the consent of one or more
Master Lessors to this Sublease, this Sublease shall be null and void as to
the corresponding Spaces, and neither party shall have any obligation to the
other hereunder with respect to such Spaces, except that Sublessee shall
vacate and surrender such Spaces to Sublessor in the same condition delivered
to Sublessee, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Sublessor shall permit Sublessee to negotiate with any Master
Lessor regarding any changes to the form of consent agreement required by
such Master Lessor, provided such provisions do not modify or impair any
rights or duties of Sublessor under the applicable Master Lease or this
Sublease.
The effectiveness of this Sublease shall be further conditioned,
at Sublessee's option, on Sublessee's receipt from each Master Lessor,
concurrently with such Master Lessor's consent to this Sublease, of (i) an
estoppel letter verifying that the Lease provided separately by Sublessor to
Sublessee and identified by Sublessor as the Master Lease in effect with
respect to such Master Lessor is a true and complete copy of the applicable
Master Lease, and that no default has occurred and is continuing on the part
of Sublessor thereunder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement
as of the day and year first above written.
SUBLESSOR:
GENERAL AMERICAN LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
By: /s/ Matthew P. McCauley
----------------------------------------------
Name: Matthew P. McCauley
--------------------------------------------
Title: Vice President
-------------------------------------------
SUBLESSEE:
By: /s/ Leonard M. Rubenstein
----------------------------------------------
Name: Leonard M. Rubenstein
--------------------------------------------
Title: Chief Executive Officer
-------------------------------------------
7
<PAGE> 8
EXHIBIT A
SPACE LOCATIONS
ADDRESS
- -------
315 E Robinson Street
Orlando, Florida, Suite 275
5400 LBJ Freeway
Dallas, Texas, Suite 945
3000 Executive Parkway, Building Q
San Ramon, California, Suite 212
3295 River Exchange Drive
Norcross, Georgia, Suite 185
300 Park Boulevard
Itasca, Illinois, Suite 290
8
<PAGE> 1
CONNING ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD
Name of Option Recipient: <<name>>
On August 11, 1995, the Company awarded you a stock option. You were
granted an option to buy 100 shares of the Company's Class B Non-Voting
Common Stock at the price of $5.33 per share.
You may purchase shares under the option as follows:
Number of May be Purchased
Shares Not Before Not After
--------- ----------------------------------
20 August 11, 1996 August 11, 2005
20 August 11, 1997 August 11, 2005
20 August 11, 1998 August 11, 2005
20 August 11, 1999 August 11, 2005
20 August 11, 2000 August 11, 2005
Upon an initial public offering of any class of the Company's
capital stock, you may purchase all of the shares under this option.
IMPORTANT: By signing below, you agree to be bound by, and acknowledge
receipt of, the attached Terms and Conditions of this Incentive Stock Option
Award and the Conning Asset Management Company 1995 Flexible Stock Plan.
CONNING ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY
Read and agreed
to this 11th day of
August, 1995.
By:
------------------------------------
Name: Leonard M. Rubenstein
- ------------------------------ Title: Chief Executive Officer
<<name>>
<PAGE> 2
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
--------------------
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD GRANTED UNDER
------------------------------------------
CONNING ASSET MANAGEMENT COMPANY
--------------------------------
1995 FLEXIBLE STOCK PLAN
------------------------
1. Definitions
-----------
(a) Committee The committee of directors (or, in certain cases,
---------
their designees) which administers the Stock Option
Plan.
(b) Company Conning Asset Management Company, a Missouri
-------
corporation.
(c) IPO An initial public offering of any class of the
---
Company's capital stock.
(d) Option The option granted by the Option Award.
------
(e) Option Award The Incentive Stock Option Award to which the
------------
Terms and Conditions are attached together with, except
where the context requires otherwise, these Terms and
Conditions.
(f) Participant The recipient of an Option Award. Each Participant
-----------
must be employed by the Company or Affiliate of the
Company and otherwise satisfy the requirements of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended ("Code").
(g) Shareholders' That certain shareholder's agreement dated August
-------------
Agreement 11, 1995, by and among the Company, General American
---------
Life Insurance Company, General American Holding
Company and certain individuals.
(h) Stock Option Plan The Conning Asset Management Company 1995 Flexible
-----------------
Plan, as amended.
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
given to such terms by the Stock Option Plan.
2. Evidence of Option Grant and Incentive Stock Option
---------------------------------------------------
-1-
<PAGE> 3
The Option Award evidences a grant to the Participant of an
Option to purchase that number of shares ("Optioned Shares") of the par value
$.01 per share Class B Non-Voting Common Stock of the Company ("Stock") set
forth on the Option Award. The Participant may exercise the Option as shown
on the Option Award, except that upon the occurrence of an IPO, the Option
shall become exercisable in its entirety. In no event shall the Option or
any part of the Option be exercisable after August, 2005 (the "Option
Expiration Date"). The Option is intended to constitute an "Incentive Stock
Option", as defined in Section 422 of the Code.
3. Exercise of Option
------------------
The Option shall be exercised by the Participant delivering a
written notice of exercise to the Company's Secretary. This notice shall
specify the number of Optioned Shares the Participant then desires to
purchase.
4. Payment of Option Price
-----------------------
Payment for the Shares purchased under the Option shall be made
to the Company either:
(a) in cash (including cashier's check, bank draft or money
order); or
(b) by the tender to the Company of shares owned by the
Participant having a Fair Market Value equal to the Option
price;
(c) in cash, but by means of a so-called "cashless exercise"; or
(d) by any combination of cash and Shares.
In addition to the foregoing methods of payment, payment of the Option price
may, at the discretion of the Committee, be made in whole or in part in other
property, rights and credits, including the Participant's promissory note.
-2-
<PAGE> 4
5. Form of Notice of Exercise
--------------------------
The Participant's notice as required by Section 3 shall be signed
by the Participant and shall be in substantially the following form with
appropriate adjustments depending on how the Option price is paid:
"I hereby exercise my Option to purchase ---------- Shares in
accordance with my Option Award dated --------, 19--, granted under the
Company's 1995 Flexible Stock Plan, as amended.
The aggregate Option price of the Shares I am purchasing is
$-----------. I hereby tender in payment of such price the following:
(a) my cashier's check, bank draft or money order made payable
to the Company in the amount of $----------; and/or
(b) ------- Shares having a Fair Market Value of $----------.
I have forwarded to you under separate cover a stock power (with
signature guaranteed) authorizing you to transfer my ------- Shares as per
the requirements of this letter and my Option Award.
I hereby represent to the Company that I own the --------- Shares
delivered herewith free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and that I
have the full and lawful right to transfer such Shares to the Company.
If the Shares purchased have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, I hereby further represent to the Company that I
am acquiring the -------- Shares that I am purchasing solely for
investment and solely for my own account and that I have no present
intention of selling or offering for sale any of such Shares to any other
person or persons."
6. Stock Certificates
------------------
Upon the exercise of the Option solely for cash or cash and
property (other than Stock), rights and/or credits specifically permitted
by the Committee, the Participant shall be entitled to one Stock
certificate evidencing the Shares acquired upon exercise. However, if the
-3-
<PAGE> 5
Participant delivers Stock of the Company when exercising the Option,
then the Participant shall be entitled to two or three certificates.
If the number of Shares tendered is less than or equal to the
number required to pay for all of the Shares purchased, then the Participant
shall be entitled to receive two certificates. One certificate shall
represent a number of Shares equal to the number of Shares delivered by the
Participant. The second certificate shall represent the additional Shares
acquired by the Participant upon the exercise of the Option.
If the number of Shares tendered is more than the number required
to pay for all of the Shares purchased, then the Participant shall be
entitled to receive three certificates, one for the portion of the number of
Shares purchased which is equal to the number of tendered Shares applied to
exercise the Option, a second for the remainder of the number of Shares
purchased upon exercise of the Option, and a third for the number of Shares
tendered which were not applied to purchase the Shares pursuant to the
Option.
7. Legends on Certificates
-----------------------
The certificate or certificates to be issued under Section 6
shall be issued as soon as practicable. Such certificate or certificates
shall contain thereon a legend in substantially the following form if the
Shares evidenced by such certificate have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended:
"The shares represented by this certificate have not been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any applicable state law.
They may not be offered for sale, sold, transferred or pledged without
(1) registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and any applicable state
law, or (2) at holder's expense, an opinion (satisfactory to the Company)
that registration is not required."
-4-
<PAGE> 6
The certificates shall also contain such other legends as may be appropriate
or required by law, such as a legend relating to any shareholders agreement
that may apply to the Shares.
8. Termination of Employment; Nonassignability
-------------------------------------------
8.1 Termination for Cause or Voluntary Quit. If, on or after
---------------------------------------
the date that the Option shall have first become exercisable, the
Participant's employment shall be terminated by the Participant prior to age
65, or by the Company for "Cause", as defined below, the Participant shall
have the right, within 3 months after such termination (but not later than
the Option Expiration Date), to exercise such Option to the extent that such
Option or any installment thereof shall have accrued at the date of such
termination of employment and shall not have been exercised. In the event of
Participant's death during such 3 month (or shorter) period, the provisions
of Section 8.4 shall apply. For purposes of these Terms and Conditions,
"Cause" shall have the meaning given such term in Participant's employment
agreement with the Company, as in effect from time to time.
8.2 Disability. If, on or after the date that the Option
----------
shall first have become exercisable, the Participant's employment shall be
terminated for disability (as such term is defined at Section 422(c)(6) of
the Code), the Participant shall have the right, within 1 year after such
termination (but not later than the Option Expiration Date), to exercise such
Option to the extent that such Option or any installment thereof shall have
accrued at the date of such termination of employment and shall not have been
exercised. In the event of Participant's death during such 1 year (or
shorter) period, the provisions of Section 8.4 shall apply.
8.3 Discharge Without Cause or Retirement. If the
-------------------------------------
Participant's employment shall be terminated by the Company without Cause or
by the Participant on or after his
-5-
<PAGE> 7
attainment of age 65, all installments of the Option granted hereunder shall
become immediately exercisable (if not already exercisable), and the Participant
shall have the right, within 3 months after such termination (but not later than
the Option Expiration Date), to exercise such Option to the extent that such
Option or any installment thereof shall not have been exercised. In the event
of the Participant's death during such 3 month (or shorter) period, the
provisions of Section 8.4 shall apply.
8.4 Death. If a Participant shall die within the 3 month (or
-----
shorter) period referred to in Section 8.1 or Section 8.3, the 1 year (or
shorter) period referred to in Section 8.2, or while in the employ of the
Company or an Affiliate on or after the date that the Option shall have first
become exercisable, the beneficiary designed pursuant to Section 8.6 hereof,
or, if no such designation is in effect, the personal representative of the
estate of the decedent or the person or persons to whom the Option shall have
been validly transferred by such personal representative pursuant to will or
the laws of descent and distribution, shall have the right, within 1 year
from the date of the Participant's death (but no later than the Option
Expiration Date), to exercise the Participant's Option to the extent that
such Option or any installment thereof shall have accrued at the date of
death and shall not have been exercised. No transfer of the Option shall be
effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished
with written notice of such transfer and a copy of the will and/or such other
evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the
transfer. No transfer shall be effective without the acceptance by the
transferee of the terms and conditions of such Option.
8.5 Option Not Vested. Except provided in Section 8.3, if the
-----------------
Participant's employment shall terminate before the Option shall have first
become exercisable, or before any
-6-
<PAGE> 8
installment or installments are exercisable, then the Participant's full
interest in the Option or such installment or installments, as the case may be,
shall terminate and all rights thereunder shall cease.
8.6 Non-Transferability of Rights; Designation of Beneficiaries.
-----------------------------------------------------------
The Option shall not be transferable by the Participant otherwise than by will
or the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in this Section 8.6.
During the lifetime of the Participant the Option shall be exercisable only by
the Participant.
The Participant, however, may file with the Company a written
designation of a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise, in the event of
death of the Participant, the Option granted hereunder, subject to all of the
provisions of this Section 8. A Participant may from time to time revoke or
change any such designation of beneficiary and any designation of beneficiary
under the Plan shall be controlling over any other disposition, testamentary
or otherwise; provided, however, that if the Committee shall be in doubt as
to the right of any such beneficiary to exercise the Option, the Committee
may determine to recognize only an exercise by the personal representative of
the estate of the Participant, in which case the Company, the Committee and
the members thereof shall not be under any further liability to anyone.
8.7 Limitation on Extensions. Certain provisions hereof extend
------------------------
the date by which the Option must otherwise be exercised under the provisions
of Section 1 and the Option Award. Notwithstanding those provisions herein
which otherwise extend the time period in which the Option must be exercised,
no extension may extend the Option later than the day immediately preceding
the tenth annual anniversary date of the date hereof.
9. Withholding
-----------
-7-
<PAGE> 9
The Company or any Affiliate that employs the Participant shall
have the right to deduct any sums that federal, state or local tax law
requires to be withheld with respect to the exercise of the Option, or as
otherwise may be required by such laws. The Company or any such Affiliate
may require as a condition to issuing Stock upon the exercise of the Option
that the Participant or other person exercising the Option pay any sum that
federal, state or local tax law requires to be withheld with respect to such
exercise. In the alternative, the Participant or other person exercising the
Option, may elect to pay such sums to the Company or the Affiliate delivering
written notice of that election to the Company's Secretary prior to or
concurrently with exercise. There is no obligation that the Participant be
advised of the existence of the tax or the amount which the employer
corporation will be so required to withhold.
10. Changes in Capital Structure
----------------------------
If there is any change in the capital structure of the Company,
or if there shall be any dividend upon the Stock, payable in Stock, or of
there shall be a Stock split, spin-off, split-up, spin-out, recapitalization,
merger, consolidation, reorganization, combination or exchange of shares, the
maximum aggregate number of shares with respect to which Options may be
exercised hereunder and the number and the Option Price of the shares of
Stock with respect to which the Option has been granted hereunder, shall be
proportionately adjusted by the Committee as it deems equitable, in its
absolute discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of the
Participant. The issuance of Stock for consideration and the issuance of
Stock rights shall not be considered a change in the Company's capital
structure. No adjustment provided for in this section shall require the
issuance of any fractional shares.
11. Stock Option Plan Controls
--------------------------
-8-
<PAGE> 10
The Option Award and these Terms and Conditions are subject to
all terms and provisions of the Stock Option Plan which is incorporated
herein by reference. In the event of any conflict, the Stock Option Plan
shall control over the Option Award and these Terms and Conditions.
12. Shareholders Agreement
----------------------
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Option Award and these
Terms and Conditions, the provisions of Sections 2, 5, and 7 of the
Shareholders Agreement shall be applicable to the Option as if the Stock
subject to the Option were Restricted Shares; provided, however, that the
provisions of Sections 2, 5 and 7 of the Shareholders Agreement shall only
apply to the number of Shares of Stock with respect to which the Option could
then be exercised; and provided further, the purchase price shall be reduced
by the amount of the exercise price.
-9-
<PAGE> 1
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
CONNING CONNECTICUT INVESTORS, L.L.C.
THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as of
this 28th day of December 1995, is made by and among those individuals,
firms, corporations and other entities listed in Schedule A hereto and any
----------
additional parties who execute a counterpart to this Agreement (such
individuals and any additional parties admitted to the limited liability
company formed hereby after the effective date of this Agreement, being
referred to herein as the "Members"). The Members agree to form and carry on
a limited liability company (the "Company") subject to the terms of this
Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act, Del. Code Ann. Sections 18-101 through 18-1107 (1992), as amended
(the "LLC Act").
ARTICLE I
FIRM NAME; REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT; PURPOSES
1.1 FIRM NAME; REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT. The name of the Company
is CONNING CONNECTICUT INVESTORS, L.L.C. (the "Company"). The principal
office of the Company shall be located initially at CityPlace II, 185 Asylum
Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-4105. The initial address of the
Company's registered office in Delaware is: c/o Prentice-Hall Corporation
Systems, Inc., 32 Lookerman Square, Suite L-130, Dover, County of Kent,
Delaware 19901. The Company's initial registered agent at such address for
service of process is Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
1.2 PURPOSE; POWERS. The Company is formed for the principal purpose of
serving as the general partner of Conning Connecticut Insurance Fund, L.P.
(the "Fund") and to engage in any lawful business or other activity permitted
under the LLC Act. The Company shall have all powers available to it as a
limited liability company under the LLC Act.
ARTICLE II
MEMBERS & INTERESTS
2.1 IDENTIFICATION. Each Member shall have an interest in the Company
(an "Interest") represented by his or its capital subscription ("Subscription")
to the Company, and with respect to such Interest, shall be entitled to a
percentage share in respect of certain Company allocations and distributions
to be made hereunder (a "Percentage Interest"). The names and addresses of
the Members, their respective Subscriptions and Percentage Interests are set
forth on Schedule A hereto.
----------
2.2 INTERESTS. Company Interests have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, and therefore may not be sold or otherwise
transferred unless they are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or an
exemption from registration is available. Each Member shall be entitled to
have a certificate representing his interest in the
<PAGE> 2
- 2 -
Company, signed by, or in the name of the Company by the appropriate officer
or officers of the Company. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate
may be a facsimile. In case any officer, who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be an
officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company
with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue. The
Manager Member may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in
place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Company
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and as a condition precedent
thereof, require the owner of such certificate to give the Company indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect to the
lost, stolen or destroyed certificate.
2.3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. No Member shall be liable under a
judgment, decree or order of any court, or in any other manner, for a debt,
obligation or liability of the Company, except as provided by law or as
specifically provided otherwise herein. No Member shall be required to make
any contribution to the Company by reason of any negative balance in the
Member's Capital Account, except as specifically provided otherwise herein,
nor shall any negative balance in a Member's Capital Account create any
liability on the part of the Member to any third party.
2.4 VOTING. Except as may otherwise be provided by this Agreement or
the Certificate of Formation, the Company Interests shall vote together as a
single class on all matters to be voted on by Members. Whenever action is
required or permitted by this Agreement to be taken by a specified percentage
in interest of the Members, such action shall be deemed to be valid if taken
by written vote or written consent, or by vote or consent at a meeting, by
those Members whose Percentage Interests as reflected in Schedule A hereto
represent the specified percentage of the aggregate Percentage Interests of
all Members at the time, except as specifically provided otherwise herein.
ARTICLE III
MANAGER MEMBER
3.1 MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF THE COMPANY. Conning & Company, a
Connecticut corporation and a Member of the Company, shall act and serve as
the sole manager of the Company ("Manager Member"). Subject to the
provisions of this Agreement, the management, policies and control of the
Company shall be vested exclusively in the Manager Member.
3.2 POWERS. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Manager
Member shall have the power on behalf and in the name of the Company to carry
out and implement any and all of the purposes of the Company and to exercise
any of the powers of the Company, including, without limitation, the power
to:
(i) open, maintain and close accounts with brokers and give
instructions or directions in connection therewith;
(ii) open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or
other orders for the payment of money;
<PAGE> 3
- 3 -
(iii) receive, receipt for and dispose of and deal in all
securities, checks, money and other assets or liabilities of the
Company;
(iv) hire employees or retain investment bankers, attorneys,
accountants, consultants, custodians, contractors and other agents,
and pay them compensation;
(v) execute on behalf of the Company, any agreement between the
Company and the Fund or any amendment or termination thereof;
(vi) enter into, make and perform such contracts, agreements and
other undertakings, and do any and all such other acts required of
the Company or the Fund with respect to the Company's or the Fund's
interest in any corporation, partnership, limited partnership, trust,
association or other entity or activity, including but not limited to
entering into agreements with respect to such interests, which
agreements may contain such terms, conditions and provisions as the
Manager Member in its sole discretion shall approve;
(vii) make all elections for the Company that are permitted under
tax or other applicable laws, including, without limitation, an
election under Section 754 of the Code; and
(viii) maintain one or more offices within or without the
State of Connecticut and in connection therewith rent or acquire office space
and do such other acts as may be advisable in connection with the maintenance
of such offices; provided, however, that maintaining such offices, renting or
-------- -------
acquiring office space and doing any such other acts shall not affect the
limited liability of the Members as set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.
3.3 CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY. The Manager Member
shall file for record with the appropriate public authorities and, if
required, publish the Certificate of Formation of Limited Liability
Company of the Company and any amendments thereto, and shall take all
such other action as may be required to preserve the limited liability
of the Members in any jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct
its activities. In addition, the Manager Member shall execute and file
all requisite documents and instruments to enable the Company to
qualify to do business as a foreign limited liability company in
Connecticut and in each other jurisdiction for which such qualification
may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the
Company.
3.4 DUTY OF CARE. The Manager Member shall exercise its best judgment
in conducting the Company's operations and in performing its other duties
hereunder. The Manager Member shall not incur any liability to the Company,
any Member or any other Person for any loss suffered by the Company or such
other Member or Person which arises out of any action or omission of the
Manager Member or any Affiliate of the Manager Member assisting the Manager
Member, at the Manager Member's request, in performing the Manager Member's
duties hereunder; provided, however that (i) the Manager Member or such
-------- ------
Affiliate of the Manager Member acted in good faith and in a
<PAGE> 4
- 4 -
manner such Person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or
proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person's conduct was
unlawful, and (ii) such course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence
or willful misconduct of the Manager Member or such Affiliate of the Manager
Member. No Affiliate of the Manager Member shall incur any liability to the
Company, any Member or any other Person for any loss suffered by the Company
or such other Member or Person which arises out of any action or omission of
the Manager Member, or out of any action or omission of such Affiliate of the
Manager Member taken or suffered by such Affiliate of the Manager Member in
the course of providing assistance to the Manager Member at the Manager
Member's request; provided, however, that (i) such Affiliate of the Manager
-------- -------
Member acted in good faith and in a manner such Affiliate of the Manager
Member reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of
the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe such Person's conduct was unlawful, and (ii) such
course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct
of such Affiliate of the Manager Member. No Affiliate of the Manager Member
shall be liable for any action taken or omitted by any other Affiliate of the
Manager Member unless such action or omission was taken or suffered by such
other Affiliate of the Manager Member while acting as an agent of such
Affiliate of the Manager Member and, with respect to such action or omission,
such other Affiliate of the Manager Member did not satisfy the requirements
of clauses (i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence. Neither the Manager
Member nor any Affiliate of the Manager Member shall be liable for the
negligence, whether of omission or commission, dishonesty or bad faith of any
employee, broker or other agent of the Company selected by the Manager Member
with reasonable care. The Manager Member and each Affiliate of the Manager
Member shall be fully protected and justified with respect to any action or
omission taken or suffered by any of them in good faith if such action or
omission is taken or suffered in reliance upon and in accordance with the
opinion or advice as to matters of law of legal counsel, or as to matters of
accounting of accountants, selected by any of them with reasonable care. In
addition, the Manager Member and each of its Affiliates shall be entitled to
indemnification by the Company to the extent provided in Article XIII hereof.
3.5 MANAGEMENT FEE; NO SALARY. The Manager Member shall receive and
be entitled to retain all Management Fee amounts payable and paid by the Fund
under Section 8.3 of the Partnership Agreement of the Fund, net of
Administrative Expenses required to be paid by the Company as General Partner
of the Fund under Section 8.1 of the Partnership Agreement. The Manager
Member shall receive no other amounts as salary or other compensation from
the Company, but shall be entitled to its share of allocations and
distributions made by the Company determined in the manner set forth herein.
3.6 TAX MATTERS MEMBER. The tax matters partner, as defined in
Section 6231 of the Code, of the Company shall be the Manager Member (the
"Tax Matters Member"). The Tax Matters Member shall not resign as Tax
Matters Member unless, on the effective date of such resignation, the Company
has designated another Member as Tax Matters Member and that Member has given
its consent in writing to its
<PAGE> 5
- 5 -
appointment as Tax Matters Member. The Tax Matters Member shall receive no
additional compensation from the Company for its services in that capacity,
but all expenses incurred by the Tax Matters Member in such capacity shall be
borne by the Company. The Tax Matters Member is authorized to employ such
accountants, attorneys and agents as it, in its sole discretion, determines
are necessary to or useful in the performance of its duties. Any Person who
serves as Tax Matters Member shall not be liable to the Company or to any
Member for any action it takes or fails to take as Tax Matters Member with
respect to any administrative or judicial proceeding involving "partnership
items" (as defined in Section 6231 of the Code) of the Company, unless such
action or failure to act constitutes a violation of the Manager Member's duty
of care set forth in Section 3.4.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICER COMMITTEES
4.1 OFFICERS. The Manager Member shall designate any of its officers
from time to time, and separately may appoint other Persons, including but
not limited to individual Members, to serve as officers of the Company, with
such officers of the Manager Member (and/or officers of the Company) to be
responsible for the general overall supervision of the business and affairs
of the Company. Any Person appointed as an officer of the Company shall have
such titles, terms of office and duties as the Manager Member may from time
to time determine, and such officers may include a president, one or more
vice presidents, a secretary and one or more assistant secretaries, a
treasurer and one or more assistant treasurers, a Chief Executive Officer and
a Chief Financial Officer. The officers of the Manager Member and such other
officers of the Company may sign any and all deeds, mortgages, bonds,
contracts or other instruments on behalf of the Company, except in cases
where the signing or execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by this
Agreement or by statute to some other agent of the Company; and, in general,
the officers of the Manager Member and the officers of the Company shall
perform all duties as may be prescribed by the Manager Member. All actions
of the Company, except amending the Certificate of Formation or this
Agreement or the admission of new Members and except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement or the Certificate of Formation, may be taken by the
appropriate officers of the Manager Member or the Company without obtaining
consent of the other Members.
4.2 ELECTION AND TENURE. The election and tenure of any officer of
the Manager Member shall be determined in accordance with the policies and
provisions of the Manager Member. Any officers of the Company shall be
designated by the Manager Member annually. Each officer shall hold office
from the date of officer designation until the next annual meeting or
designation, as the case may be, and until his successor shall have been
designated, unless the officer shall sooner resign or be removed. The
initial officers of the Company appointed by the Manager Member shall be:
<PAGE> 6
- 6 -
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Position
---- --------
<S> <C>
Maurice W. Slayton - Chief Executive Officer
John B. Clinton - President
Fred M. Schpero - Secretary
</TABLE>
4.3 RESIGNATIONS; REMOVAL; VACANCIES. Any officer of the Company may
resign at any time by giving written notice to the Manager Member, and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall
not be necessary to make it effective. Any officer may be removed at any
time by the Manager Member with or without cause. A vacancy in any officer
position may be filled by the Manager Member.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL; PERCENTAGE INTERESTS
5.1 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The Manager Member shall make capital
contributions to the Company as and when required to permit the Company to
satisfy its obligations as General Partner of the Fund. Each other Member
shall make capital contributions equal in amount to its Subscription upon
his, her or its admission to the Company. In addition, the Manager Member
has issued a demand promissory note to the order of the Company in the form
attached as Exhibit 1 hereto in order to provide additional capitalization of
---------
the Company with regard to the net worth standards applicable to the Company
under the Code in its capacity as the general partner of the Fund (the "Net
Worth Note"). The Manager Member agrees to advance to the Company any and
all amounts as may be called for from time to time under the Net Worth Note
and subject to the terms and conditions of the Net Worth Note, which amounts
shall be separate from and in addition to the capital contributions by the
Manager Member in respect of its Subscription and shall not be reflected in
the Capital Account of the Manager Member until and only to the extent
payment on the Net Worth Note is made.
5.2 NO INTEREST OR WITHDRAWALS. No interest shall accrue on any
capital contribution made by a Member, and no Member shall have the right to
withdraw or to be repaid any of his capital contributions so made, except as
specifically provided in this Agreement.
5.3 ADJUSTMENTS OF PERCENTAGE INTERESTS. The Manager Member, without
the consent of any Member, may at any time or from time to time increase the
Percentage Interest of any Member by reduction of the Manager Member's
Percentage Interest. It is the intent of the Manager Member to reduce its
Percentage Interest to forty percent (40%) (and correspondingly to increase
the Percentage Interests of the Members in the aggregate) by January 31, 2000
according to Schedule C. Further, the Manager Member shall reduce its
----------
Percentage Interest (but not below such forty percent (40%) level) as the
first source available to provide for the Percentage Interest for any
additional Member admitted under Section 5.4 and only thereafter shall the
Manager Member reduce the
<PAGE> 7
- 7 -
Percentage Interest of any other Member or Retired Member to provide for the
Percentage Interest of any additional Member.
5.4 ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL MEMBERS. The Manager Member may admit to
the Company one or more additional Members up until January 31, 2004. Upon
the admission of an additional Member, the Manager Member shall: (i)
determine the Percentage Interest and Subscription of such additional Member
and (ii) either (a) cause the Manager Member's Percentage Interest to be
reduced to reflect the Percentage Interest allocated to the additional Member
or (b) if the Manager Member's Percentage Interest would be reduced to less
than forty percent (40%) as a result thereof, make such other adjustments to
the Percentage Interests of all the Members, pro rata, as the Manager Member
--- ----
shall determine; provided, however, that the maximum pro rata reduction for
-------- ------- --- ----
any such Member or Retired Member shall be ten percent (10%) of the total
maximum Percentage Interest held by such Member or Retired Member at such
time, after reducing such ten percent (10%) amount by all previous reductions
pursuant to this provision, unless at least 66-2/3% in Percentage Interest of
the Members and Retired Members (other than the Manager Member) shall have
consented to a greater pro rata reduction in their Percentage Interests and
provided, further, that one or more individual Members or Retried Members may
- -------- -------
agree to a non pro rata reduction in their Percentage Interests in an amount
greater than the 10% limit referred to above to provide for the Percentage
Interest of an additional Member by separate consent of each such Member.
(a) Upon the admission of any new Member, such new Member
shall make a capital contribution to the Company in the amount equal to its
Subscription or in such other amount or at such other time as shall be
determined by the Manager Member.
(b) Each Person who is to be admitted as an additional
Member shall accede to this Agreement by executing, together with the Manager
Member, an amendment to this Agreement providing for such admission, which
amendment shall consist of a counterpart signature page, an amended Schedule A
----------
and, at the discretion of the Manager Member, such other items as the Manager
Member deems necessary or appropriate. In addition, the Manager Member shall
execute, file and, where necessary, record any required amendments to the
Company's Certificate of Formation. The admission of any additional Member to
the Company shall be effective upon the execution of the necessary amendment to
this Agreement or such later effective date as is set forth in such amendment.
ARTICLE VI
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
6.1 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS. There shall be established on the books of the
Company a capital account ("Capital Account") for each Member that shall
consist of such Member's initial capital contribution to the Company as
reflected in the books and records of the Company,
(a) increased by
<PAGE> 8
- 8 -
(i) any additional capital contributions made by such
Member as so reflected, and
(ii) any amounts from time to time added to the Capital
Account of such Member pursuant to Article VII;
(b) decreased by
(i) any distributions made to such Member pursuant to
Article VIII, and
(ii) any amounts from time to time subtracted from the
Capital Account of such Member pursuant to Article VII; and
(c) otherwise adjusted in accordance with the tax accounting
principles set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
6.2 ACCOUNTING FOR DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND. For purposes of maintaining
Capital Accounts when Company property is distributed in kind,
(i) the Company shall treat such property as if it had been
sold for its fair market value on the date of distribution;
(ii) any difference between the fair market value of such
property as so determined and the Cost of such property shall be
allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members pursuant to
Section 7.3; and
(iii) the Capital Account of any Member receiving a distribution
of such property shall be reduced by the fair market value of the
property so received, net of any liabilities that such Member is
considered to assume or take subject to under Section 752 of the
Code.
6.3 COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY REGULATIONS. The foregoing provisions
and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of
Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Code Section 704(b) and Treasury
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a
manner consistent with such regulations.
6.4 EFFECT OF ASSIGNMENT. In the event of any assignment of any
Interest pursuant to Section 9.3, the assignee shall succeed to the Capital
Account of the assignor in respect of the Interest transferred.
ARTICLE VII
ALLOCATIONS
7.1 GENERAL. Company income, gain, loss and expenses shall be
allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members and distributed to such
Members in accordance with this Article VII. No interest shall accrue on the
Capital Account or capital contributions of any Member, and no member shall
have the right to withdraw funds or property from the Company for any reason,
except as specifically provided in this Agreement.
<PAGE> 9
- 9 -
7.2 NET GAIN OR LOSS. As of the end of each year of the Company, and
after giving effect to the allocations set forth in Sections 7.3, 7.4 and
7.6(b), the Net Gain or Loss of the Company for such fiscal period shall be
allocated as follows:
(a) All Net Gain or Loss attributable to allocations made by
the Fund to the Company in its capacity as general partner of the Fund:
(i) which are made with respect to the capital
contribution of the Company to the Fund shall be allocated to
the Manager Member; and
(ii) which are made other than with respect to the capital
contribution of the Company to the Fund (e.g., the Company's
"carried interest" in the profits or losses or net profits or
losses of the Fund) shall be allocated among the Members in
proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
(b) All Management Fee income and all expenses attributable to
Administrative Expenses of the Fund, and all Short-Term Income shall be
allocated to the Manager Member.
(c) All other Net Gain or Loss of the Company shall be
allocated to all Members in proportion to their respective Percentage
Interests.
7.3 TIMING OF ALLOCATIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND. Any Net Gain or
Loss of the Company that is attributable to a distribution of property in
kind by the Company or the Fund shall be allocated as follows (subject to the
other provisions of this Article VII):
(a) Net Gain or Loss of the Company attributable to amounts
allocated by the Fund to the Company in its capacity as the general partner
of the Fund as a result of distributions in kind of Fund property shall be
allocated to all Members, at the time such allocations are made by the Fund,
on the same basis that an equivalent amount of Net Gain or Loss attributable
to Fund allocations would be allocated by the Company for a hypothetical
fiscal year ending immediately prior to the distribution in kind by the Fund
that gave rise to such Net Gain or Loss.
(b) Net Gain or Loss resulting pursuant to Section 6.2 from the
distribution by the Company of its property in kind shall be allocated to all
Members, immediately prior to the time such distribution is made, on the same
basis that an equivalent amount of Net Gain or Loss not attributable to Fund
allocations would be allocated for a hypothetical fiscal year ending
immediately prior to the distribution in kind that gave rise to such Net Gain
or Loss.
(c) For purposes of applying the loss allocation limitations of
Section 7.4 in the case of an allocation of Net Gain or Loss pursuant to
subsections (a) or (b) above for a hypothetical fiscal year, the actual
balances in the Members' Capital Accounts shall be adjusted to reflect prior
distributions in kind made during such hypothetical fiscal year by the Fund
or the Company, but not any realized gains or losses of the Company for such
hypothetical fiscal year.
<PAGE> 10
- 10 -
7.4 REGULATORY ALLOCATIONS. The following provisions are included in
order to comply with tax rules set forth in the Code and to permit the
Company to obtain the benefits of a "safe harbor" provided by Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d).
(a) If and to the extent that any allocation of Net Loss,
Issuance Items or other items of loss, expense (or portion thereof) to any
Member would cause such Member's Capital Account to be negative by an amount
which exceeds such Member's Restoration Amount or would further reduce a
balance in such Member's Capital Account that is already negative by an
amount which exceeds such Member's Restoration Amount, then such loss,
expense or charge (or portion thereof) shall be allocated first to the
Capital Accounts of the other Members in proportion to the positive balances
in their respective Capital Accounts until all such Capital Accounts are
reduced to zero, then to the Capital Accounts of Members with Restoration
Amounts, in proportion to their respective Restoration Amounts, until each
such Member's Capital Account is negative by an amount equal to such Member's
Restoration Amount; then to the Capital Account of the Manager Member until
the Capital Account of the Manager Member is negative by an amount equal to
the sum of its Restoration Amount and the principal amount of the Net Worth
Note; and then to the Capital Accounts of the Members and Retired Members in
proportion to their Percentage Interests; provided that an allocation
pursuant to this Section 7.4(a) shall be made only if and to the extent that
such Member would have a Capital Account that is negative by an amount which
exceeds such Member's Restoration Amount after all allocations provided for
in this Article VII have been made tentatively as if this Section 7.4 were
not included in this Agreement.
(b) If any Member unexpectedly receives an adjustment,
allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), and such adjustment, allocation or
distribution causes such Member to have a deficit balance in such Member's
Capital Account, there shall be allocated to such Member items of income and
gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Company income,
--- ----
including gross income, and gain for such fiscal period) in an amount and
manner sufficient to eliminate such Member's deficit Capital Account balance,
to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d),
as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section
7.4(b) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a
negative Capital Account after all allocations provided for in this Section
7.4 have been made tentatively as if this Section 7.4(b) were not included in
this Agreement. The foregoing sentence is intended to constitute a
"qualified income offset" provision as described in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), and shall be interpreted and applied in all
respects in accordance with that Section.
(c) In the event that any Member has a negative Capital Account
at the end of any Company fiscal year which is in excess of such Member's
Restoration Amount, there shall be allocated to such Member items of Company
income (including gross income) and gain in the amount of such excess as
quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section
7.4(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that the deficit in such
Member's Capital Account would exceed such Company's Restoration
<PAGE> 11
- 11 -
Amount after all allocations provided for in this Article VII have been made
tentatively as if Section 7.4(b) hereof and this Section 7.4(c) were not
included in this Agreement.
(d) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis
of any Company asset pursuant to Section 743(b) of the Code is required,
pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken
into account is determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment
to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the
adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment
decreases such basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to
the Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital
Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the
Regulations.
(e) The allocations set forth in Sections 7.4(a), 7.4(b),
7.4(c) and 7.4(d) hereof (the "Regulatory Allocations") are intended to
comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-l(b).
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article VII (other than the
Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into account
in allocating subsequent Net Gain, Net Loss, Issuance Items and items of
income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent
possible, the net amount of such allocations of subsequent Net Gain, Net
Loss, Issuance Items and other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each
Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to
each such Member pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII if the
Regulatory Allocations had not occurred. For purposes of applying the
foregoing sentence, allocations pursuant to this Section 7.4(e) shall be made
with respect to allocations pursuant to Section 7.4(d) only to the extent the
Manager Member reasonably determines that such allocations will otherwise be
inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Members.
(f) If the Company, in its capacity as general partner of the
Fund, receives any special allocations from the Fund pursuant to certain
provisions of the Fund's Partnership Agreement dealing with certain
"extraordinary allocations", the Manager Member, after consulting with the
Company's accountants and other advisors, shall allocate such amounts among
the Members in a manner consistent with the economic arrangements among the
Members and the purpose of such provisions.
7.5 ADJUSTMENTS TO REFLECT CHANGE IN INTERESTS. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, with respect to any fiscal period during which any Member's
interest in the Company changes, whether by reason of the admission of a
Member, the withdrawal of a Member, a non-pro rata contribution of capital to
--- ----
the Company or any other event described in Section 706(d)(1) of the Code and
regulations issued thereunder, allocations of Net Gain or Loss shall be
adjusted appropriately to take into account the varying interests of the
Members during such period. The Manager Member shall consult with the
Company's accountants and other advisors and shall select the method of
making such adjustments, which method shall be used consistently thereafter.
7.6 TAX ALLOCATIONS.
(a) For federal, state and local income tax purposes, Company
income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (or any item thereof) for each fiscal
year shall be allocated
<PAGE> 12
- 12 -
to and among the Members in order to reflect the allocations made pursuant to
the provisions of this Article VII for such fiscal year (other than
allocations of items which are not deductible or are excluded from taxable
income), taking into account any variation between the adjusted tax basis and
book value of Company property in accordance with the principles of Section
704(c) of the Code.
(b) Any income, gain, loss or deduction realized as a direct or
indirect result of the issuance of a Company interest by the Company to a
Member, the issuance to the Company of an interest in the Fund or changes
during the term of the Company in any Member's Percentage Interest or
Subscription ("Issuance Items") shall be allocated among the Members so that,
to the extent possible, the net amount of such Issuance Items, together with
all other allocations under this Agreement to each Member, shall be equal to
the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the
Issuance Items had not been realized. Issuance Items allocated to any Member
shall be added to such Member's Capital Account if such items constitute
income or gain, and shall be subtracted from that Capital Account if such
items constitute losses or expenses.
7.7 TIMING OF ALLOCATIONS. The Manager Member, in its sole
discretion, may cause the Company to make the allocations described in this
Article VII (other than allocations for tax purposes pursuant to Section 7.6)
as of a time other than the end of a fiscal year on the basis of an interim
closing of the Company's books at such time, but only if the Fund makes such
interim allocations. In such event, each short fiscal period attributable to
any such interim closing shall constitute a fiscal year for purposes of this
Article VII.
ARTICLE VIII
DISTRIBUTIONS
8.1 TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS. The Company intends to distribute
promptly to the Members all cash and other property it receives in
distributions from the Fund or any other source; provided, however, that the
-------- -------
Manager Member may defer any such distribution to provide for liabilities or
obligations of the Company or to establish appropriate reserves.
8.2 TAX DISTRIBUTIONS.
(a) The Company intends to distribute to the Members, as it is
received, the amount ("Tax Distribution") of any distribution received from
the Funds as a tax distribution. Such distribution shall be made to the
Members in amounts which would enable the Members to satisfy their respective
tax liabilities, assuming for this purpose that all Members are subject to
the highest rate of tax that may be applicable to any Member, as determined
by the Manager Member in consultation with accountants to the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) amounts otherwise
distributable to any Member as Tax Distributions with respect to any taxable
year may be reduced (but not below zero) by any other distributions made by
the Company to such Member during such fiscal year; and (ii) the aggregate
amount of distributions that otherwise would be made pursuant to this Section
8.2 with respect to any taxable year may be reduced or
<PAGE> 13
- 13 -
eliminated to the extent determined by the Manager Member pursuant to the
proviso to Section 8.1.
- -------
(c) To the extent the Company receives from the Fund any
amounts which are treated under the Fund Partnership Agreement as an advance
against tax distributions to permit the Members of the Company to make
estimated tax payments, such amounts, when received by the Members, shall
similarly be treated as advances against Tax Distributions, and shall be
subject to return by the Members to the Company to the extent such advances
are determined by the Manager Member to have been excessive upon calculation
at the end of the fiscal year of the correct amount of tax distributions to
be made by the Fund to the Company and Tax Distributions to be made by the
Company to its Members.
8.3 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTIONS. All additional distributions, other
than Liquidating Distributions, shall be made as follows:
(a) As long as any Member has a positive balance in his Capital
Account, all cash or property received during the fiscal year by the Company
which is attributable to cumulative Net Gain (e.g., in excess of prior Net
Loss) or Short-Term Income that has been allocated in accordance with Article
VIII shall be distributed to the extent possible to the Members in proportion
to the respective allocations of each such item under Article VII. Cash or
property received which is not attributable to Net Gain or Short-Term Income
shall be distributed to the Members in proportion to their respective Capital
Accounts.
(b) If no Member has a positive balance in his Capital Account,
distributions shall be made to all Members in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests.
8.4 OPERATIONAL RULES.
(a) For purposes of Section 8.3, the Capital Account balances
of the Members shall be adjusted, prior to determining the amount of any
distribution provided for therein, to reflect all prior Company distributions
and all distributions made contemporaneously with the distributions provided
for in Section 8.3, as well as all Company Net Gain or Net Loss attributable
to any distributions previously or contemporaneously made in kind.
(b) The valuation of securities distributed in kind shall be
made in the manner provided in Article XII. Each class of securities to be
distributed in kind shall be distributed to the Members in proportion to
their respective shares of the entire amount to be distributed (determined as
provided in Sections 8.3 or, with respect to Liquidating Distributions,
Section 11.3), except to the extent that a disproportionate distribution of
such securities is necessary in order to avoid distributing fractional
shares. For purposes of the preceding sentence, each lot of stock or other
securities having a separately identifiable tax basis or holding period shall
be treated as a separate class of securities.
8.5 TAX WITHHOLDING. If the Company incurs a tax withholding
obligation with respect to any Member, any amount required to be withheld by
the Company with
<PAGE> 14
- 14 -
respect to such Member shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as
if it had been transferred to such Member by the Company as an interest-free
advance. Amounts treated as advanced to any Member pursuant to this Section
8.5 shall be repaid by such Member to the Company within thirty (30) days
after the Company delivers a written request to such Member for such
repayment; provided, however, that if any such repayment is not made, the
-------- -------
Company shall collect such unpaid amounts from any Company distributions that
otherwise would be made to such Member. Any part of such withheld amount not
collected by the Company from such distributions shall be charged to such
Member's Capital Account at such time as the Manager Member in its sole
discretion shall determine, but in no event later than the time immediately
preceding the Company's final Liquidating Distribution to such Member.
8.6 CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS PROHIBITED. Anything in this Article VIII
to the contrary notwithstanding, all Company distributions shall be subject
to the following limitations:
(i) No distribution shall be made to any Member if, and to the
extent that, such distribution would not be permitted under the
LLC Act.
(ii) No distribution other than a Tax Distribution shall be
made to any Member to the extent that such distribution, if made,
would cause the deficit balance, if any, in the Capital Account
of such Member (determined without regard to any allocations
made pursuant to Section 7.4(c)) to exceed such Member's
Restoration Amount.
8.7 CONSENT TO DISTRIBUTIONS. Each Member, by becoming a Member,
consents to any such distribution hereafter made or omitted to be made to the
Members or any of them in accordance with this Article VIII.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION ON TRANSFERS OF COMPANY INTERESTS OF MEMBERS
ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
9.1 TRANSFERS GENERALLY PROHIBITED. Except as provided in this
Article IX, a Member may not transfer, sell, assign, gift, pledge,
hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of such Member's Company Interest.
9.2 ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS.
(a) A new Member may be admitted to the Company:
(i) subject to the provisions of this Article IX in the
case of a person or entity acquiring a Company Interest
directly from the Company, upon the prior written consent of the
Manager Member; provided, however, that unless upon such new
-------- -------
Member's admission the Manager Member's Percentage Interest is
reduced or the Percentage Interests of all Members are reduced
pro rata in an aggregate amount equal to the Percentage Interest
of the new Member as provided in Sections 5.3 and
<PAGE> 15
- 15 -
5.4, the prior unanimous written consent of the Members and
Retired Members so affected (other than the Manager Member)
(determined in the manner required by Section 9.3(a)) shall also
be required. Any such admission shall be effective only after
those consents are obtained and such person's admission is
reflected on Schedule A hereto; or
----------
(ii) the case of an assignee of an Interest, only as
provided in Section 9.3, which admission shall be effective
only after the consents required by that section are obtained
and such assignee's admission is reflected in Schedule A hereto.
----------
(b) In either case, admission of a new Member is conditioned
upon the execution of a counterpart copy of this Agreement by such new
Member. A person may be admitted to the Company as a new Member and may
receive a Company Interest without making a contribution, or being obligated
to make a contribution, to the Company.
9.3 LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS OF COMPANY INTERESTS.
(a) No sale, assignment, gift, pledge, hypothecation or other
disposition or encumbrance of an interest in the Company (collectively, a
"Transfer") shall be made to any person or entity that is not already a
Member without the prior written consent of the Manager Member and, if the
Manager Member is transferring part or all of its interest to such person or
entity, the prior written consent of a majority of the non-transferring
Members and Retired Members. In addition, in order to ensure that the
Company lacks the corporate characteristic of "free transferability of
interests" for tax purposes: (i) whether the consent of a majority of the
non-transferring Members and Retired Members to the transfer of any Member's
Interest in the Company has been obtained will be determined in accordance
with Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 95-10, 1995-3 I.R.B. 30
("Revenue Procedure 95-10"), or any successor administrative or authoritative
judicial guidance; (ii) as permitted by Revenue Procedure 95-10, a majority
of the non-transferring Members and Retired Members shall consist of (w)
Members and Retired Members holding a majority of the capital interests in
the Company then held by all non-transferring Members and Retired Members,
(x) Members and Retired Members holding a majority of the profits interests
in the Company then held by all non-transferring Members and Retired Members,
(y) a majority in interest of the non-transferring Members and Retired
Members, as determined pursuant to Revenue Procedure 94-46, 1994-28 I.R.B.
129 ("Revenue Procedure 94-46"), or (z) a majority of the non-transferring
Members and Retired Members determined on a per capita basis (as determined
by Manager Member); and (iii) the Manager Member in its sole discretion shall
select which of foregoing clauses (w), (x), (y) or (z) shall apply to any
particular proposed transfer.
(b) The Manager Member shall not consent to the admission of an
assignee as a Member or proposed new Member of the Company until the Manager
Member has received an opinion of counsel to the Company or of other counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Manager Member (which opinion shall be
obtained at the expense of the assignee) that such admission will not result
in (i) a violation of applicable
<PAGE> 16
- 16 -
law or this Agreement, (ii) the Company being classified as an association
taxable as a corporation under Section 7701 of the Code, (iii) the Company
becoming subject to tax as a corporation under Section 7704 of the Code, or
(iv) the Company being deemed terminated pursuant to Section 708 of the Code.
Further, the Manager Member shall not cause or permit the transfer of
Percentage Interests of Members or Retired Members to be transferred to other
Members or Retired Members if any such transfer would result in the Company
being deemed to be "terminated" under Section 708 of the Code.
(c) The Manager Member shall not cause or permit interests in
the Company to become registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or "readily traded on an established securities market," and shall
withhold its consent to any Transfer that, to its knowledge after reasonable
inquiry, would otherwise be accomplished by a trade on a "secondary market
(or the substantial equivalent thereof)," in each case within the meaning of
Section 7704 or 469(k) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder that are in effect at the time of the proposed Transfer.
ARTICLE X
WITHDRAWAL OR RESIGNATION OF RETIRED MEMBERS
10.1 WITHDRAWALS GENERALLY. Except as otherwise provided in this
Article X, without the prior written consent of the Manager Member, no Member
shall have the right to resign or withdraw from the Company prior to the
dissolution and winding up of the Company. Any distribution to a resigning
Member shall be in accordance with an agreement between the Member and the
Company that is approved by the Manager Member.
10.2 WITHDRAWAL UPON DEATH, DISABILITY, DISASSOCIATION, BANKRUPTCY OR
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. In the event of (i) the occurrence with respect
to any Member of an event described in Section 18-304 of the LLC Act as in
effect on the date hereof, (ii) if any Member shall become disabled, or (iii)
if such Member shall no longer be an employee, consultant or member of the
Board of Directors of the Manager Member or any Affiliate thereof, such
Member shall thereupon for purposes of this Agreement be deemed to have
withdrawn as of the date thereof, and in such event such Member's interest in
the Company as a Member shall automatically be converted into a Retired
Member's interest in accordance with the provisions of this Article X. For
purposes of this Agreement, a Member shall be deemed to be disabled if the
Manager Member in its sole discretion determines that he is unable to perform
his or her business obligations for any 180 days out of any 365-day period.
10.3 RETIRED MEMBER. Subject to Section 10.4, a Member who withdraws,
or the personal representative or estate of a Member who shall be deemed to
have withdrawn, shall retain an interest in the Company as a Retired Member;
such former Member's interest in the Company as a Member shall be
automatically converted into a Retired Member's; and such Person shall be
considered a Retired Member for all purposes under the terms of this
Agreement, provided, however, that a Retired Member shall retain only the
-------- -------
portion of his or her Percentage Interest indicated on Schedule B, depending
----------
on whether such withdrawal is due to (i) death, disability or Disassociation
("Category A"),
<PAGE> 17
- 17 -
or (ii) withdrawal for any other reason ("Category B"). Disassociation shall
mean the retirement of any Member who is an individual on or after such
Member reaching sixty (60) years of age.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager Member may accelerate the
vesting schedule described above for any Retired Member who is deemed to have
withdrawn from the Company, but shall be under no obligation to do so, and
may in its discretion do so for one or more Retired Members and not for all
Retired Members. The table set forth in Schedule B may not be altered with
----------
respect to any particular Member without such Member's prior written consent.
10.4 ADJUSTMENTS TO REFLECT RETIREMENT.
(a) The portion of the Percentage Interest of a Member which is
not retained under subsection 10.3 shall be allocated to the Manager Member,
unless the Manager Member, in its sole discretion, decides to allocate such
portion of Percentage Interest to one or more Members in some other manner.
(b) If any Member withdraws, or is deemed to have withdrawn,
from the Company at any time before any part of such Member's Percentage
Interest has vested, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to
purchase such Member's interest in the Company for an amount equal to the
balance in such Member's Capital Account at the time of such withdrawal. Any
such election shall be made by delivery of written notice to that effect
signed by the Manager Member and delivered to the withdrawing Member within
120 days after the date of such Member's withdrawal. If the Company elects
to purchase the withdrawing Member's interest in the Company, payment to the
withdrawing Member for such Member's interest shall be made, in cash, within
180 days after the date of such withdrawal.
(c) After the withdrawal or deemed withdrawal of any Member
before any part of such Member's Percentage Interest has vested, if the
Company does not elect to purchase such former Member's interest in the
Company as provided in Section 10.4(b): (i) the balance in such former
Member's Capital Account shall be frozen at an amount equal to the balance in
such account as of the date of such former Member's withdrawal or deemed
withdrawal; (ii) such former Member shall receive no allocations from the
Company for any fiscal period after the withdrawal date; and (iii) such
former Member shall receive no distributions from the Company other than such
former Member's proportionate share, based on the relative Capital Account
balances of such former Member, the Manager Member, the Members and any
Retired Members (determined at the time of distribution), of each
distribution made pursuant to Section 11.3 to all Members in proportion to
the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no
Member who has withdrawn or is deemed to have withdrawn from the Company
before any part of such Member's Percentage Interest has vested shall be
entitled, after the date of such withdrawal, to inspect the Company's books
or records or to receive any reports or other information from the Company
except such former Member's Schedule K-1 (or
<PAGE> 18
- 18 -
equivalent) with respect to the Company's Internal Revenue Service
information return on Form 1065 and any equivalent state tax schedules or
forms required to enable such former Member to complete his or her tax
returns for any fiscal period during which such former Member is treated as a
partner of the Company for tax purposes. Any such former Member hereby
agrees that he or she shall continue to be treated as a Member of the
Company, solely for tax purposes, until either: (i) such former Member has
received the payment for his or her interest in the Company provided for
under Section 10.4(b) (if the Company has elected to purchase such former
Member's interest in the Company pursuant to Section 10.4(b)); or (ii) such
former' Member has received liquidating distributions from the Company in
aggregate amounts equal to the positive balance in such former Member's
Capital Account (if the Company has not so elected).
10.5 RETIRED MEMBER PARTICIPATION. A Retired Member shall take no part
in the management, policy or control of the Company and shall have no power
or authority to undertake any activities on behalf of the Company or to sign
for or to bind the Company. Any Retired Member shall be bound by the terms
of this Agreement and by all action taken by the Manager Members or the
Members. No Retired Member, or trust for the benefit of a Retired Member or
the children of a Retired Member, shall participate in any consent of the
Members for any purpose hereunder except as may be required under the Code.
ARTICLE XI
DISSOLUTION
11.1 DISSOLUTION. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs
shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following:
(a) Thirty (30) years from the date of the formation of the
Company;
(b) The written consent of all of the Members;
(c) The death, adjudication of incompetence, retirement,
resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of the Manager Member, or
the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership
of the Manager Member in the Company, unless within 90 days after the
event(s) giving rise to the dissolution of the Company a majority in interest
of the remaining Members (determined in accordance with Revenue Procedure
95-10 and 94-46, or any successor administrative or authoritative judicial
guidance) agree in writing to continue the business of the Company; or
(d) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under law.
11.2 WINDING UP. The Manager Member, or if none, a person approved by
Members holding at least fifty percent (50%) of the Percentage Interests may
wind up the Company's affairs, unless otherwise provided by law.
11.3 DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS. Upon the winding up of the Company, the
individual charged with winding up the Company first shall make payment of,
or adequate provisions for, the debts, expenses and obligations of the
Company. The remaining assets
<PAGE> 19
- 19 -
of the Company shall be distributed as Liquidating Distributions as follows:
any Net Gain or Loss realized in connection with the liquidation of the
Company shall be allocated among the Members pursuant to Article VII, and the
remaining assets of the Company shall then be distributed to the Members in
proportion to the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts (and,
if a distribution in kind is to be made, after allocating any Net Gain or Loss
attributable to such distribution). In performing their duties, the
liquidator(s) are authorized to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of the
assets of the Company in such reasonable manner as the liquidator(s) shall
determine to be in the best interest of the Members. During the liquidation
of the Company, the liquidator(s) shall furnish to the Members the financial
statements and other information specified in Article XIII.
11.4 NO LIABILITY FOR RETURN OF CAPITAL.
(a) The liquidator(s), the Manager Member and their respective
officers, directors, agents, partners and Affiliates shall not be personally
liable for the return of the capital contributions of any Member. No Member
(other than the Managing Member, to the extent required by Section 11.4(b))
shall be liable to restore to the Company any deficit balance in such
Member's Capital Account if any such deficit should exist after the Company's
final liquidating distribution.
(b) If, after the Company has made its final Liquidating
Distribution, the Manager Member's Capital Account is negative, then,
notwithstanding foregoing, the Manager Member shall return to the Company
part or all of the distributions received by it pursuant to Article VIII or
this Article XI and make payments of principal on the Net Worth Note in an
aggregate amount equal to such deficit but not in excess of such Manger
Member's Restoration Amount. Returns made by the Manager Member pursuant to
this Section 11.4 shall be made in cash. The Manager Member shall use best
efforts to make any such returns and/or payments promptly and in any event in
conformity with the timing requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1
.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g). Amounts repaid by the Manager Member pursuant to this
Section 11.4 shall be paid to the Fund in satisfaction of the Company's
obligation to restore a deficit in its capital account as maintained by such
Fund, paid to other creditors of the Company or distributed to Members with
positive balances in their Capital Accounts in proportion to such balances.
ARTICLE XII
VALUATION OF COMPANY ASSETS
12.1 VALUATION BY MANAGER MEMBER. Whenever valuation of Company assets
or net assets is required by this Agreement, the fair market value of such
assets shall be determined by the Manager Member in good faith.
12.2 GOODWILL. The Company's name and goodwill shall, as among the
Members, be deemed to have no value and shall belong to the Company or any
successor thereof, and no Member shall have any right or claim individually
to the use thereof. Upon termination of the Company, all rights to the name
of the Company and any goodwill associated with that name shall be assigned
to the Manager Member.
<PAGE> 20
- 20 -
ARTICLE XIII
BOOKS AND RECORDS; FISCAL MATTERS
13.1 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books and records of the Company shall be
kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other places, within
or without the State of Delaware, as the Manager Member shall from time to
time determine.
13.2 INSPECTION. Any Member of record shall have the right to examine,
at any reasonable time or times for any purposes related to the Member's
ownership of Company Interests, the books and records of account, minutes,
and records of Members and to make copies thereof. Such inspection may be
made by any agent or attorney of the Member. Upon the written request of any
Member of the Company, the Company shall mail to such Member its most recent
financial statements, showing in reasonable detail its assets and liabilities
and the results of its operations.
13.3 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the last
day of December each year, unless otherwise determined by the Manager Member.
13.4 DEPOSITS. All funds of the Company shall be deposited from time to
time to credit of the Company in such banks, trust companies or other
depositories as the Manager Member may select.
13.5 CHECKS, PROFITS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in
the name of the Company shall be signed by an officer of the Manger Member or
any of the President, CEO or the Treasurer of the Company.
13.6 LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Company and
no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
the Manager Member. Such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.
13.7 CONTRACTS. The Manager Member may authorize any officer or agent
of the Company to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the
name of and on behalf of the Company, and such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.
13.8 ACCOUNTANT. An accountant will be selected from time to time by
the Manager Member to perform such tax and accounting services as may be
required from time to time. The accountant may be removed by the Manager
Member without assigning any cause.
13.9 LEGAL COUNSEL. One or more attorney(s) at law will be selected
from time to time by the Manager Member to review the legal affairs of the
Company and to perform such other services as may be required and to report
to the Manager Member with respect thereto. The legal counsel may be removed
by the Manager Member without assigning any cause.
<PAGE> 21
- 21 -
ARTICLE XIV
INDEMNIFICATION
14.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF MEMBERS.
(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and
public policies of Delaware, the Company shall indemnify any Member made a
party to any proceeding because such individual is or was a Member, as a matter
of right, against all liability incurred by such individual in connection
with any proceeding; provided, however, that it shall be determined in the
-------- -------
specific case in accordance with Section 14.1(d) that indemnification of such
individual is permissible in the circumstances because the individual has met
the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in Section 14.1(c).
The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by a
Member in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition
thereof if: (i) the individual furnishes the Company a written affirmation of
the individual's good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct
for indemnification described in Section 14.1(c); (ii) the individual
furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such
individual's behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that
such individual did not meet such standard of conduct; and (iii) a
determination is made in accordance with Section 14.1 that based upon facts
then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be
precluded under this Section 14.1. The undertaking described in clause (ii)
above must be a general obligation of the individual, subject to such
reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and
may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The
Company shall indemnify a Member who is wholly successful, on the merits or
otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right,
against reasonable expenses incurred by the individual in connection with the
proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in Section
14.1(c). Upon demand by the Member for indemnification or advancement of
expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine
whether the Member is entitled thereto in accordance with this Section 14.1.
The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this
Section 14.1 shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or
omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Section 14.1.
(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation,
to indemnify any individual who is or was an employee or agent of the Company
to the same extent as if such individual was a Member, including any and all
Officers.
(c) Indemnification of a Member is permissible under this
Section 14.1 only if: (i) he conducted himself in good faith; (ii) he
reasonably believed that his conduct was in or at least not opposed to the
Company's best interest and was within the authority delegated to him by this
Agreement or was delegated by the Manager Member (or by a majority in
Percentage Interest of other Members; if the Manager Member is the subject of
indemnification); (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; and (iv) such
individual is not adjusted in any such proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere
---- ----------
<PAGE> 22
- 22 -
or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the individual did
not meet the standard of conduct described in this Section 14.1(c).
(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or
advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by the Manager Member
(or by the affirmative vote of a majority in Percentage Interests of all
other Members if the Manager Member is party to the proceeding). A Member who
is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to
the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent
jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice
the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:
(i) in a proceeding in which the Member is wholly
successful, on the merits or otherwise, the Member is entitled
to indemnification under this Section 14.1, in which case the
court shall order the Company to pay the Member his reasonable
expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or
(ii) the Member is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances,
whether or not the Member met the standard of conduct set forth
in Section 14.1(c).
(e) Nothing contained in this Section 14.1 shall limit or
preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by
contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of
expenses to any individual who is or was a Member of the Company or is or was
serving at the Company's request as a director, officer, partner, manager,
trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company,
partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint
venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit
or not. Further, any Member shall be entitled to seek indemnification from
any and all other sources, including officers and directors insurance or
indemnification from Conning & Company and/or indemnification from the Fund,
to the extent applicable. It is the intent of this Section 14.1 to provide
indemnification to Members to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted
by the law consistent with the terms or conditions of this Section 14.1.
Indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Section 14.1
irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a
claim is made, including, without limitation, negligence, breach of duty,
mismanagement, waste, breach of contract, breach of warranty, strict
liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of
any other state or federal law or violation of any law of any other
jurisdiction.
(f) For purposes of this Section 14.1:
(i) The term "expenses" includes all direct and indirect
costs (including, without limitation, counsel fees, retainers,
court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel
expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs,
telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other
disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in
connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal
of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to
indemnification under this Section 14.1, applicable law or
otherwise.
<PAGE> 23
- 23 -
(ii) The term "liability" means the obligation to pay a
judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an
excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan),
or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.
(iii) The term "party" includes an individual who was, is
or is threatened to be made, a named defendant or respondent in
a proceeding.
(iv) The term "proceeding" means any threatened, pending
or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.
(g) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its
benefit, the benefit of any individual who is entitled to indemnification
under this Section 14.1, or both, against any liability asserted against or
incurred by such individual in any capacity or arising out of such
individual's service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have
the power to indemnify such individual against such liability.
ARTICLE XV
MEETINGS
15.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the Members shall be held
within three (3) months of the end of the Company's fiscal year on a date set
by the Manager Member, for the purpose of electing any Officers and for the
transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the
election shall not be held on the day designated by the Manager Member for
the annual meeting of the Members, or at any adjournment thereof, the Members
shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the Members as
soon thereafter as it may conveniently be held.
15.2 REGULAR OR SPECIAL MEETINGS. The Members may by resolution
prescribe the time and place for the holding of regular meetings and may
provide that the adoption of such resolution shall constitute notice of such
regular meetings. If the Members do not prescribe the time and place for the
holding of regular meetings, such regular meetings shall be held at the time
and place specified by the Manager Member in the notice of such regular
meeting. Special meetings of the Members, for any purpose or purposes,
unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by a majority of the
Members or by the Manager Member.
15.3 NOTICE OF MEETING. Written or telephonic notice stating the
place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the
purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than
three (3) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail,
by or at the direction of the Manager Member, to each Member of record
entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to
be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the
Member at his address as it appears on the books of the Company, with postage
thereon prepaid. When all the Members of the Company are present at any
meeting, or if those not present deliver a written, signed waiver of notice
of such meeting, or subsequently ratify all the
<PAGE> 24
- 24 -
proceedings thereof, the transactions of such meeting are as valid as if a
meeting were formally called and notice had been given.
15.4 QUORUM. At any meeting of the Members, holders of at least a
majority of Percentage Interests as reflected in Schedule A hereto,
----------
represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at such meeting.
If less than said majority of the equity interests are represented at a
meeting, a majority of the interests so represented may adjourn the meeting
from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which
a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted
which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The
Members present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum of Members
initially is present or represented may continue to transact business until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Members to leave less
than a quorum.
15.5 PROXIES. At all meetings of Members, a Member may vote by proxy
executed in writing by the Member or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.
Such proxy shall be filed with the Manager Member of the Company before or at
the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after three (3) months from
date of execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
15.7 MANNER OF ACTING.
(a) FORMAL ACTION BY MEMBERS. Action of Members representing
at least a majority in Percentage Interest of all Members shall constitute
the effective act of the Members, whether taken at a meeting or by written
instrument, unless otherwise provided expressly herein. The Manager Member
shall preside at meetings of the Members. A record shall be maintained of
the meetings of the Members. The Members may adopt their own rules of
procedure which shall not be inconsistent with this Agreement.
(b) PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A Member of the Company who is
present at a meeting of the Members at which action on any matter is taken
shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken, unless his dissent
shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his
written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the
meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by
certified mail to the secretary of the meeting immediately after the
adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a
Member who voted in favor of such action.
(c) ACTION BY CONSENT. Unless otherwise provided by law, any
action required to be taken at a meeting of the Members, or any other action
which may be taken at a meeting of the Members, may be taken without a
meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by a majority of the Members entitled to vote with respect to the
subject matter thereof.
(d) TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Members of the Company may
participate in any meeting of the Members by means of conference telephone or
similar communication if all persons participating in such meeting can hear
one another for the
<PAGE> 25
- 25 -
entire discussion of the matter(s) to be voted upon. Participating in a
telephonic meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
ARTICLE XVI
MISCELLANEOUS
16.1 NOTICE. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any
notice required or permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions of the
LLC Act, the Certificate of Formation of the Company or this Agreement shall
be effective as of the date personally delivered, or if sent by mail, on the
fifth day after deposit with the United States Postal Service, prepaid and
addressed to the intended receiver at his last known address as shown in the
records of the Company.
16.2 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given
pursuant to the provisions of the LLC Act, the Certificate of Formation of
the Company or this Agreement, a waiver thereof, in writing, signed by the
persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.
16.3 GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context requires, the gender of
all words used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and
the number of all words shall include the singular and plural thereof.
16.4 ARTICLES AND OTHER HEADINGS. The Articles and other headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation.
16.5 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the
principles of conflicts of law thereof.
16.6 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may be altered, amended, restated, or
repealed and a new Agreement may be adopted by consent of all of the Members,
after notice and opportunity for discussion of the proposed alteration,
amendment, restatement, or repeal.
16.7 REMEDIES UPON BREACH. Any Member of the Company who fails to
perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall
keep and save harmless the assets of the Company and shall indemnify the
Company and the Members of the Company from any and all claims, demands and
actions of every kind and nature whatsoever which may arise out of or by
reason of such violation of any terms of this Agreement.
16.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken
together shall constitute one Agreement.
<PAGE> 26
-----------------------------------------
COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGES
FOR CONNING CONNECTICUT INVESTORS, L.L.C.
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
-----------------------------------------
THE UNDERSIGNED, being all of the Members of Conning Connecticut Investors,
L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, hereby evidence their adoption
and ratification of the foregoing Limited Liability Company Agreement of the
Company.
/s/ Thomas A. Byrne
---------------------------------------
Thomas A. Byrne
/s/ Frank D. Campbell
---------------------------------------
Frank D. Campbell
/s/ Stephan L. Christiansen
---------------------------------------
Stephan L. Christiansen
/s/ John B. Clinton
---------------------------------------
John B. Clinton
/s/ John A. Corroon, Jr.
---------------------------------------
John A. Corroon, Jr.
/s/ Scott Daniels
---------------------------------------
Scott E. Daniels
/s/ Claude A. Fongemie
---------------------------------------
Claude A. Fongemie
/s/ Paul S. Goulekas
---------------------------------------
Paul S. Goulekas
<PAGE> 27
-----------------------------------------
COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGES
FOR CONNING CONNECTICUT INVESTORS, L.L.C.
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
-----------------------------------------
/s/ Mark E. Hansen
---------------------------------------
Mark E. Hansen
/s/ Donald L. McDonald
---------------------------------------
Donald L. McDonald
/s/ Seth C. Miller
---------------------------------------
Seth C. Miller
/s/ Allen A. Mossien
---------------------------------------
Allen A. Mossien
/s/ Steven F. Piaker
---------------------------------------
Steven F. Piaker
/s/ Stephen R. Pivacek
---------------------------------------
Stephen R. Pivacek
/s/ Gordon R. Pratt
---------------------------------------
Gordon R. Pratt
/s/ Gary K. Ransom
---------------------------------------
Gary K. Ransom
/s/ David N. Reid
---------------------------------------
David N. Reid
<PAGE> 28
-----------------------------------------
COUNTERPART SIGNATURE PAGES
FOR CONNING CONNECTICUT INVESTORS, L.L.C.
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
-----------------------------------------
/s/ William E. Rotatori
------------------------------------
William E. Rotatori
/s/ Thomas D. Sargent
------------------------------------
Thomas D. Sargent
/s/ Fred M. Schpero
------------------------------------
Fred M. Schpero
/s/ Paul J. Sellier
------------------------------------
Paul J. Sellier
/s/ William C. Shenton
------------------------------------
William C. Shenton
/s/ M. W. Slayton
------------------------------------
Maurice W. Slayton
Agreed and Accepted By:
MANAGER MEMBER:
CONNING & COMPANY
By: /s/ M. W. Slayton
----------------------------------
Name: M. W. Slayton
Title: Chairman, President & CEO
<PAGE> 29
- 29 -
APPENDIX A
----------
TABLE OF DEFINITIONS
--------------------
"AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect to the Person to which it refers, a
---------
Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,
controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such subject
Person; provided, however, that all Members of the Company and all officers,
-------- -------
directors and employees of the Manager Member shall be deemed to be
Affiliates of the Company.
"CAPITAL ACCOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
---------------
"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules and
----
regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.
"COST" shall mean, with respect to Company assets and unless the context
----
otherwise requires, the Company's adjusted tax basis of such assets for
federal income tax purposes, provided that (i) if the Company has made an
election under Section 754 of the Code, such tax basis shall be determined
after giving effect to adjustments made under Section 734 of the Code but
without regard to adjustments made under Section 743 of the Code; and (ii)
the Cost of any securities or other properly received by the Company in
distributions made by the Fund shall be deemed to equal the fair market value
of such property, as determined pursuant to the Fund Partnership Agreement,
as of the date such property is distributed by the Fund.
"DISASSOCIATION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.
--------------
"ISSUANCE ITEMS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
--------------
"LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTION" shall mean any distribution made by the
------------------------
Company after the latest to occur of (a) the Company's dissolution,
determined pursuant to Article Xl, and (b) the date on which the Company has
received its final distribution from the Fund.
"NET GAIN OR LOSS" shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period, the
----------------
sum of (a) all amounts allocated for such fiscal period to the Company
pursuant to the Fund Partnership Agreement to the Company in its capacity as
the general partner of the Fund, (b) net gain or loss from the sale or
exchange of the Company's capital assets during such fiscal period, (c) gain
or loss deemed to have been realized by the Company, pursuant to Section 6.2,
on a distribution in kind of its assets during such fiscal period, and (d)
other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense of the Company for
such fiscal period that are not included in (a), (b) or (c), including any
income which is exempt from federal income tax, all Company losses and all
expenses properly chargeable to the Company, whether deductible or
non-deductible and whether described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code,
treated as so described pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), or otherwise except for Issuance Items. Net Gain or Loss
------ ---
shall be determined in accordance with tax accounting principles rather than
generally accepted accounting principles.
"NET WORTH NOTE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
--------------
<PAGE> 30
- 30 -
"PERSON" shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, trust or
------
other entity.
"PERCENTAGE INTEREST" shall mean, with respect to any Member and at any
-------------------
time, the amount set forth at such time opposite such Member's name in
Schedule A under the heading "Percentage Interest."
- ----------
"RESTORATION AMOUNT" shall mean, (a) with respect to any Member and at
------------------
any time, any amount of such Member's Subscription that such Member has not
contributed in cash to the Company as of such time; and (b) in the case of
the Manager Member only, an additional amount equal to the sum of (1) the
excess at such time (if any) of (A) the aggregate amount of distributions
received by the Company from the Fund as of such time over (B) the aggregate
amount of distributions that the Company would have received from the Fund as
of such time if the Company had made all of its capital contributions to the
Fund in exchange for a limited partnership interest in the Fund and did not
hold an interest as the general partner of the Fund (such excess, if any,
constituting overdistributions made by the Fund to the Company in its
capacity as general partner of the Fund with respect to the Company's 20%
"carried interest" in the Fund's cumulative net profits), plus (2) any
portion of the principal amount of the Net Worth Note remaining unpaid at
such time.
"RETIRED MEMBER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.
--------------
"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from
--------------
time to time.
"SHORT-TERM INCOME" shall mean interest and dividend income earned on
-----------------
temporary investment of capital contributions or distributions received from
the Fund(s) which are held by the Partnership pending investment in the
Fund(s), disbursement for expenses or distribution to the Partners.
"SUBSCRIPTION" shall mean, with respect to any Member, the total amount
------------
which such Member has agreed to contribute to the Company as reflected on
Schedule A hereto.
- ----------
"TAX MATTERS MEMBER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
------------------
"TRANSFER" shall mean any transfer, sale, assignment, gift, pledge,
--------
hypothecation or other disposition of an Interest in the Company.
* * *
Separate schedule for each Member, listing the name, subscription
amount, initial capital contribution and percentage interest of such Member.
<PAGE> 31
- 31 -
<TABLE>
Schedule B
----------
Conning Connecticut Investors, L.L.C.
<CAPTION>
Period After Receipt
of Portion of Category A - Category B -
Percentage Interest If Withdrawal is Due to If Withdrawal is
During Which Death, Disability or For Any Other
Retired Member Disassociation- Reason-
is Deemed to Have Portion of Percentage Portion of Percentage
Withdrawn<F*> Interest Retained Interest Retained
- -------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Before one year 0% 0%
On or after one year 33.4% 16.7%
and before two years
On or after two years an additional an additional
and before three years 33.4% 16.7%
On or after three years an additional an additional
and before four years 33.2% 16.7%
On or after four years an additional an additional
and before five years 100% 16.7%
On or after five years 100% an additional
and before six years 16.7%
On or after six years 100% an additional
16.5%
<FN>
<F*> To the extent a Retired Member received portions of his or her
Percentage Interest on more than one date, such percentages retained above
shall be separately applied to each portion based on its date of receipt,
to produce a total retained Percentage Interest. In any event, and
notwithstanding the foregoing schedules, Percentage Interests shall be
100% vested on 28 December, 2005.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 32
- 33 -
<TABLE>
Schedule C
----------
Conning Connecticut Investors. L.L.C.
-------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
Manager Member's
Percentage
Allocation Period Allocation Date Interest Reduced To:
- ----------------- --------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Inception By 30 April 1996 88%
First Year By 31 January 1997 76%
Second Year By 31 January 1998 64%
Third Year By 31 January 1999 52%
Fourth Year By 31 January 2000 40%
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 33
-----------------------------------------
Counterpart Signature Pages
for Conning Connecticut Investors, L.L.C.
Limited Liability Company Agreement
-----------------------------------------
THE UNDERSIGNED, being Members of Conning Connecticut Investors, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company, hereby evidence their adoption and
ratification of the foregoing Limited Liability Company Agreement of the
Company.
Date: 12/18/96 /s/ Sabra R. Brinkmann
----------------------------------------
Sabra R. Brinkmann
Date: 12/18/96 /s/ D. Koester
----------------------------------------
Douglas R. Koester
Date: 12/18/96 /s/ Daniel J. Mainolfi
----------------------------------------
Daniel J. Mainolfi
Date: 12/18/96 /s/ Michael D. McLellan
----------------------------------------
Michael D. McLellan
Date: 12/18/96 /s/ Leonard M. Rubenstein
----------------------------------------
Leonard M. Rubenstein
Date: 12/18/96 /s/ J. Terri Tanaka
----------------------------------------
J. Terri Tanaka
Agreed and Accepted By:
MANAGER MEMBER:
CONNING & COMPANY
By: /s/ M. W. Slayton Date: December 18, 1996
-------------------------------
Name: M. W. Slayton
Title: President
<PAGE> 1
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
CONNING INVESTMENT PARTNERS II, L.L.C.
THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"),
dated as of this ------- day of -----------------, 1997 is made by
and among those individuals, firms, corporations and other entities
listed in Schedule A hereto and any additional parties who execute
----------
a counterpart to this Agreement (such individuals and any
additional parties admitted to the limited liability company formed
hereby after the effective date of this Agreement, being referred
to herein as the "Members"). The Members agree to form and carry
on a limited liability company (the "Company") subject to the terms
of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware
Limited Liability Company Act, Del. Code Ann. Sections 18-101
through 18-1107 (1992), as amended (the "LLC Act").
ARTICLE I
FIRM NAME; REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT; PURPOSES
1.1 FIRM NAME; REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT. The name of the
Company is CONNING INVESTMENT PARTNERS II, L.L.C. The principal
office of the Company shall be located initially at CityPlace II,
185 Asylum Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-4105. The initial
address of the Company's registered office in Delaware is: c/o
Prentice-Hall Corporation Systems, Inc., 32 Lookerman Square, Suite
L-130, Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The Company's
initial registered agent at such address for service of process is
Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
1.2 PURPOSE; POWERS. The Company is formed for the principal
purpose of serving as the general partner of Conning Insurance
Capital Limited Partnership II (the "Domestic Fund") and the
investment general partner of Conning Insurance Capital
International Partners II (the "International Fund" and together
with the Domestic Fund, the "Funds") and to engage in any lawful
business or other activity permitted under the LLC Act. The
Company shall have all powers available to it as a limited
liability company under the LLC Act.
<PAGE> 2
ARTICLE II
MEMBERS & INTERESTS
2.1 IDENTIFICATION. Each Member shall have an interest in
the Company (an "Interest") initially represented by his or its
capital subscription ("Subscription") to the Company, and with
respect to such Interest, shall be entitled to a percentage share
in respect of certain Company allocations and distributions to be
made hereunder (a "Percentage Interest"). The names and addresses
of the Members, their respective Subscriptions and Percentage
Interests are set forth on Schedule A hereto.
----------
2.2 INTERESTS. Company Interests have not been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933, and therefore may not be sold or
otherwise transferred unless they are registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 or an exemption from registration is
available. Each Member shall be entitled to have a certificate
representing his interest in the Company, signed by, or in the name
of the Company by the appropriate officer or officers of the
Company. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a
facsimile. In case any officer, who has signed or whose facsimile
signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to
be an officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued
by the Company with the same effect as if he were such officer at
the date of issue. The Manager Member may direct a new certificate
or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or
certificates theretofore issued by the Company alleged to have been
lost, stolen or destroyed and as a condition precedent thereof,
require the owner of such certificate to give the Company indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect
to the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate.
2.3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. No Member shall be liable under
a judgment, decree or order of any court, or in any other manner,
for a debt, obligation or liability of the Company, except as
provided by law or as specifically provided otherwise herein. No
Member shall be required to make any contribution to the Company by
reason of any negative balance in the Member's Capital Account,
except as specifically provided otherwise herein, nor shall any
negative balance in a Member's Capital Account create any liability
on the part of the Member to any third party.
2.4 VOTING. Except as may otherwise be provided by this
Agreement or the Certificate of Formation, the Company Interests
shall vote together as a single class on all matters to be voted on
by Members. Whenever action is required or permitted by this
Agreement to be taken by a specified percentage in interest of the
Members, such action shall be deemed to be valid if taken by
written vote or written consent, or by vote or consent at a
meeting, by those Members whose Percentage Interests as reflected
in Schedule A hereto represent the specified percentage of the
----------
aggregate Percentage Interests of all Members at the time, except
as specifically provided otherwise herein.
2
<PAGE> 3
ARTICLE III
MANAGER MEMBER
3.1 MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF THE COMPANY. Conning &
Company, a Connecticut corporation and a Member of the Company,
shall act and serve as the sole manager of the Company ("Manager
Member"). Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the
management, policies and control of the Company shall be vested
exclusively in the Manager Member.
3.2 POWERS. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the
Manager Member shall have the power on behalf and in the name of
the Company to carry out and implement any and all of the purposes
of the Company and to exercise any of the powers of the Company,
including, without limitation, the power to:
(i) open, maintain and close accounts with brokers and
give instructions or directions in connection therewith;
(ii) open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw
checks or other orders for the payment of money;
(iii) receive, receipt for and dispose of and deal in
all securities, checks, money and other assets or liabilities
of the Company;
(iv) hire employees or retain investment bankers,
attorneys, accountants, consultants, custodians, contractors
and other agents, and pay them compensation;
(v) execute on behalf of the Company, any agreement
between the Company and the Domestic or the International Fund
or any amendment or termination thereof;
(vi) enter into, make and perform such contracts,
agreements and other undertakings, and do any and all such
other acts required of the Company or the Funds with respect
to the Company's or the Funds' interest in any corporation,
partnership, limited partnership, trust, association or other
entity or activity, including but not limited to entering into
agreements with respect to such interests, which agreements
may contain such terms, conditions and provisions as the
Manager Member in its sole discretion shall approve;
(vii) make all elections for the Company that are
permitted under tax or other applicable laws, including,
without limitation, an election under Section 754 of the Code;
and
(viii) maintain one or more offices within or without
the State of Connecticut and in connection therewith rent or
acquire office space and do such other acts as may be
advisable in connection with the maintenance of such offices;
provided, however, that
-------- -------
3
<PAGE> 4
maintaining such offices, renting or acquiring office space and doing any
such other acts shall not affect the limited liability of the Members as
set forth in Section 2.3 hereof.
3.3 CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY. The Manager
Member shall file for record with the appropriate public
authorities and, if required, publish the Certificate of Formation
of Limited Liability Company of the Company and any amendments
thereto, and shall take all such other action as may be required to
preserve the limited liability of the Members in any jurisdiction
in which the Company shall conduct its activities. In addition,
the Manager Member shall execute and file all requisite documents
and instruments to enable the Company to qualify to do business as
a foreign limited liability company in Connecticut and in each
other jurisdiction for which such qualification may be necessary or
appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Company.
3.4 DUTY OF CARE. The Manager Member shall exercise its best
judgment in conducting the Company's operations and in performing
its other duties hereunder. The Manager Member shall not incur any
liability to the Company, any Member or any other Person for any
loss suffered by the Company or such other Member or Person which
arises out of any action or omission of the Manager Member or any
Affiliate of the Manager Member assisting the Manager Member, at
the Manager Member's request, in performing the Manager Member's
duties hereunder; provided, however, that (i) the Manager Member or
-------- -------
such Affiliate of the Manager Member acted in good faith and in a
manner such Person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to,
the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal
action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such
Person's conduct was unlawful, and (ii) such course of conduct did
not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the
Manager Member or such Affiliate of the Manager Member. No
Affiliate of the Manager Member shall incur any liability to the
Company, any Member or any other Person for any loss suffered by
the Company or such other Member or Person which arises out of any
action or omission of the Manager Member, or out of any action or
omission of such Affiliate of the Manager Member taken or suffered
by such Affiliate of the Manager Member in the course of providing
assistance to the Manager Member at the Manager Member's request;
provided, however, that (i) such Affiliate of the Manager Member
- -------- -------
acted in good faith and in a manner such Affiliate of the Manager
Member reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best
interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action
or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such Person's
conduct was unlawful, and (ii) such course of conduct did not
constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Affiliate
of the Manager Member. No Affiliate of the Manager Member shall be
liable for any action taken or omitted by any other Affiliate of
the Manager Member unless such action or omission was taken or
suffered by such other Affiliate of the Manager Member while acting
as an agent of such Affiliate of the Manager Member and, with
respect to such action or omission, such other Affiliate of the
Manager Member did not satisfy the requirements of clauses (i) and
(ii) of the preceding sentence. Neither the Manager Member nor any
Affiliate of the Manager Member shall be liable for the negligence,
whether of omission or commission, dishonesty or bad faith of any
employee, broker or other agent of the Company selected by the
Manager Member with reasonable care. The Manager Member and each
Affiliate of the Manager Member shall be fully protected and
justified with
4
<PAGE> 5
respect to any action or omission taken or suffered by any of them in
good faith if such action or omission is taken or suffered in reliance
upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice as to matters of law of
legal counsel, or as to matters of accounting of accountants, selected by
any of them with reasonable care. In addition, the Manager Member and
each of its Affiliates shall be entitled to indemnification by the Company
to the extent provided in Article XIII hereof.
3.5 MANAGEMENT FEE; NO SALARY. The Manager Member shall
receive and be entitled to retain all Management Fee amounts
payable and paid by the Funds under Section 8.3 of the respective
Partnership Agreements of each of the Funds, net of Administrative
Expenses required to be paid by the Company as general partner of
the Funds under Section 8.1 of the respective Partnership Agreements.
The Manager Member shall receive no other amounts as salary or other
compensation from the Company, but shall be entitled to its share of
allocations and distributions made by the Company determined in the manner
set forth herein.
3.6 TAX MATTERS MEMBER. The "tax matters partner", as
defined in Section 6231 of the Code, of the Company shall be the
Manager Member (the "Tax Matters Member"). The Tax Matters Member
shall not resign as Tax Matters Member unless, on the effective
date of such resignation, the Company has designated another Member
as Tax Matters Member and that Member has given its consent in
writing to its appointment as Tax Matters Member. The Tax Matters
Member shall receive no additional compensation from the Company
for its services in that capacity, but all expenses incurred by the
Tax Matters Member in such capacity shall be borne by the Company.
The Tax Matters Member is authorized to employ such accountants,
attorneys and agents as it, in its sole discretion, determines are
necessary to or useful in the performance of its duties. Any
Person who serves as Tax Matters Member shall not be liable to the
Company or to any Member for any action it takes or fails to take
as Tax Matters Member with respect to any administrative or
judicial proceeding involving "partnership items" (as defined in
Section 6231 of the Code) of the Company, unless such action or
failure to act constitutes a violation of the Manager Member's duty
of care set forth in Section 3.4.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS; COMMITTEES
4.1 OFFICERS. The Manager Member shall designate any of its
officers from time to time, and separately may appoint other
Persons, including but not limited to individual Members, to serve
as officers of the Company, with such officers of the Manager
Member (and/or officers of the Company) to be responsible for the
general overall supervision of the business and affairs of the
Company. Any Person appointed as an officer of the Company shall
have such titles, terms of office and duties as the Manager Member
may from time to time determine, and such officers may include a
president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary and one or more
assistant secretaries, a treasurer and one or more assistant
treasurers, a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial
Officer. The officers of the Manager Member and such other
officers of the Company may sign any and all deeds, mortgages,
bonds, contracts or other instruments on
5
<PAGE> 6
behalf of the Company, except in cases where the signing or execution
thereof shall be expressly delegated by this Agreement or by statute to
some other agent of the Company; and, in general, the officers of the
Manager Member and the officers of the Company shall perform all duties as
may be prescribed by the Manager Member. All actions of the Company,
except amending the Certificate of Formation or this Agreement or the
admission of new Members and except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement or the Certificate of Formation, may be taken by the appropriate
officers of the Manager Member or the Company without obtaining consent of
the other Members.
4.2 ELECTION AND TENURE. The election and tenure of any
officer of the Manager Member shall be determined in accordance
with the policies and provisions of the Manager Member. Any
officers of the Company shall be designated by the Manager Member
annually. Each officer shall hold office from the date of officer
designation until the next annual meeting or designation, as the
case may be, and until his successor shall have been designated,
unless the officer shall sooner resign or be removed. The initial
officers of the Company appointed by the Manager Member shall be:
Name Position
---- --------
Maurice W. Slayton Chief Executive Officer
John B. Clinton President
Fred M. Schpero Secretary
4.3 RESIGNATIONS; REMOVAL; VACANCIES. Any officer of the
Company may resign at any time by giving written notice to the
Manager Member, and, unless otherwise specified therein, the
acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it
effective. Any officer may be removed at any time by the Manager
Member with or without cause. A vacancy in any officer position
may be filled by the Manager Member.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; PERCENTAGE INTERESTS
5.1 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The Manager Member shall make a
capital contribution to the Company equal to its capital account as
a general partner in the Funds and will make additional capital
contributions as and when required to permit the Company to satisfy
its obligations as general partner of the Funds. Each other Member
shall make capital contributions equal in amount to its
Subscription upon his, her or its admission to the Company.
5.2 NO INTEREST OR WITHDRAWALS. No interest shall accrue on
any capital contribution made by a Member, and no Member shall have
the right to withdraw or to be repaid any of his capital
contributions so made, except as specifically provided in this
Agreement.
6
<PAGE> 7
5.3 ADJUSTMENTS OF PERCENTAGE INTERESTS. The Manager Member,
without the consent of any Member, may at any time or from time to
time increase the Percentage Interest of any Member by reduction of
the Manager Member's Percentage Interest.
ARTICLE VI
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
6.1 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS. There shall be established on the
books of the Company a capital account ("Capital Account") for each
Member that shall consist of such Member's initial capital
contribution to the Company as reflected in the books and records
of the Company,
(a) increased by
(i) any additional capital contributions made
by such Member as so reflected, and
(ii) any amounts from time to time added to the
Capital Account of such Member pursuant to Article VII;
(b) decreased by
(i) any distributions made to such Member
pursuant to Article VIII, and
(ii) any amounts from time to time subtracted
from the Capital Account of such Member pursuant to Article
VII; and
(c) otherwise adjusted in accordance with the tax
accounting principles set forth in Treasury Regulations Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
6.2 ACCOUNTING FOR DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND. For purposes of
maintaining Capital Accounts when Company property is distributed
in kind;
(i) the Company shall treat such property as if it had
been sold for its fair market value on the date of
distribution;
(ii) any difference between the fair market value of
such property as so determined and the Cost of such property
shall be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members
pursuant to Section 7.3; and
(iii) the Capital Account of any Member receiving a
distribution of such property shall be reduced by the fair
market value of the property so received, net of any
7
<PAGE> 8
liabilities that such Member is considered to assume or take
subject to under Section 752 of the Code.
6.3 COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY REGULATIONS. The foregoing
provisions and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to
the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with
Code Section 704(b) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b),
and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with
such regulations.
6.4 EFFECT OF ASSIGNMENT. In the event of any assignment of
any Interest pursuant to Section 9.3, the assignee shall succeed to
the Capital Account of the assignor in respect of the Interest
transferred.
ARTICLE VII
ALLOCATIONS
7.1 GENERAL. Company income, gain, loss and expenses shall
be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members and distributed
to such Members in accordance with this Article VII. No interest
shall accrue on the Capital Account or capital contributions of any
Member, and no member shall have the right to withdraw funds or
property from the Company for any reason, except as specifically
provided in this Agreement.
7.2 NET GAIN OR LOSS. As of the end of each year of the
Company, and after giving effect to the allocations set forth in
Sections 7.3, 7.4 and 7.6(b), the Net Gain or Loss of the Company
for such fiscal period shall be allocated as follows:
(a) All Net Gain or Loss attributable to allocations
made by the Funds to the Company in its capacity as general partner
of the Funds:
(i) which are made with respect to the capital
contribution of the Manager Member in its capacity as former
general partner of the Funds shall be allocated to the Manager
Member; and
(ii) which are made other than with respect to
the capital contribution of the Manager Member as former
general partner of the Funds (e.g., the Company's "carried
interest" in the profits or losses or net profits or losses of
the Funds) shall be allocated among the Members in proportion
to their respective Percentage Interests.
(b) All Management Fee income and all expenses
attributable to Administrative Expenses of the Funds, and all
Short-Term Income shall be allocated to the Manager Member.
(c) All other Net Gain or Loss of the Company shall be
allocated to all Members in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests.
8
<PAGE> 9
7.3 TIMING OF ALLOCATIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND. Any Net
Gain or Loss of the Company that is attributable to a distribution
of property in kind by the Company or the Funds shall be allocated
as follows (subject to the other provisions of this Article VII):
(a) Net Gain or Loss of the Company attributable to
amounts allocated by the Funds to the Company in its capacity as
the general partner of the Funds as a result of distributions in
kind of Fund property shall be allocated to all Members, at the
time such allocations are made by the Funds, on the same basis that
an equivalent amount of Net Gain or Loss attributable to Fund
allocations would be allocated by the Company for a hypothetical
fiscal year ending immediately prior to the distribution in kind by
the Funds that gave rise to such Net Gain or Loss.
(b) Net Gain or Loss resulting pursuant to Section 6.2
from the distribution by the Company of its property in kind shall
be allocated to all Members, immediately prior to the time such
distribution is made, on the same basis that an equivalent amount
of Net Gain or Loss not attributable to Fund allocations would be
allocated for a hypothetical fiscal year ending immediately prior
to the distribution in kind that gave rise to such Net Gain or
Loss.
(c) For purposes of applying the loss allocation
limitations of Section 7.4 in the case of an allocation of Net Gain
or Loss pursuant to subsections (a) or (b) above for a hypothetical
fiscal year, the actual balances in the Members' Capital Accounts
shall be adjusted to reflect prior distributions in kind made
during such hypothetical fiscal year by the Funds or the Company,
but not any realized gains or losses of the Company for such
hypothetical fiscal year.
7.4 REGULATORY ALLOCATIONS. The following provisions are
included in order to comply with tax rules set forth in the Code
and to permit the Company to obtain the benefits of a "safe harbor"
provided by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).
(a) If and to the extent that any allocation of Net
Loss, Issuance Items or other items of loss, expense (or portion
thereof) to any Member would cause such Member's Capital Account to
be negative by an amount which exceeds such Member's Restoration
Amount or would further reduce a balance in such Member's Capital
Account that is already negative by an amount which exceeds such
Member's Restoration Amount, then such loss, expense or charge (or
portion thereof) shall be allocated first to the Capital Accounts
of the other Members in proportion to the positive balances in
their respective Capital Accounts until all such Capital Accounts
are reduced to zero, then to the Capital Accounts of Members with
Restoration Amounts, in proportion to their respective Restoration
Amounts, until each such Member's Capital Account is negative by an
amount equal to such Member's Restoration Amount; then to the
Capital Account of the Manager Member until the Capital Account of
the Manager Member is negative by an amount equal to its
Restoration Amount; and then to the Capital Accounts of the Members
and Retired Members in proportion to their Percentage Interests;
provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 7.4(a) shall
be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a
Capital Account that is negative by an amount which exceeds such
9
<PAGE> 10
Member's Restoration Amount after all allocations provided for in
this Article VII have been made tentatively as if this Section 7.4
were not included in this Agreement.
(b) If any Member unexpectedly receives an adjustment,
allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), and such adjustment,
allocation or distribution causes such Member to have a deficit
balance in such Member's Capital Account, there shall be allocated
to such Member items of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata
--- ----
portion of each item of Company income, including gross income, and
gain for such fiscal period) in an amount and manner sufficient to
eliminate such Member's deficit Capital Account balance, to the
extent required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-
1(b)(2)(ii)(d), as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation
pursuant to this Section 7.4(b) shall be made only if and to the
extent that such Member would have a negative Capital Account after
all allocations provided for in this Section 7.4 have been made
tentatively as if this Section 7.4(b) were not included in this
Agreement. The foregoing sentence is intended to constitute a
"qualified income offset" provision as described in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), and shall be interpreted
and applied in all respects in accordance with that Section.
(c) In the event that any Member has a negative
Capital Account at the end of any Company fiscal year which is in
excess of such Member's Restoration Amount, there shall be
allocated to such Member items of Company income (including gross
income) and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as
possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section
7.4(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that the deficit in
such Member's Capital Account would exceed such Company's
Restoration Amount after all allocations provided for in this
Article VII have been made tentatively as if Section 7.4(b) hereof
and this Section 7.4(c) were not included in this Agreement.
(d) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted
tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Section 743(b) of the
Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-
1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account is determining Capital
Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts
shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases
the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such
basis) and such gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the
Members in a manner consistent with the manner in which their
Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such
Section of the Regulations.
(e) The allocations set forth in Sections 7.4(a),
7.4(b), 7.4(c) and 7.4(d) hereof (the "Regulatory Allocations") are
intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-1(b). Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Article VII (other than the Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory
Allocations shall be taken into account in allocating subsequent
Net Gain, Net Loss, Issuance Items and items of income, gain, loss
and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent possible,
the net amount of such allocations of subsequent Net Gain, Net
Loss, Issuance Items and other items and the Regulatory Allocations
to each Member shall be equal to the net amount that would have
been allocated to each such Member pursuant to the provisions of
this Article VII if the Regulatory Allocations had not occurred.
For purposes of applying the foregoing sentence, allocations
pursuant to this Section
10
<PAGE> 11
7.4(e) shall be made with respect to allocations pursuant to Section
7.4(d) only to the extent the Manager Member reasonably determines that
such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic
agreement among the Members.
(f) If the Company, in its capacity as general partner
of the Funds, receives any special allocations from the Funds pursuant to
certain provisions of the Funds' respective Partnership Agreements dealing
with certain "extraordinary allocations", the Manager Member, after
consulting with the Company's accountants and other advisors, shall
allocate such amounts among the Members in a manner consistent with the
economic arrangements among the Members and the purpose of such
provisions.
7.5 ADJUSTMENTS TO REFLECT CHANGE IN INTERESTS.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any fiscal period
during which any Member's interest in the Company changes,
allocations of Net Gain or Loss shall be adjusted appropriately to
take into account the varying interests of the Members during such
period. The Manager Member shall consult with the Company's
accountants and other advisors and shall select the method of
making such adjustments, which method shall be used consistently
thereafter.
7.6 TAX ALLOCATIONS.
(a) For federal, state and local income tax purposes,
Company income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (or any item
thereof) for each fiscal year shall be allocated to and among the
Members in order to reflect the allocations made pursuant to the
provisions of this Article VII for such fiscal year (other than
allocations of items which are not deductible or are excluded from
taxable income), taking into account any variation between the
adjusted tax basis and book value of Company property in accordance
with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code.
(b) Any income, gain, loss or deduction realized as a
direct or indirect result of the issuance of a Company interest by
the Company to a Member, the issuance to the Company of an interest
in the Funds or changes during the term of the Company in any
Member's Percentage Interest or Subscription ("Issuance Items")
shall be allocated among the Members so that, to the extent
possible, the net amount of such Issuance Items, together with all
other allocations under this Agreement to each Member, shall be
equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such
Member if the Issuance Items had not been realized. Issuance Items
allocated to any Member shall be added to such Member's Capital
Account if such items constitute income or gain, and shall be
subtracted from that Capital Account if such items constitute
losses or expenses.
7.7 TIMING OF ALLOCATIONS. The Manager Member, in its sole
discretion, may cause the Company to make the allocations described
in this Article VII (other than allocations for tax purposes
pursuant to Section 7.6) as of a time other than the end of a
fiscal year on the basis of an interim closing of the Company's
books at such time, but only if the Funds make interim allocations.
In such event, each short fiscal period attributable to any such
interim closing shall constitute a fiscal year for purposes of this
Article VII.
11
<PAGE> 12
ARTICLE VIII
DISTRIBUTIONS
8.1 TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS. The Company intends to
distribute promptly to the Members all cash and other property it
receives in distributions from the Funds or any other source;
provided, however, that the Manager Member may defer any such
- -------- -------
distribution to provide for liabilities or obligations of the
Company or to establish appropriate reserves.
8.2 TAX DISTRIBUTIONS.
(a) The Company intends to distribute to the Members,
as it is received, the amount ("Tax Distribution") of any
distribution received from the Funds as a tax distribution. Such
distribution shall be made to the Members in amounts which would
enable the Members to satisfy their respective tax liabilities,
assuming for this purpose that all Members are subject to the
highest rate of tax that may be applicable to any Member, as
determined by the Manager Member in consultation with accountants
to the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) amounts
otherwise distributable to any Member as Tax Distributions with
respect to any taxable year may be reduced (but not below zero) by
any other distributions made by the Company to such Member during
such fiscal year; and (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions
that otherwise would be made pursuant to this Section 8.2 with
respect to any taxable year may be reduced or eliminated to the
extent determined by the Manager Member pursuant to the proviso to
-------
Section 8.1.
(c) To the extent the Company receives from the Funds
any amounts which are treated under such Fund's Partnership
Agreement as an advance against tax distributions to permit the
Members of the Company to make estimated tax payments, such
amounts, when received by the Members, shall similarly be treated
as advances against Tax Distributions, and shall be subject to
return by the Members to the Company to the extent such advances
are determined by the Manager Member to have been excessive upon
calculation at the end of the fiscal year of the correct amount of
tax distributions to be made by such Fund to the Company and Tax
Distributions to be made by the Company to its Members.
8.3 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTIONS. All additional distributions,
other than Liquidating Distributions, shall be made as follows:
(a) As long as any Member has a positive balance in
his Capital Account, all cash or property received during the
fiscal year by the Company which is attributable to cumulative Net
Gain (e.g., in excess of prior Net Loss) or Short-Term Income that
has been allocated in accordance with Article VII shall be
distributed to the extent possible to the Members in proportion to
the respective allocations of each such item under Article VII. Cash
12
<PAGE> 13
or property received which is not attributable to Net Gain or
Short Term Income shall be distributed to the Members in proportion
to their respective Capital Accounts.
(b) If no Member has a positive balance in his Capital
Account, distributions shall be made to all Members in proportion
to their respective Percentage Interests.
8.4 OPERATIONAL RULES.
(a) For purposes of Section 8.3, the Capital Account
balances of the Members shall be adjusted, prior to determining the
amount of any distribution provided for therein, to reflect all
prior Company distributions and all distributions made
contemporaneously with the distributions provided for in Section
8.3, as well as all Company Net Gain or Net Loss attributable to
any distributions previously or contemporaneously made in kind.
(b) The valuation of securities distributed in kind
shall be made in the manner provided in Article XII. Each class of
securities to be distributed in kind shall be distributed to the
Members in proportion to their respective shares of the entire
amount to be distributed (determined as provided in Sections 8.3
or, with respect to Liquidating Distributions, Section 11.3),
except to the extent that a disproportionate distribution of such
securities is necessary in order to avoid distributing fractional
shares. For purposes of the preceding sentence, each lot of stock
or other securities having a separately identifiable tax basis or
holding period shall be treated as a separate class of securities.
8.5 TAX WITHHOLDING. If the Company incurs a tax withholding
obligation with respect to any Member, any amount required to be
withheld by the Company with respect to such Member shall be
treated for all purposes of this Agreement as if it had been
transferred to such Member by the Company as an interest-free
advance. Amounts treated as advanced to any Member pursuant to
this Section 8.5 shall be repaid by such Member to the Company
within thirty (30) days after the Company delivers a written
request to such Member for such repayment; provided, however, that
-------- -------
if any such repayment is not made, the Company shall collect such
unpaid amounts from any Company distributions that otherwise would
be made to such Member. Any part of such withheld amount not
collected by the Company from such distributions shall be charged
to such Member's Capital Account at such time as the Manager Member
in its sole discretion shall determine, but in no event later than
the time immediately preceding the Company's final Liquidating
Distribution to such Member.
8.6 CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS PROHIBITED. Anything in this
Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, all Company
distributions shall be subject to the following limitations:
(i) No distribution shall be made to any Member if,
and to the extent that, such distribution would not be
permitted under the LLC Act.
(ii) No distribution other than a Tax Distribution shall be
made to any Member to the extent that such distribution, if made,
would cause the deficit balance, if any, in the
13
<PAGE> 14
Capital Account of such Member (determined without regard to any
allocations made pursuant to Section 7.4(c)) to exceed such Member's
Restoration Amount.
8.7 CONSENT TO DISTRIBUTIONS. Each Member, by becoming a
Member, consents to any such distribution hereafter made or omitted
to be made to the Members or any of them in accordance with this
Article VIII.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION ON TRANSFERS OF COMPANY INTERESTS OF MEMBERS;
ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
9.1 TRANSFERS GENERALLY PROHIBITED. Except as provided in
this Article IX, a Member may not transfer, sell, assign, gift,
pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of such Member's Company
Interest.
9.2 ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS.
(a) The Company shall not directly issue any
additional Company Interests after the date of this Agreement.
(b) In the case of an assignee of an Interest a new
Member may be admitted to the Company, only as provided in Section
9.3, which admission shall be effective only after the consents
required by that section are obtained and such assignee's admission
is reflected in Schedule A hereto. In addition, admission of a new
----------
Member is conditioned upon the execution of a counterpart copy of
this Agreement by such new Member.
9.3 LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS OF COMPANY INTERESTS.
(a) No sale, assignment, gift, pledge, hypothecation
or other disposition or encumbrance of an interest in the Company
(collectively, a "Transfer") shall be made to any person or entity
that is not already a Member without the prior written consent of
the Manager Member and, if the Manager Member is transferring part
or all of its interest to such person or entity, the prior written
consent of a majority of the non-transferring Members and Retired
Members. In addition, in order to ensure that the Company lacks
the corporate characteristic of "free transferability of interests"
for tax purposes: (i) whether the consent of a majority of the non-
transferring Members and Retired Members to the transfer of any
Member's Interest in the Company has been obtained will be
determined in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Revenue
Procedure 95-10, 1995-3 I.R.B. 30 ("Revenue Procedure 95-10"), or
any successor administrative or authoritative judicial guidance;
(ii) as permitted by Revenue Procedure 95-10, a majority of the
non-transferring Members and Retired Members shall consist of (w)
Members and Retired Members holding a majority of the capital
interests in the Company then held by all non-transferring Members
and Retired Members, (x) Members and Retired Members holding a
14
<PAGE> 15
majority of the profit interests in the Company then held by all
non transferring Members and Retired Members, (y) a majority in
interest of the non transferring Members and Retired Members, as
determined pursuant to Revenue Procedure 94-46, 1994-28 I.R.B. 129
("Revenue Procedure 94-46"), or (z) a majority of the non-
transferring Members and Retired Members determined on a per capita
basis (as determined by Manager Member); and (iii) the Manager
Member in its sole discretion shall select which of foregoing
clauses (w), (x), (y) or (z) shall apply to any particular proposed
transfer.
(b) The Manager Member shall not consent to the
admission of an assignee as a Member until the Manager Member has
received an opinion of counsel to the Company or of other counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Manager Member (which opinion shall
be obtained at the expense of the assignee) that such admission
will not result in (i) a violation of applicable law or this
Agreement, (ii) the Company being classified as an association
taxable as a corporation under Section 7701 of the Code, (iii) the
Company becoming subject to tax as a corporation under Section 7704
of the Code, or (iv) the Company being deemed terminated pursuant
to Section 708 of the Code. Further, the Manager Member shall not
cause or permit the transfer of Percentage Interests of Members or
Retired Members to be transferred to other Members or Retired
Members if any such transfer would result in the Company being
deemed to be "terminated" under Section 708 of the Code.
(c) The Manager Member shall not cause or permit
interests in the Company to become registered under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, or "readily traded on an established
securities market," and shall withhold its consent to any Transfer
that, to its knowledge after reasonable inquiry, would otherwise be
accomplished by a trade on a "secondary market (or the substantial
equivalent thereof)," in each case within the meaning of Section
7704 or 469(k) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder that are in effect at the time of the proposed Transfer.
ARTICLE X
WITHDRAWAL OR RESIGNATION OF RETIRED MEMBERS
10.1 WITHDRAWALS GENERALLY. Except as otherwise provided in
this Article X, without the prior written consent of the Manager
Member, no Member shall have the right to resign or withdraw from
the Company prior to the dissolution and winding up of the Company.
Any distribution to a resigning Member shall be in accordance with
an agreement between the Member and the Company that is approved by
the Manager Member.
10.2 WITHDRAWAL UPON BANKRUPTCY. In the event of the
occurrence with respect to any Member of an event described in
Section 18-304 of the LLC Act as in effect on the date hereof, such
Member shall thereupon for purposes of this Agreement be deemed to
have withdrawn as of the date thereof, and in such event such
Member's interest in the Company as
15
<PAGE> 16
a Member shall automatically be converted into a Retired Member's interest
in accordance with the provisions of this Article X.
10.3 RETIRED MEMBER. A Member who withdraws, or the personal
representative or estate of a Member who shall be deemed to have
withdrawn, shall retain an interest in the Company as a Retired
Member; such former Member's interest in the Company as a Member
shall be automatically converted into a Retired Member's; and such
Person shall be considered a Retired Member for all purposes under
the terms of this Agreement.
10.4 RETIRED MEMBER PARTICIPATION. A Retired Member shall
take no part in the management, policy or control of the Company
and shall have no power or authority to undertake any activities on
behalf of the Company or to sign for or to bind the Company. Any
Retired Member shall be bound by the terms of this Agreement and by
all action taken by the Manager Members or the Members. No Retired
Member, or trust for the benefit of a Retired Member or the
children of a Retired Member, shall participate in any consent of
the Members for any purpose hereunder except as may be required
under the Code.
ARTICLE XI
DISSOLUTION
11.1 DISSOLUTION. The Company shall be dissolved and its
affairs shall be wound up upon the first to occur of the following:
(a) Thirty (30) years from the date of the formation
of the Company;
(b) The written consent of all of the Members;
(c) The death, adjudication of incompetence,
retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of
the Manager Member, or the occurrence of any other event which
terminates the continued membership of the Manager Member in the
Company, unless within 90 days after the event(s) giving rise to
the dissolution of the Company a majority in interest of the
remaining Members (determined in accordance with Revenue Procedure
95-10 and 94-46, or any successor administrative or authoritative
judicial guidance) agree in writing to continue the business of the
Company; or
(d) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution
under law.
11.2 WINDING UP. The Manager Member, or if none, a person
approved by Members holding at least fifty percent (50%) of the
Percentage Interests may wind up the Company's affairs, unless
otherwise provided by law.
16
<PAGE> 17
11.3 DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS. Upon the winding up of the
Company, the individual charged with winding up the Company first
shall make payment of, or adequate provisions for, the debts,
expenses and obligations of the Company. The remaining assets of
the Company shall be distributed as Liquidating Distributions as
follows: any Net Gain or Loss realized in connection with the
liquidation of the Company shall be allocated among the Members
pursuant to Article VII, and the remaining assets of the Company
shall then be distributed to the Members in proportion to the
positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts (and, if a
distribution in kind is to be made, after allocating any Net Gain
or Loss attributable to such distribution). In performing their
duties, the liquidator(s) are authorized to sell, exchange or
otherwise dispose of the assets of the Company in such reasonable
manner as the liquidator(s) shall determine to be in the best
interest of the Members. During the liquidation of the Company,
the liquidator(s) shall furnish to the Members the financial
statements and other information specified in Article XIII.
11.4 NO LIABILITY FOR RETURN OF CAPITAL.
(a) The liquidator(s), the Manager Member and their
respective officers, directors, agents, partners and Affiliates
shall not be personally liable for the return of the capital
contributions of any Member. No Member (other than the Managing
Member, to the extent required by Section 11.4(b)) shall be liable
to restore to the Company any deficit balance in such Member's
Capital Account if any such deficit should exist after the
Company's final liquidating distribution.
(b) If, after the Company has made its final
Liquidating Distribution, the Manager Member's Capital Account is
negative, then, notwithstanding foregoing, the Manager Member shall
return to the Company part or all of the distributions received by
it pursuant to Article VIII or this Article XI in an aggregate
amount equal to such deficit but not in excess of such Manger
Member's Restoration Amount. Returns made by the Manager Member
pursuant to this Section 11.4 shall be made in cash. The Manager
Member shall use best efforts to make any such returns and/or
payments promptly and in any event in conformity with the timing
requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g).
Amounts repaid by the Manager Member pursuant to this Section 11.4
shall be paid to the Funds in satisfaction of the Company's
obligation to restore a deficit in its capital account as
maintained by each such Fund, paid to other creditors of the
Company or distributed to Members with positive balances in their
Capital Accounts in proportion to such balances.
17
<PAGE> 18
ARTICLE XII
VALUATION OF COMPANY ASSETS
12.1 VALUATION BY MANAGER MEMBER. Whenever valuation of
Company assets or net assets is required by this Agreement, the
fair market value of such assets shall be determined by the Manager
Member in good faith.
12.2 GOODWILL. The Company's name and goodwill shall, as
among the Members, be deemed to have no value and shall belong to
the Company or any successor thereof, and no Member shall have any
right or claim individually to the use thereof. Upon termination
of the Company, all rights to the name of the Company and any
goodwill associated with that name shall be assigned to the Manager
Member.
ARTICLE XIII
BOOKS AND RECORDS; FISCAL MATTERS
13.1 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books and records of the Company
shall be kept at the principal office of the Company or at such
other places, within or without the State of Delaware, as the
Manager Member shall from time to time determine.
13.2 INSPECTION. Any Member of record shall have the right to
examine, at any reasonable time or times for any purposes related
to the Member's ownership of Company Interests, the books and
records of account, minutes, and records of Members and to make
copies thereof. Such inspection may be made by any agent or
attorney of the Member. Upon the written request of any Member of
the Company, the Company shall mail to such Member its most recent
financial statements, showing in reasonable detail its assets and
liabilities and the results of its operations.
13.3 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Company shall end on
the last day of December each year, unless otherwise determined by
the Manager Member.
13.4 DEPOSITS. All funds of the Company shall be deposited
from time to time to credit of the Company in such banks, trust
companies or other depositories as the Manager Member may select.
13.5 CHECKS, PROFITS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders
for the payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of
indebtedness issued in the name of the Company shall be signed by
an officer of the Manger Member or any of the President, CEO or the
Secretary of the Company.
18
<PAGE> 19
13.6 LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the
Company and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its
name unless authorized by the Manager Member. Such authority may
be general or confined to specific instances.
13.7 CONTRACTS. The Manager Member may authorize any officer
or agent of the Company to enter into any contract or execute any
instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company, and such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.
13.8 ACCOUNTANT. An accountant will be selected from time to
time by the Manager Member to perform such tax and accounting
services as may be required from time to time. The accountant may
be removed by the Manager Member without assigning any cause.
13.9 LEGAL COUNSEL. One or more attorney(s) at law will be
selected from time to time by the Manager Member to review the
legal affairs of the Company and to perform such other services as
may be required and to report to the Manager Member with respect
thereto. The legal counsel may be removed by the Manager Member
without assigning any cause.
ARTICLE XIV
INDEMNIFICATION
14.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF MEMBERS.
(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the
laws and public policies of Delaware, the Company shall indemnify
any Member made a party to any proceeding because such individual
is or was a Member, as a matter of right, against all liability
incurred by such individual in connection with any proceeding;
provided, however, that it shall be determined in the specific case
- -------- -------
in accordance with Section 14.1(d) that indemnification of such
individual is permissible in the circumstances because the
individual has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set
forth in Section 14.1(c). The Company shall pay for or reimburse
the reasonable expenses incurred by a Member in connection with any
such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if: (i)
the individual furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the
individual's good faith belief that he has met the standard of
conduct for indemnification described in Section 14.1(c); (ii) the
individual furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed
personally or on such individual's behalf, to repay the advance if
it is ultimately determined that such individual did not meet such
standard of conduct; and (iii) a determination is made in
accordance with Section 14.1 that based upon facts then known to
those making the determination, indemnification would not be
precluded under this Section 14.1. The undertaking described in
clause (ii) above must be a general obligation of the individual,
subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit,
but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to
financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify
a Member who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in
the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against
reasonable expenses incurred by the individual in
19
<PAGE> 20
connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination
as set forth in Section 14.1(c). Upon demand by the Member for
indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the
Company shall expeditiously determine whether the Member is
entitled thereto in accordance with this Section 14.1. The
indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this
Section 14.1 shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from
acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this
Section 14.1.
(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the
obligation, to indemnify any individual who is or was an employee
or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such individual
was a Member, including any and all officers.
(c) Indemnification of a Member is permissible under
this Section 14.1 only if: (i) he conducted himself in good faith;
(ii) he reasonably believed that his conduct was in or at least not
opposed to the Company's best interest and was within the authority
delegated to him by this Agreement or was delegated by the Manager
Member (or by a majority in Percentage Interest of other Members;
if the Manager Member is the subject of indemnification); (iii) in
the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no reasonable cause to
believe his conduct was unlawful; and (iv) the termination of any
such proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon
a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself,
---- ----------
determinative that the individual did not meet the standard of
conduct described in this Section 14.1(c).
(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or
advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by the Manager
Member (or by the affirmative vote of a majority in Percentage
Interests of all other Members if the Manager Member is party to
the proceeding). A Member who is a party to a proceeding may apply
for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any,
conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent
jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after
giving notice the court considers necessary, may order
indemnification if it determines:
(i) in a proceeding in which the Member is
wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the Member
is entitled to indemnification under this Section 14.1,
in which case the court shall order the Company to pay
the Member his reasonable expenses incurred to obtain
such court ordered indemnification; or
(ii) the Member is fairly and reasonably
entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant
circumstances, whether or not the Member met the standard
of conduct set forth in Section 14.1(c).
(e) Nothing contained in this Section 14.1 shall limit
or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under
the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of
or advancement of expenses to any individual who is or was a Member
of the Company or is or was serving at the Company's request as a
director, officer, partner, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of
another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association,
limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan, or other
20
<PAGE> 21
enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Further, any Member shall be
entitled to seek indemnification from any and all other sources, including
officers and directors insurance or indemnification from Conning & Company
and/or indemnification from the Funds, to the extent applicable. It is
the intent of this Section 14.1 to provide indemnification to Members to
the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with
the terms or conditions of this Section 14.1. Indemnification shall be
provided in accordance with this Section 14.1 irrespective of the nature
of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is made, including,
without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, mismanagement, waste,
breach of contract, breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of
federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state
or federal law or violation of any law of any other jurisdiction.
(f) For purposes of this Section 14.1:
(i) The term "expenses" includes all direct
and indirect costs (including, without limitation,
counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees
of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating
costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges,
postage, delivery service fees and all other
disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually
incurred in connection with the investigation, defense,
settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or
enforcing a right to indemnification under this Section
14.1, applicable law or otherwise.
(ii) The term "liability" means the obligation
to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax
(including an excise tax assessed with respect to an
employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred
with respect to a proceeding.
(iii) The term "party" includes an individual
who was, is or is threatened to be made, a named
defendant or respondent in a proceeding.
(iv) The term "proceeding" means any
threatened, pending or completed action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative and whether formal or informal.
(g) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance
for its benefit, the benefit of any individual who is entitled to
indemnification under this Section 14.1, or both, against any
liability asserted against or incurred by such individual in any
capacity or arising out of such individual's service with the
Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to
indemnify such individual against such liability.
21
<PAGE> 22
ARTICLE XV
MEETINGS
15.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the Members shall
be held within three (3) months of the end of the Company's fiscal
year on a date set by the Manager Member, for the purpose of
electing any Officers and for the transaction of such other
business as may come before the meeting. If the election shall not
be held on the day designated by the Manager Member for the annual
meeting of the Members, or at any adjournment thereof, the Members
shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the
Members as soon thereafter as it may conveniently be held.
15.2 REGULAR OR SPECIAL MEETINGS. The Members may by
resolution prescribe the time and place for the holding of regular
meetings and may provide that the adoption of such resolution shall
constitute notice of such regular meetings. If the Members do not
prescribe the time and place for the holding of regular meetings,
such regular meetings shall be held at the time and place specified
by the Manager Member in the notice of such regular meeting.
Special meetings of the Members, for any purpose or purposes,
unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by a majority
of the Members or by the Manager Member.
15.3 NOTICE OF MEETING. Written or telephonic notice stating
the place, day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special
meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be
delivered not less than three (3) days before the date of the
meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of
the Manager Member, to each Member of record entitled to vote at
such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be
delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to
the Member at his address as it appears on the books of the
Company, with postage thereon prepaid. When all the Members of the
Company are present at any meeting, or if those not present deliver
a written, signed waiver of notice of such meeting, or subsequently
ratify all the proceedings thereof, the transactions of such
meeting are as valid as if a meeting were formally called and
notice had been given.
15.4 QUORUM. At any meeting of the Members, holders of at
least a majority of Percentage Interests as reflected in Schedule A
----------
hereto, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a
quorum at such meeting. If less than said majority of the equity
interests are represented at a meeting, a majority of the interests
so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without
further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall
be present or represented, any business may be transacted which
might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.
The Members present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum of
Members initially is present or represented may continue to
transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal
of enough Members to leave less than a quorum.
15.5 PROXIES. At all meetings of Members, a Member may vote
by proxy executed in writing by the Member or by his duly
authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy shall be filed with the
Manager Member of the Company before or at the time of the meeting.
No proxy shall be valid after three (3) months from date of
execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
22
<PAGE> 23
15.6 MANNER OF ACTING.
(a) Formal Action by Members. Action of Members
representing at least a majority in Percentage Interest of all
Members shall constitute the effective act of the Members, whether
taken at a meeting or by written instrument, unless otherwise
provided expressly herein. The Manager Member shall preside at
meetings of the Members. A record shall be maintained of the
meetings of the Members. The Members may adopt their own rules of
procedure which shall not be inconsistent with this Agreement.
(b) Presumption of Assent. A Member of the Company
who is present at a meeting of the Members at which action on any
matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action
taken, unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the
meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent to such action
with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the
adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by certified mail
to the secretary of the meeting immediately after the adjournment
of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Member
who voted in favor of such action.
(c) Action by Consent. Unless otherwise provided by
law, any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Members,
or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the Members,
may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting
forth the action so taken, shall be signed by a majority of the
Members entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter
thereof.
(d) Telephonic Meetings. Members of the Company may
participate in any meeting of the Members by means of conference
telephone or similar communication if all persons participating in
such meeting can hear one another for the entire discussion of the
matter(s) to be voted upon. Participating in a telephonic meeting
shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
ARTICLE XVI
MISCELLANEOUS
16.1 NOTICE. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement,
any notice required or permitted to be given pursuant to the
provisions of the LLC Act, the Certificate of Formation of the
Company or this Agreement shall be effective as of the date
personally delivered, or if sent by mail, on the fifth day after
deposit with the United States Postal Service, prepaid and
addressed to the intended receiver at his last known address as
shown in the records of the Company.
16.2 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be
given pursuant to the provisions of the LLC Act, the Certificate of
Formation of the Company or this Agreement, a
23
<PAGE> 24
waiver thereof, in writing, signed by the persons entitled to such notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent to the giving of such notice.
16.3 GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context requires, the
gender of all words used herein shall include the masculine,
feminine and neuter, and the number of all words shall include the
singular and plural thereof.
16.4 ARTICLES AND OTHER HEADINGS. The Articles and other
headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes
only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation.
16.5 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving
effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.
16.6 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may be altered, amended,
restated, or repealed and a new Agreement may be adopted by consent
of all of the Members, after notice and opportunity for discussion
of the proposed alteration, amendment, restatement, or repeal.
16.7 REMEDIES UPON BREACH. Any Member of the Company who
fails to perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement shall keep and save harmless the assets of the
Company and shall indemnify the Company and the Members of the
Company from any and all claims, demands and actions of every kind
and nature whatsoever which may arise out of or by reason of such
violation of any terms of this Agreement.
16.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all
of which taken together shall constitute one Agreement.
24
<PAGE> 25
THE UNDERSIGNED, being all of the Members of Conning
Investment Partners II, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, hereby evidence their adoption and ratification of the
foregoing Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company.
MANAGER MEMBER:
CONNING & COMPANY
By: ------------------------------
Name:
Title:
MEMBERS:
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
25
<PAGE> 26
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
------------------------------------
26
<PAGE> 27
APPENDIX A
----------
TABLE OF DEFINITIONS
--------------------
"ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES" shall have the meaning assigned to
-----------------------
such term in Section 8.1 of the respective Partnership Agreements
of each of the Funds.
"AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect to the Person to which it
---------
refers, a Person that directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such subject Person; provided, however, that all
-------- -------
Members of the Company and all officers, directors and employees of
the Manager Member shall be deemed to be Affiliates of the Company.
"CAPITAL ACCOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
---------------
"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the
----
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time
to time.
"COMPANY" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to
-------
this Agreement.
"COST" shall mean, with respect to Company assets and unless
----
the context otherwise requires, the Company's adjusted tax basis of
such assets for federal income tax purposes, provided that (i) if
the Company has made an election under Section 754 of the Code,
such tax basis shall be determined after giving effect to
adjustments made under Section 734 of the Code but without regard
to adjustments made under Section 743 of the Code; and (ii) the
Cost of any securities or other property received by the Company in
distributions made by the Funds shall be deemed to equal the fair
market value of such property, as determined pursuant to the Funds
Partnership Agreements, as of the date such property is distributed
by the Funds.
"DOMESTIC FUND" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
-------------
"FUNDS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.
-----
"INTEREST" shall mean a Member's interest in the Company.
--------
"INTERNATIONAL FUND" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2
------------------
"ISSUANCE ITEMS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
--------------
"LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTION" shall mean any distribution made by
------------------------
the Company after the latest to occur of (a) the Company's dissolution,
determined pursuant to Article XI, and (b) the date on which the Company
has received its final distribution from the Funds.
"LLC ACT" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to
-------
this Agreement.
27
<PAGE> 28
"MANAGEMENT FEE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
--------------
in Section 8.3 of the respective Partnership Agreements of each of
the Funds.
"MANAGER MEMBER" shall mean Conning & Company, a Connecticut
--------------
corporation, and its successors and assigns.
"MEMBERS" shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to
-------
this Agreement.
"NET GAIN OR LOSS" shall mean, with respect to any fiscal
----------------
period, the sum of (a) all amounts allocated for such fiscal period
to the Company pursuant to the Fund Partnership Agreements to the
Company in its capacity as the general partner of the Funds, (b)
net gain or loss from the sale or exchange of the Company's capital
assets during such fiscal period, (c) gain or loss deemed to have
been realized by the Company, pursuant to Section 6.2, on a
distribution in kind of its assets during such fiscal period, and
(d) other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense of the
Company for such fiscal period that are not included in (a), (b) or
(c), including any income which is exempt from federal income tax,
all Company losses and all expenses properly chargeable to the
Company, whether deductible or non-deductible and whether described
in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, treated as so described
pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), or
otherwise except for Issuance Items. Net Gain or Loss shall be
determined in accordance with tax accounting principles rather than
generally accepted accounting principles.
"PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS" shall mean (a) in the case of the
----------------------
Domestic Fund, the Limited Partnership Agreement dated as of
December 23, 1988 of Conning Insurance Capital Limited Partnership
II, and (b) in the case of the International Fund, the Limited
Partnership Agreement dated as of December 16, 1988 of Conning
Insurance Capital International Partners II
"PERSON" shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation,
------
trust or other entity.
"PERCENTAGE INTEREST" shall mean, with respect to any Member
-------------------
and at any time, the amount set forth at such time opposite such
Member's name in Schedule A under the heading "Percentage Interest."
----------
"RESTORATION AMOUNT" shall mean, (a) with respect to any
------------------
Member and at any time, any amount of such Member's Subscription
that such Member has not contributed in cash to the Company as of
such time; and (b) in the case of the Manager Member only, an
additional amount equal to the excess at such time (if any) of (A)
the aggregate amount of distributions received by the Company from
the Funds as of such time over (B) the aggregate amount of
distributions that the Company would have received from the Funds
as of such time if the Company had made all of its capital
contributions to the Funds in exchange for a limited partnership
interest in the Fund and did not hold an interest as the general
partner of the Fund (such excess, if any, constituting
overdistributions made by the Funds to the Company in its capacity
as general partner of the Funds with respect to the Company's 20%
"carried interest" in the Funds' cumulative net profits).
28
<PAGE> 29
"RETIRED MEMBER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.
--------------
"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
--------------
amended from time to time.
"SHORT-TERM INCOME" shall mean interest and dividend income
-----------------
earned on temporary investment of capital contributions or
distributions received from the Funds which are held by the Company
pending investment in the Funds, disbursement for expenses or
distribution to the Members.
"SUBSCRIPTION" shall mean, with respect to any Member, the
------------
total amount which such Member has agreed to contribute to the
Company as reflected on hereto.
"TAX DISTRIBUTION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.
----------------
"TAX MATTERS MEMBER" shall have the meaning set forth in
------------------
Section 3.6.
"TRANSFER" shall mean any transfer, sale, assignment, gift,
--------
pledge, hypothecation or other disposition of an Interest in the
Company.
* * *
Schedule listing the name, initial capital contribution and
percentage interest of each Member.
29
<PAGE> 1
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
CONNING INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.L.C.
THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated as
of this 31st day of October 1997 is made by and among those individuals,
firms, corporations and other entities listed in Schedule A hereto and any
----------
additional parties who execute a counterpart to this Agreement (such
individuals and any additional parties admitted to the limited liability
company formed hereby after the effective date of this Agreement, being
referred to herein as the "Members"). The Members agree to form and carry on
a limited liability company (the "Company") subject to the terms of this
Agreement in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability
Company Act, Del. Code Ann. Sections 18-101 through 18-1107 (1992), as amended
(the "LLC Act").
ARTICLE I
FIRM NAME; REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT; PURPOSES
1.1 FIRM NAME; REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT. The name of the Company
is CONNING INVESTMENT PARTNERS V, L.L.C. (the "Company"). The principal
office of the Company shall be located initially at CityPlace II, 185 Asylum
Street, Hartford, Connecticut 06103-4105. The initial address of the
Company's registered office in Delaware is: c/o Prentice-Hall Corporation
Systems, Inc., 32 Lookerman Square, Suite L-130, Dover, County of Kent,
Delaware 19901. The Company's initial registered agent at such address for
service of process is Prentice-Hall Corporation System, Inc.
1.2 PURPOSE; POWERS. The Company is formed for the principal purpose of
serving as the general partner of Conning Insurance Capital Limited
Partnership V, L.P. (the "Fund") and to engage in any lawful business or
other activity permitted under the LLC Act. The Company shall have all powers
available to it as a limited liability company under the LLC Act.
ARTICLE II
MEMBERS & INTERESTS
2.1 IDENTIFICATION. Each Member shall have an interest in the Company
(an "Interest") represented by his or its capital subscription
("Subscription") to the Company, and with respect to such Interest, shall be
entitled to a percentage share in respect of certain Company allocations and
distributions to be made hereunder (a "Percentage Interest"). The names and
addresses of the Members, their respective Subscriptions and Percentage
Interests are set forth on Schedule A hereto.
----------
2.2 INTERESTS. Company Interests have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, and therefore may not be sold or otherwise
transferred unless they are registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or an
exemption from registration is available. Each Member shall be entitled to
have a certificate representing his interest in the Company, signed by, or in
the name of the Company by the appropriate officer or officers of the
Company. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.
In case any officer, who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be an officer before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
-1-
<PAGE> 2
Company with the same effect as if he were such officer at the date of issue.
The Manager Member may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in
place of any certificate or certificates heretofore issued by the Company
alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and as a condition precedent
thereof, require the owner of such certificate to give the Company indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the Company with respect to the lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate.
2.3 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. No Member shall be liable under a
judgment, decree or order of any court, or in any other manner, for a debt,
obligation or liability of the Company, except as provided by law or as
specifically provided otherwise herein. No Member shall be required to make
any contribution to the Company by reason of any negative balance in the
Member's Capital Account, except as specifically provided otherwise herein,
nor shall any negative balance in a Member's Capital Account create any
liability on the part of the Member to any third party.
2.4 VOTING. Except as may otherwise be provided by this Agreement or the
Certificate of Formation, the Company Interests shall vote together as a
single class on all matters to be voted on by Members. Whenever action is
required or permitted by this Agreement to be taken by a specified percentage
in interest of the Members, such action shall be deemed to be valid if taken
by written vote or written consent, or by vote or consent at a meeting, by
those Members whose Percentage Interests as reflected in Schedule A hereto
----------
represent the specified percentage of the aggregate Percentage Interests of
all Members at the time, except as specifically provided otherwise herein.
ARTICLE III
MANAGER MEMBER
3.1 MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL OF THE COMPANY. Conning & Company, a
Connecticut corporation and a Member of the Company, shall act and serve as
the sole manager of the Company ("Manager Member"). Subject to the
provisions of this Agreement, the management, policies and control of the
Company shall be vested exclusively in the Manager Member.
3.2 POWERS. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Manager
Member shall have the power on behalf and in the name of the Company to carry
out and implement any and all of the purposes of the Company and to exercise
any of the powers of the Company, including, without limitation, the power
to:
(i) open, maintain and close accounts with brokers and give
instructions or directions in connection therewith;
(ii) open, maintain and close bank accounts and draw checks or other
orders for the payment of money;
(iii) receive, receipt for and dispose of and deal in all securities,
checks, money and other assets or liabilities of the Company;
(iv) hire employees or retain investment bankers, attorneys,
accountants, consultants, custodians, contractors and other agents, and
pay them compensation;
(v) execute on behalf of the Company, any agreement between the
Company and the Fund or any amendment or termination thereof;
(vi) enter into, make and perform such contracts, agreements and
other undertakings, and do any and all such other acts required of the
Company or the
-2-
<PAGE> 3
Fund with respect to the Company's or the Fund's interest in any
corporation, partnership, limited partnership, trust, association or other
entity or activity, including but not limited to entering into agreements
with respect to such interests, which agreements may contain such terms,
conditions and provisions as the Manager Member in its sole discretion
shall approve;
(vii) make all elections for the Company that are permitted under tax
or other applicable laws, including, without limitation, an election
under Section 754 of the Code; and
(viii) maintain one or more offices within or without the State of
Connecticut and in connection therewith rent or acquire office space
and do such other acts as may be advisable in connection with the
maintenance of such offices; provided, however, that maintaining such
-------- -------
offices, renting or acquiring office space and doing any such other
acts shall not affect the limited liability of the Members as set forth
in Section 2.3 hereof.
3.3 CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY. The Manager Member
shall file for record with the appropriate public authorities and, if
required, publish the Certificate of Formation of Limited Liability Company
of the Company and any amendments thereto, and shall take all such other
action as may be required to preserve the limited liability of the Members in
any jurisdiction in which the Company shall conduct its activities. In
addition, the Manager Member shall execute and file all requisite documents
and instruments to enable the Company to qualify to do business as a foreign
limited liability company in Connecticut and in each other jurisdiction for
which such qualification may be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of
the business of the Company.
3.4 DUTY OF CARE. The Manager Member shall exercise its best judgment
in conducting the Company's operations and in performing its other duties
hereunder. The Manager Member shall not incur any liability to the Company,
any Member or any other Person for any loss suffered by the Company or such
other Member or Person which arises out of any action or omission of the
Manager Member or any Affiliate of the Manager Member assisting the Manager
Member, at the Manager Member's request, in performing the Manager Member's
duties hereunder; provided, however that (i) the Manager Member or such
-------- -------
Affiliate of the Manager Member acted in good faith and in a manner such
Person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of
the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe such Person's conduct was unlawful, and (ii) such
course of conduct did not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct
of the Manager Member or such Affiliate of the Manager Member. No Affiliate
of the Manager Member shall incur any liability to the Company, any Member or
any other Person for any loss suffered by the Company or such other Member or
Person which arises out of any action or omission of the Manager Member, or
out of any action or omission of such Affiliate of the Manager Member taken
or suffered by such Affiliate of the Manager Member in the course of
providing assistance to the Manager Member at the Manager Member's request;
provided, however, that (i) such Affiliate of the Manager Member acted in
- -------- -------
good faith and in a manner such Affiliate of the Manager Member reasonably
believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to
believe such Person's conduct was unlawful, and (ii) such course of conduct
did not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Affiliate
of the Manager Member. No Affiliate of the Manager Member shall be liable
for any action taken or omitted by any other Affiliate of the Manager Member
unless such action or omission was taken or suffered by such other Affiliate
of the Manager Member while acting as an agent of such Affiliate of the
-3-
<PAGE> 4
Manager Member and, with respect to such action or omission, such other
Affiliate of the Manager Member did not satisfy the requirements of clauses
(i) and (ii) of the preceding sentence. Neither the Manager Member nor any
Affiliate of the Manager Member shall be liable for the negligence, whether
of omission or commission, dishonesty or bad faith of any employee, broker or
other agent of the Company selected by the Manager Member with reasonable
care. The Manager Member and each Affiliate of the Manager Member shall be
fully protected and justified with respect to any action or omission taken or
suffered by any of them in good faith if such action or omission is taken or
suffered in reliance upon and in accordance with the opinion or advice as to
matters of law of legal counsel, or as to matters of accounting of
accountants, selected by any of them with reasonable care. In addition, the
Manager Member and each of its Affiliates shall be entitled to
indemnification by the Company to the extent provided in Article XIII hereof.
3.5 MANAGEMENT FEE; NO SALARY. The Manager Member shall receive and
be entitled to retain all Management Fee amounts payable and paid by the Fund
under Section 8.3 of the Partnership Agreement of the Fund, net of
Administrative Expenses required to be paid by the Company as General Partner
of the Fund under Section 8.1 of the Partnership Agreement. The Manager
Member shall receive no other amounts as salary or other compensation from
the Company, but shall be entitled to its share of allocations and
distributions made by the Company determined in the manner set forth herein.
3.6 TAX MATTERS MEMBER. The "tax matters partner", as defined in
Section 6231 of the Code, of the Company shall be the Manager Member (the
"Tax Matters Member"). The Tax Matters Member shall not resign as Tax
Matters Member unless, on the effective date of such resignation, the Company
has designated another Member as Tax Matters Member and that Member has given
its consent in writing to its appointment as Tax Matters Member. The Tax
Matters Member shall receive no additional compensation from the Company for
its services in that capacity, but all expenses incurred by the Tax Matters
Member in such capacity shall be borne by the Company. The Tax Matters
Member is authorized to employ such accountants, attorneys and agents as it,
in its sole discretion, determines are necessary to or useful in the
performance of its duties. Any Person who serves as Tax Matters Member shall
not be liable to the Company or to any Member for any action it takes or
fails to take as Tax Matters Member with respect to any administrative or
judicial proceeding involving "partnership items" (as defined in Section 6231
of the Code) of the Company, unless such action or failure to act constitutes
a violation of the Manager Member's duty of care set forth in Section 3.4.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS; COMMITTEES
4.1 OFFICERS. The Manager Member shall designate any of its officers
from time to time, and separately may appoint other Persons, including but
not limited to individual Members, to serve as officers of the Company, with
such officers of the Manager Member (and/or officers of the Company) to be
responsible for the general overall supervision of the business and affairs
of the Company. Any Person appointed as an officer of the Company shall have
such titles, terms of office and duties as the Manager Member may from time
to time determine, and such officers may include a president, one or more
vice presidents, a secretary and one or more assistant secretaries, a
treasurer and one or more assistant treasurers, a Chief Executive Officer and
a Chief Financial Officer. The officers of the Manager Member and such other
officers of the Company may sign any and all deeds, mortgages, bonds,
contracts or other instruments on behalf of the Company, except in cases
where the signing or execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by this
-4-
<PAGE> 5
Agreement or by statute to some other agent of the Company; and, in general,
the officers of the Manager Member and the officers of the Company shall
perform all duties as may be prescribed by the Manager Member. All actions
of the Company, except amending the Certificate of Formation or this
Agreement or the admission of new Members and except as otherwise provided in
this Agreement or the Certificate of Formation, may be taken by the
appropriate officers of the Manager Member or the Company without obtaining
consent of the other Members.
4.2 ELECTION AND TENURE. The election and tenure of any officer of the
Manager Member shall be determined in accordance with the policies and
provisions of the Manager Member. Any officers of the Company shall be
designated by the Manager Member annually. Each officer shall hold office
from the date of officer designation until the next annual meeting or
designation, as the case may be, and until his successor shall have been
designated , unless the officer shall sooner resign or be removed. The
initial officers of the Company appointed by the Manager Member shall be:
Name Position
---- --------
Maurice W. Slayton - Chief Executive Officer
John B. Clinton - President
Fred M. Schpero - Secretary
4.3 RESIGNATIONS; REMOVAL; VACANCIES. Any officer of the Company may
resign at any time by giving written notice to the Manager Member, and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall
not be necessary to make it effective. Any officer may be removed at any
time by the Manager Member with or without cause. A vacancy in any officer
position may be filled by the Manager Member.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS; PERCENTAGE INTERESTS
5.1 CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS. The Manager Member shall make capital
contributions to the Company as and when required to permit the Company to
satisfy its obligations as General Partner of the Fund. Each other Member
shall make capital contributions equal in amount to its Subscription upon
his, her or its admission to the Company. In addition, the Manager Member
has issued a demand promissory note to the order of the Company in the form
attached as Exhibit 1 hereto in order to provide additional capitalization of
---------
the Company with regard to the net worth standards applicable to the Company
under the Code in its capacity as the general partner of the Fund (the "Net
Worth Note"). The Manager Member agrees to advance to the Company any and
all amounts as may be called for from time to time under the Net Worth Note
and subject to the terms and conditions of the Net Worth Note, which amounts
shall be separate from and in addition to the capital contributions by the
Manager Member in respect of its Subscription and shall not be reflected in
the Capital Account of the Manager Member until and only to the extent
payment on the Net Worth Note is made.
5.2 NO INTEREST OR WITHDRAWALS. No interest shall accrue on any
capital contribution made by a Member, and no Member shall have the right to
withdraw or to be repaid any of his capital contributions so made, except as
specifically provided in this Agreement.
-5-
<PAGE> 6
5.3 ADJUSTMENTS OF PERCENTAGE INTERESTS. The Manager Member, without
the consent of any Member, may at any time or from time to time increase the
Percentage Interest of any Member by reduction of the Manager Member's
Percentage Interest. It is the intent of the Manager Member to reduce its
Percentage Interest to thirty-five percent (35%) (and correspondingly to
increase the Percentage Interests of the Members in the aggregate) by January
31, 2001 according to Schedule C.
----------
5.4 ADMISSION OF ADDITIONAL MEMBERS. The Manager Member may admit to
the Company one or more additional Members up until January 31, 2004. Upon
the admission of an additional Member, the Manager Member shall: (i)
determine the Percentage Interest and Subscription of such additional Member,
and (ii) cause the Manager Member's Percentage Interest to be reduced to
reflect the Percentage Interest allocated to the additional Member.
(a) Upon the admission of any new Member, such new Member
shall make a capital contribution to the Company in the amount equal to its
Subscription or in such other amount or at such other time as shall be
determined by the Manager Member.
(b) Each Person who is to be admitted as an additional
Member shall accede to this Agreement by executing, together with the Manager
Member, an amendment to this Agreement providing for such admission, which
amendment shall consist of a counterpart signature page, an amended Schedule A
----------
and, at the discretion of the Manager Member, such other items as the
Manager Member deems necessary or appropriate. In addition, the Manager
Member shall execute, file and, where necessary, record any required
amendments to the Company's Certificate of Formation. The admission of any
additional Member to the Company shall be effective upon the execution of the
necessary amendment to this Agreement or such later effective date as is set
forth in such amendment.
ARTICLE VI
CAPITAL ACCOUNTS
6.1 CAPITAL ACCOUNTS. There shall be established on the books of the
Company a capital account ("Capital Account") for each Member that shall
consist of such Member's initial capital contribution to the Company as
reflected in the books and records of the Company,
(a) increased by
(i) any additional capital contributions made by
such Member as so reflected, and
(ii) any amounts from time to time added to the
Capital Account of such Member pursuant to
Article VII;
(b) decreased by
(i) any distributions made to such Member
pursuant to Article VIII, and
(ii) any amounts from time to time subtracted from
the Capital Account of such Member pursuant
to Article VII; and
(c) otherwise adjusted in accordance with the tax accounting
principles set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
-6-
<PAGE> 7
6.2 ACCOUNTING FOR DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND. For purposes of
maintaining Capital Accounts when Company property is distributed in kind;
(i) the Company shall treat such property as if it had
been sold for its fair market value on the date of
distribution;
(ii) any difference between the fair market value of such
property as so determined and the Cost of such property shall
be allocated to the Capital Accounts of the Members pursuant to
Section 7.3; and
(iii) the Capital Account of any Member receiving a
distribution of such property shall be reduced by the fair
market value of the property so received, net of any
liabilities that such Member is considered to assume or take
subject to under Section 752 of the Code.
6.3 COMPLIANCE WITH TREASURY REGULATIONS. The foregoing provisions
and the other provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of
Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Code Section 704(b) and Treasury
Regulations Section 1.704-1(b), and shall be interpreted and applied in a
manner consistent with such regulations.
6.4 EFFECT OF ASSIGNMENT. In the event of any assignment of any
Interest pursuant to Section 9.3, the assignee shall succeed to the Capital
Account of the assignor in respect of the Interest transferred.
ARTICLE VII
ALLOCATIONS
7.1 GENERAL. Company income, gain, loss and expenses shall be allocated
to the Capital Accounts of the Members and distributed to such Members in
accordance with this Article VII. No interest shall accrue on the Capital
Account or capital contributions of any Member, and no member shall have the
right to withdraw funds or property from the Company for any reason, except
as specifically provided in this Agreement.
7.2 NET GAIN OR LOSS. As of the end of each year of the Company, and
after giving effect to the allocations set forth in Sections 7.3, 7.4 and
7.6(b), the Net Gain or Loss of the Company for such fiscal period shall be
allocated as follows:
(a) All Net Gain or Loss attributable to allocations made by the
Fund to the Company in its capacity as General Partner of the Fund:
(i) which are made with respect to the capital contribution
of the Company to the Fund shall be allocated to the Manager
Member; and
(ii) which are made other than with respect to the capital
contribution of the Company to the Fund (e.g., the Company's
"carried interest" in the profits or losses or net profits or
losses of the Fund) shall be allocated among the Members in
proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
(b) All Management Fee income and all expenses attributable to
Administrative Expenses of the Fund, and all Short-Term Income shall be
allocated to the Manager Member.
(c) All other Net Gain or Loss of the Company shall be allocated to
all Members in proportion to their respective Percentage Interests.
-7-
<PAGE> 8
7.3 TIMING OF ALLOCATIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS IN KIND. Any Net Gain or Loss
of the Company that is attributable to a distribution of property in kind by
the Company or the Fund shall be allocated as follows (subject to the other
provisions of this Article VII):
(a) Net Gain or Loss of the Company attributable to amounts
allocated by the Fund to the Company in its capacity as the general partner of
the Fund as a result of distributions in kind of Fund property shall be
allocated to all Members, at the time such allocations are made by the Fund,
on the same basis that an equivalent amount of Net Gain or Loss attributable
to Fund allocations would be allocated by the Company for a hypothetical
fiscal year ending immediately prior to the distribution in kind by the Fund
that gave rise to such Net Gain or Loss.
(b) Net Gain or Loss resulting pursuant to Section 6.2 from the
distribution by the Company of its property in kind shall be allocated to all
Members, immediately prior to the time such distribution is made, on the same
basis that an equivalent amount of Net Gain or Loss not attributable to Fund
allocations would be allocated for a hypothetical fiscal year ending
immediately prior to the distribution in kind that gave rise to such Net Gain
or Loss.
(c) For purposes of applying the loss allocation limitations of
Section 7.4 in the case of an allocation of Net Gain or Loss pursuant to
subsections (a) or (b) above for a hypothetical fiscal year, the actual
balances in the Members' Capital Accounts shall be adjusted to reflect prior
distributions in kind made during such hypothetical fiscal year by the Fund or
the Company, but not any realized gains or losses of the Company for such
hypothetical fiscal year.
7.4 REGULATORY ALLOCATIONS. The following provisions are included in
order to comply with tax rules set forth in the Code and to permit the Company
to obtain the benefits of a "safe harbor" provided by Treasury Regulation
Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d).
(a) If and to the extent that any allocation of Net Loss, Issuance
Items or other items of loss, expense (or portion thereof) to any Member would
cause such Member's Capital Account to be negative by an amount which exceeds
such Member's Restoration Amount or would further reduce a balance in such
Member's Capital Account that is already negative by an amount which exceeds
such Member's Restoration Amount, then such loss, expense or charge (or
portion thereof) shall be allocated first to the Capital Accounts of the other
Members in proportion to the positive balances in their respective Capital
Accounts until all such Capital Accounts are reduced to zero, then to the
Capital Accounts of Members with Restoration Amounts, in proportion to their
respective Restoration Amounts, until each such Member's Capital Account is
negative by an amount equal to such Member's Restoration Amount; then to the
Capital Account of the Manager Member until the Capital Account of the Manager
Member is negative by an amount equal to the sum of its Restoration Amount and
the principal amount of the Net Worth Note; and then to the Capital Accounts
of the Members and Retired Members in proportion to their Percentage
Interests; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 7.4(a) shall
be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a Capital
Account that is negative by an amount which exceeds such Member's Restoration
Amount after all allocations provided for in this Article VII have been made
tentatively as if this Section 7.4 were not included in this Agreement.
(b) If any Member unexpectedly receives an adjustment, allocation
or distribution described in Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), and such adjustment, allocation or
distribution causes such Member to have a deficit balance in such Member's
Capital Account, there shall be allocated to such Member items
-8-
<PAGE> 9
of income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Company
--- ----
income, including gross income, and gain for such fiscal period) in an amount
and manner sufficient to eliminate such Member's deficit Capital Account
balance, to the extent required by Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), as quickly as possible, provided that an allocation
pursuant to this Section 7.4(b) shall be made only if and to the extent that
such Member would have a negative Capital Account after all allocations provided
for in this Section 7.4 have been made tentatively as if this Section 7.4(b)
were not included in this Agreement. The foregoing sentence is intended to
constitute a "qualified income offset" provision as described in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d), and shall be interpreted and applied in
all respects in accordance with that Section.
(c) In the event that any Member has a negative Capital Account at
the end of any Company fiscal year which is in excess of such Member's
Restoration Amount, there shall be allocated to such Member items of Company
income (including gross income) and gain in the amount of such excess as
quickly as possible, provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section
7.4(c) shall be made only if and to the extent that the deficit in such
Member's Capital Account would exceed such Company's Restoration Amount after
all allocations provided for in this Article VII have been made tentatively as
if Section 7.4(b) hereof and this Section 7.4(c) were not included in this
Agreement.
(d) To the extent that an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of
any Company asset pursuant to Section 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant
to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account
is determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital
Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the
basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) and such
gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Members in a manner
consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be
adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Regulations.
(e) The allocations set forth in Sections 7.4(a), 7.4(b), 7.4(c)
and 7.4(d) hereof (the "Regulatory Allocations") are intended to comply with
certain requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b).
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Article VII (other than the
Regulatory Allocations), the Regulatory Allocations shall be taken into
account in allocating subsequent Net Gain, Net Loss, Issuance Items and items
of income, gain, loss and deduction among the Members so that, to the extent
possible, the net amount of such allocations of subsequent Net Gain, Net Loss,
Issuance Items and other items and the Regulatory Allocations to each Member
shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each such
Member pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII if the Regulatory
Allocations had not occurred. For purposes of applying the foregoing
sentence, allocations pursuant to this Section 7.4(e) shall be made with
respect to allocations pursuant to Section 7.4(d) only to the extent the
Manager Member reasonably determines that such allocations will otherwise be
inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Members.
(f) If the Company, in its capacity as general partner of the Fund,
receives any special allocations from the Fund pursuant to certain provisions
of the Fund's Partnership Agreement dealing with certain "extraordinary
allocations", the Manager Member, after consulting with the Company's
accountants and other advisors, shall allocate such amounts among the Members
in a manner consistent with the economic arrangements among the Members and
the purpose of such provisions.
7.5 ADJUSTMENTS TO REFLECT CHANGE IN INTERESTS. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, with respect to any fiscal period during which any Member's
interest in the
-9-
<PAGE> 10
Company changes, whether by reason of the admission of a Member, the withdrawal
of a Member, a non-pro rata contribution of capital to the Company or any other
--- ----
event described in Section 706(d)(1) of the Code and regulations issued
thereunder, allocations of Net Gain or Loss shall be adjusted appropriately to
take into account the varying interests of the Members during such period. The
Manager Member shall consult with the Company's accountants and other advisors
and shall select the method of making such adjustments, which method shall be
used consistently thereafter.
7.6 TAX ALLOCATIONS.
(a) For federal, state and local income tax purposes, Company
income, gain, loss, deduction or credit (or any item thereof) for each fiscal
year shall be allocated to and among the Members in order to reflect the
allocations made pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII for such
fiscal year (other than allocations of items which are not deductible or are
excluded from taxable income), taking into account any variation between the
adjusted tax basis and book value of Company property in accordance with the
principles of Section 704(c) of the Code.
(b) Any income, gain, loss or deduction realized as a direct or
indirect result of the issuance of a Company interest by the Company to a
Member, the issuance to the Company of an interest in the Fund or changes
during the term of the Company in any Member's Percentage Interest or
Subscription ("Issuance Items") shall be allocated among the Members so that,
to the extent possible, the net amount of such Issuance Items, together with
all other allocations under this Agreement to each Member, shall be equal to
the net amount that would have been allocated to each such Member if the
Issuance Items had not been realized. Issuance Items allocated to any Member
shall be added to such Member's Capital Account if such items constitute
income or gain, and shall be subtracted from that Capital Account if such
items constitute losses or expenses.
7.7 TIMING OF ALLOCATIONS. The Manager Member, in its sole discretion,
may cause the Company to make the allocations described in this Article VII
(other than allocations for tax purposes pursuant to Section 7.6) as of a time
other than the end of a fiscal year on the basis of an interim closing of the
Company's books at such time, but only if the Fund makes such interim
allocations. In such event, each short fiscal period attributable to any such
interim closing shall constitute a fiscal year for purposes of this Article
VII.
ARTICLE VIII
DISTRIBUTIONS
8.1 TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS. The Company intends to distribute
promptly to the Members all cash and other property it receives in
distributions from the Fund or any other source; provided, however, that the
-------- -------
Manager Member may defer any such distribution to provide for liabilities or
obligations of the Company or to establish appropriate reserves.
8.2 TAX DISTRIBUTIONS.
(a) The Company intends to distribute to the Members, as it is
received, the amount ("Tax Distribution") of any distribution received from
the Funds as a tax distribution. Such distribution shall be made to the
Members in amounts which would enable the Members to satisfy their respective
tax liabilities, assuming for this purpose that all Members are subject to the
highest rate of tax that may be applicable to any Member, as determined by the
Manager Member in consultation with accountants to the Company.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) amounts otherwise
distributable to any
-10-
<PAGE> 11
Member as Tax Distributions with respect to any taxable year may be reduced (but
not below zero) by any other distributions made by the Company to such Member
during such fiscal year; and (ii) the aggregate amount of distributions that
otherwise would be made pursuant to this Section 8.2 with respect to any taxable
year may be reduced or eliminated to the extent determined by the Manager Member
pursuant to the proviso to Section 8.1.
-------
(c) To the extent the Company receives from the Fund any amounts
which are treated under the Fund Partnership Agreement as an advance against
tax distributions to permit the Members of the Company to make estimated tax
payments, such amounts, when received by the Members, shall similarly be
treated as advances against Tax Distributions, and shall be subject to return
by the Members to the Company to the extent such advances are determined by
the Manager Member to have been excessive upon calculation at the end of the
fiscal year of the correct amount of tax distributions to be made by the Fund
to the Company and Tax Distributions to be made by the Company to its Members.
8.3 ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTIONS. All additional distributions, other than
Liquidating Distributions, shall be made as follows:
(a) As long as any Member has a positive balance in his Capital
Account, all cash or property received during the fiscal year by the Company
which is attributable to cumulative Net Gain (e.g., in excess of prior Net
Loss) or Short-Term Income that has been allocated in accordance with Article
VII shall be distributed to the extent possible to the Members in proportion
to the respective allocations of each such item under Article VIII. Cash or
property received which is not attributable to Net Gain or Short-Term Income
shall be distributed to the Members in proportion to their respective Capital
Accounts.
(b) If no Member has a positive balance in his Capital Account,
distributions shall be made to all Members in proportion to their respective
Percentage Interests.
8.4 OPERATIONAL RULES.
(a) For purposes of Section 8.3, the Capital Account balances of
the Members shall be adjusted, prior to determining the amount of any
distribution provided for therein, to reflect all prior Company distributions
and all distributions made contemporaneously with the distributions provided
for in Section 8.3, as well as all Company Net Gain or Net Loss attributable
to any distributions previously or contemporaneously made in kind.
(b) The valuation of securities distributed in kind shall be made in
the manner provided in Article XII. Each class of securities to be distributed
in kind shall be distributed to the Members in proportion to their respective
shares of the entire amount to be distributed (determined as provided in
Sections 8.3 or, with respect to Liquidating Distributions, Section 11.3),
except to the extent that a disproportionate distribution of such securities
is necessary in order to avoid distributing fractional shares. For purposes
of the preceding sentence, each lot of stock or other securities having a
separately identifiable tax basis or holding period shall be treated as a
separate class of securities.
8.5 TAX WITHHOLDING. If the Company incurs a tax withholding obligation
with respect to any Member, any amount required to be withheld by the Company
with respect to such Member shall be treated for all purposes of this
Agreement as if it had been transferred to such Member by the Company as an
interest-free advance. Amounts treated as advanced to any Member pursuant to
this Section 8.5 shall be repaid by such Member to the Company within thirty
(30) days after the Company delivers a written request to such Member for such
repayment; provided, however, that if any such repayment is not made,
-------- -------
-11-
<PAGE> 12
the Company shall collect such unpaid amounts from any Company distributions
that otherwise would be made to such Member. Any part of such withheld amount
not collected by the Company from such distributions shall be charged to such
Member's Capital Account at such time as the Manager Member in its sole
discretion shall determine, but in no event later than the time immediately
preceding the Company's final Liquidating Distribution to such Member.
8.6 CERTAIN DISTRIBUTIONS PROHIBITED. Anything in this Article VIII
to the contrary notwithstanding, all Company distributions shall be subject to
the following limitations:
(i) No distribution shall be made to any Member if, and to
the extent that, such distribution would not be permitted under
the LLC Act.
(ii) No distribution other than a Tax Distribution shall be
made to any Member to the extent that such distribution, if made,
would cause the deficit balance, if any, in the Capital Account
of such Member (determined without regard to any allocations made
pursuant to Section 7.4(c)) to exceed such Member's Restoration
Amount.
8.7 CONSENT TO DISTRIBUTIONS. Each Member, by becoming a Member, consents to
any such distribution hereafter made or omitted to be made to the Members or any
of them in accordance with this Article VIII.
ARTICLE IX
LIMITATION ON TRANSFERS OF COMPANY INTERESTS OF
MEMBERS
ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS
9.1 TRANSFERS GENERALLY PROHIBITED. Except as provided in this Article
IX, a Member may not transfer, sell, assign, gift, pledge, hypothecate, or
otherwise dispose of such Member's Company Interest.
9.2 ADMISSION OF NEW MEMBERS.
(a) A new Member may be admitted to the Company:
(i) subject to the provisions of this Article IX, in the
case of a person or entity acquiring a Company Interest directly from
the Company, upon the prior written consent of the Manager Member;
provided, however, that unless upon such new Member's admission the
--------- -------
Manager Member's Percentage Interest is reduced or the Percentage
Interests of all Members are reduced pro rata in an aggregate amount
--- ----
equal to the Percentage Interest of the new Member as provided in
Sections 5.3 and 5.4, the prior unanimous written consent of the Members
and Retired Members so affected (other than the Manager Member)
(determined in the manner required by Section 9.3(a)) shall also be
required. Any such admission shall be effective only after those consents
are obtained and such person's admission is reflected on Schedule A
----------
hereto; or
(ii) in the case of an assignee of an Interest, only as
provided in Section 9.3, which admission shall be effective only after the
consents required by that section are obtained and such assignee's
admission is reflected in Schedule A hereto.
----------
-12-
<PAGE> 13
(b) In either case, admission of a new Member is conditioned upon
the execution of a counterpart copy of this Agreement by such new Member. A
person may be admitted to the Company as a new Member and may receive a
Company Interest without making a contribution, or being obligated to make a
contribution, to the Company.
9.3 LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS OF COMPANY INTERESTS.
(a) No sale, assignment, gift, pledge, hypothecation or other
disposition or encumbrance of an interest in the Company (collectively, a
"Transfer") shall be made to any person or entity that is not already a
Member without the prior written consent of the Manager Member and, if the
Manager Member is transferring part or all of its interest to such person or
entity, the prior written consent of a majority of the non-transferring
Members and Retired Members. In addition, in order to ensure that the Company
lacks the corporate characteristic of "free transferability of interests" for
tax purposes: (i) whether the consent of a majority of the non-transferring
Members and Retired Members to the transfer of any Member's Interest in the
Company has been obtained will be determined in accordance with Internal
Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 95-10, 1995-3 I.R.B. 30 ("Revenue Procedure
95-10"), or any successor administrative or authoritative judicial guidance;
(ii) as permitted by Revenue Procedure 95-10, a majority of the
non-transferring Members and Retired Members shall consist of (w) Members and
Retired Members holding a majority of the capital interests in the Company
then held by all non-transferring Members and Retired Members, (x) Members
and Retired Members holding a majority of the profits interests in the
Company then held by all non-transferring Members and Retired Members, (y) a
majority in interest of the non-transferring Members and Retired Members, as
determined pursuant to Revenue Procedure 94-46, 1994-28 I.R.B. 129 ("Revenue
Procedure 94-46"), or (z) a majority of the non-transferring Members and
Retired Members determined on a per capita basis (as determined by Manager
Member); and (iii) the Manager Member in its sole discretion shall select
which of foregoing clauses (w), (x), (y) or (z) shall apply to any particular
proposed transfer.
(b) The Manager Member shall not consent to the admission of an
assignee as a Member or proposed new Member of the Company until the Manager
Member has received an opinion of counsel to the Company or of other counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the Manager Member (which opinion shall be
obtained at the expense of the assignee) that such admission will not result
in (i) a violation of applicable law or this Agreement, (ii) the Company
being classified as an association taxable as a corporation under Section
7701 of the Code, (iii) the Company becoming subject to tax as a corporation
under Section 7704 of the Code, or (iv) the Company being deemed terminated
pursuant to Section 708 of the Code. Further, the Manager Member shall not
cause or permit the transfer of Percentage Interests of Members or Retired
Members to be transferred to other Members or Retired Members if any such
transfer would result in the Company being deemed to be "terminated" under
Section 708 of the Code.
(c) The Manager Member shall not cause or permit interests in the
Company to become registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
"readily traded on an established securities market," and shall withhold its
consent to any Transfer that, to its knowledge after reasonable inquiry,
would otherwise be accomplished by a trade on a "secondary market (or the
substantial equivalent thereof)," in each case within the meaning of Section
7704 or 469(k) of the Code and any Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder that are in effect at the time of the proposed Transfer.
-13-
<PAGE> 14
ARTICLE X
WITHDRAWAL OR RESIGNATION OF RETIRED MEMBERS
10.1 WITHDRAWALS GENERALLY. Except as otherwise provided in this
Article X, Without the prior written consent of the Manager Member, no Member
shall have the right to resign or withdraw from the Company prior to the
dissolution and winding up of the Company. Any distribution to a resigning
Member shall be in accordance with an agreement between the Member and the
Company that is approved by the Manager Member.
10.2 WITHDRAWAL UPON DEATH, DISABILITY, DISASSOCIATION, BANKRUPTCY
OR TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. In the event of (i) the occurrence with
respect to any Member of an event described in Section 18-304 of the LLC Act
as in effect on the date hereof, (ii) if any Member shall become disabled, or
(iii) if such Member shall no longer be an employee, consultant or member of
the Board of Directors of the Manager Member or any Affiliate thereof, such
Member shall thereupon for purposes of this Agreement be deemed to have
withdrawn as of the date thereof, and in such event such Member's interest in
the Company as a Member shall automatically be converted into a Retired
Member's interest in accordance with the provisions of this Article X. For
purposes of this Agreement, a Member shall be deemed to be disabled if the
Manager Member in its sole discretion determines that he is unable to perform
his or her business obligations for any 180 days out of any 365-day period.
10.3 RETIRED MEMBER. Subject to Section 10.4, a Member who withdraws, or
the personal representative or estate of a Member who shall be deemed to have
withdrawn, shall retain an interest in the Company as a Retired Member; such
former Member's interest in the Company as a Member shall be automatically
converted into a Retired Member's; and such Person shall be considered a
Retired Member for all purposes under the terms of this Agreement; provided,
--------
however, that a Retired Member shall retain only the portion of his or her
- -------
Percentage Interest indicated on Schedule B, depending on whether such
----------
withdrawal is due to (i) death or disability ("Category A"), or (ii)
withdrawal for any other reason ("Category B"); and provided further that any
-------- -------
Retired Member who (a) retires from the Manager Member, and (b) has attained
at least sixty (60) years of age shall not have his or her Percentage
Interest reduced and Schedule B shall not apply.
----------
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager Member may accelerate the
vesting schedule described above for any Retired Member who is deemed to have
withdrawn from the Company, but shall be under no obligation to do so, and
may in its discretion do so for one or more Retired Members and not for all
Retired Members. The table set forth in Schedule B may not be altered with
----------
respect to any particular Member without such Member's prior written consent.
10.4 ADJUSTMENTS TO REFLECT RETIREMENT.
(a) The portion of the Percentage Interest of a Member which is not
retained under subsection 10.3 shall be allocated to the Manager Member,
unless the Manager Member, in its sole discretion, decides to allocate such
portion of Percentage Interest to one or more Members in some other manner.
(b) If any Member withdraws, or is deemed to have withdrawn, from
the Company at any time before any part of such Member's Percentage Interest
has vested, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to purchase
such Member's interest in the Company for an amount equal to the balance in
such Member's Capital Account at the time of such withdrawal. Any such
election shall be made by delivery of written notice to that effect signed by
the Manager Member and delivered to the withdrawing Member within
-14-
<PAGE> 15
120 days after the date of such Member's withdrawal. If the Company elects to
purchase the withdrawing Member's interest in the Company, payment to the
withdrawing Member for such Member's interest shall be made, in cash, within
180 days after the date of such withdrawal.
(c) After the withdrawal or deemed withdrawal of any Member before
any part of such Member's Percentage Interest has vested, if the Company does
not elect to purchase such former Member's interest in the Company as
provided in Section 10.4(b): (i) the balance in such former Member's Capital
Account shall be frozen at an amount equal to the balance in such account as
of the date of such former Member's withdrawal or deemed withdrawal; (ii)
such former Member shall receive no allocations from the Company for any
fiscal period after the withdrawal date; and (iii) such former Member shall
receive no distributions from the Company other than such former Member's
proportionate share, based on the relative Capital Account balances of such
former Member, the Manager Member, the Members and any Retired Members
(determined at the time of distribution), of each distribution made pursuant
to Section 11.3 to all Members in proportion to the positive balances in
their respective Capital Accounts.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no
Member who has withdrawn or is deemed to have withdrawn from the Company
before any part of such Member's Percentage Interest has vested shall be
entitled, after the date of such withdrawal, to inspect the Company's books
or records or to receive any reports or other information from the Company
except such former Member's Schedule K-1 (or equivalent) with respect to the
Company's Internal Revenue Service information return on Form 1065 and any
equivalent state tax schedules or forms required to enable such former Member
to complete his or her tax returns for any fiscal period during which such
former Member is treated as a partner of the Company for tax purposes. Any
such former Member hereby agrees that he or she shall continue to be treated
as a Member of the Company, solely for tax purposes, until either: (i) such
former Member has received the payment for his or her interest in the Company
provided for under Section 10.4(b) (if the Company has elected to purchase
such former Member's interest in the Company pursuant to Section 10.4(b)); or
(ii) such former Member has received liquidating distributions from the
Company in aggregate amounts equal to the positive balance in such former
Member's Capital Account (if the Company has not so elected).
10.5 RETIRED MEMBER PARTICIPATION. A Retired Member shall take no part
in the management, policy or control of the Company and shall have no power
or authority to undertake any activities on behalf of the Company or to sign
for or to bind the Company. Any Retired Member shall be bound by the terms
of this Agreement and by all action taken by the Manager Members or the
Members. No Retired Member, or trust for the benefit of a Retired Member or
the children of a Retired Member, shall participate in any consent of the
Members for any purpose hereunder except as may be required under the Code.
ARTICLE XI
DISSOLUTION
11.1 DISSOLUTION. The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs shall be
wound up upon the first to occur of the following:
(a) Thirty (30) years from the date of the formation of the Company;
(b) The written consent of all of the Members;
-15-
<PAGE> 16
(c) The death, adjudication of incompetence, retirement,
resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of the Manager Member, or
the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership
of the Manager Member in the Company, unless within 90 days after the
event(s) giving rise to the dissolution of the Company a majority in interest
of the remaining Members (determined in accordance with Revenue Procedure
95-10 and 94-46, or any successor administrative or authoritative judicial
guidance) agree in writing to continue the business of the Company; or
(d) The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under law.
11.2 WINDING UP. The Manager Member, or if none, a person approved by
Members holding at least fifty percent (50%) of the Percentage Interests may
wind up the Company's affairs, unless otherwise provided by law.
11.3 DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS. Upon the winding up of the Company, the
individual charged with winding up the Company first shall make payment of,
or adequate provisions for, the debts, expenses and obligations of the
Company. The remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed as
Liquidating Distributions as follows: any Net Gain or Loss realized in
connection with the liquidation of the Company shall be allocated among the
Members pursuant to Article VII, and the remaining assets of the Company
shall then be distributed to the Members in proportion to the positive
balances in their respective Capital Accounts (and, if a distribution in kind
is to be made, after allocating any Net Gain or Loss attributable to such
distribution). In performing their duties, the liquidator(s) are authorized
to sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of the assets of the Company in such
reasonable manner as the liquidator(s) shall determine to be in the best
interest of the Members. During the liquidation of the Company, the
liquidator(s) shall furnish to the Members the financial statements and other
information specified in Article XIII.
11.4 NO LIABILITY FOR RETURN OF CAPITAL.
(a) The liquidator(s), the Manager Member and their respective
officers, directors, agents, partners and Affiliates shall not be personally
liable for the return of the capital contributions of any Member. No Member
(other than the Managing Member, to the extent required by Section 11.4(b))
shall be liable to restore to the Company any deficit balance in such
Member's Capital Account if any such deficit should exist after the Company's
final liquidating distribution.
(b) If, after the Company has made its final Liquidating Distribution,
the Manager Member's Capital Account is negative, then,
notwithstanding foregoing, the Manager Member shall return to the Company
part or all of the distributions received by it pursuant to Article VIII or
this Article XI and make payments of principal on the Net Worth Note in an
aggregate amount equal to such deficit but not in excess of such Manger
Member's Restoration Amount. Returns made by the Manager Member pursuant to
this Section 11.4 shall be made in cash. The Manager Member shall use best
efforts to make any such returns and/or payments promptly and in any event in
conformity with the timing requirements of Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g). Amounts repaid by the Manager Member pursuant to this
Section 11.4 shall be paid to the Fund in satisfaction of the Company's
obligation to restore a deficit in its capital account as maintained by such
Fund, paid to other creditors of the Company or distributed to Members with
positive balances in their Capital Accounts in proportion to such balances.
-16-
<PAGE> 17
ARTICLE XII
VALUATION OF COMPANY ASSETS
12.1 VALUATION BY MANAGER MEMBER. Whenever valuation of Company assets
or net assets is required by this Agreement, the fair market value of such
assets shall be determined by the Manager Member in good faith.
12.2 GOODWILL. The Company's name and goodwill shall, as among the
Members, be deemed to have no value and shall belong to the Company or any
successor thereof, and no Member shall have any right or claim individually
to the use thereof. Upon termination of the Company, all rights to the name
of the Company and any goodwill associated with that name shall be assigned
to the Manager Member.
ARTICLE XIII
BOOKS AND RECORDS; FISCAL MATTERS
13.1 BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books and records of the Company shall be
kept at the principal office of the Company or at such other places, within
or without the State of Delaware, as the Manager Member shall from time to
time determine.
13.2 INSPECTION. Any Member of record shall have the right to examine, at
any reasonable time or times for any purposes related to the Member's
ownership of Company Interests, the books and records of account, minutes,
and records of Members and to make copies thereof. Such inspection may be
made by any agent or attorney of the Member. Upon the written request of any
Member of the Company, the Company shall mail to such Member its most recent
financial statements, showing in reasonable detail its assets and liabilities
and the results of its operations.
13.3 FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Company shall end on the last
day of December each year, unless otherwise determined by the Manager Member.
13.4 DEPOSITS. All funds of the Company shall be deposited from time to
time to credit of the Company in such banks, trust companies or other
depositories as the Manager Member may select.
13.5 CHECKS, PROFITS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the
payment of money, and all notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in
the name of the Company shall be signed by an officer of the Manger Member or
any of the President, CEO or the Secretary of the Company.
13.6 LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Company and no
evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by
the Manager Member. Such authority may be general or confined to specific
instances.
13.7 CONTRACTS. The Manager Member may authorize any officer or agent of
the Company to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name
of and on behalf of the Company, and such authority may be general or
confined to specific instances.
13.8 ACCOUNTANT. An accountant will be selected from time to time by the
Manager Member to perform such tax and accounting services as may be required
from time to time. The accountant may be removed by the Manager Member
without assigning any cause.
13.9 LEGAL COUNSEL. One or more attorney(s) at law will be selected from
time to time by the Manager Member to review the legal affairs of the Company
and to perform such other services as may be required and to report to the
Manager Member with respect thereto. The legal counsel may be removed by the
Manager Member without assigning any cause.
-17-
<PAGE> 18
ARTICLE XIV
INDEMNIFICATION
14.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF MEMBERS.
(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and
public policies of Delaware, the Company shall indemnify any Member made a
party to any proceeding because such individual is or was a Member, as a
matter of right, against all liability incurred by such individual in
connection with any proceeding; provided, however, that it shall be
-------- -------
determined in the specific case in accordance with Section 14.1(d) that
indemnification of such individual is permissible in the circumstances
because the individual has met the standard of conduct for indemnification
set forth in Section 14.1(c). The Company shall pay for or reimburse the
reasonable expenses incurred by a Member in connection with any such
proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if: (i) the individual
furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the individual's good faith
belief that he has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described
in Section 14.1(c); (ii) the individual furnishes the Company a written
undertaking, executed personally or on such individual's behalf, to repay the
advance if it is ultimately determined that such individual did not meet such
standard of conduct; and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with
Section 14.1 that based upon facts then known to those making the
determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Section
14.1. The undertaking described in clause (ii) above must be a general
obligation of the individual, subject to such reasonable limitations as the
Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without
reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall
indemnify a Member who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in
the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable
expenses incurred by the individual in connection with the proceeding without
the requirement of a determination as set forth in Section 14.1(c). Upon
demand by the Member for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the
case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the Member is
entitled thereto in accordance with this Section 14.1. The indemnification
and advancement of expenses provided for under this Section 14.1 shall be
applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before
or after the adoption of this Section 14.1.
(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to
indemnify any individual who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to
the same extent as if such individual was a Member, including any and all
Officers.
(c) Indemnification of a Member is permissible under this Section
14.1 only if: (i) he conducted himself in good faith; (ii) he reasonably
believed that his conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company's
best interest and was within the authority delegated to him by this Agreement
or was delegated by the Manager Member (or by a majority in Percentage
Interest of other Members; if the Manager Member is the subject of
indemnification); (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, he had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful; and (iv) such
individual is not adjusted in any such proceeding by judgment, order,
settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is
---- ----------
not, of itself, determinative that the individual did not meet the standard
of conduct described in this Section 14.1(c).
(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of
expenses is permissible shall be made by the Manager Member (or by the
affirmative vote of a majority in Percentage Interests of all other Members
if the Manager Member is party to the proceeding). A Member who is a party
to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from
-18-
<PAGE> 19
the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court
of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after
giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it
determines:
(i) in a proceeding in which the Member is wholly successful,
on the merits or otherwise, the Member is entitled to indemnification
under this Section 14.1, in which case the court shall order the Company
to pay the Member his reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court
ordered indemnification; or
(ii) the Member is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not
the Member met the standard of conduct set forth in Section 14.1(c).
(e) Nothing contained in this Section 14.1 shall limit or preclude
the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract
or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to
any individual who is or was a Member of the Company or is or was serving at
the Company's request as a director, officer, partner, manager, trustee,
employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership,
association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not.
Further, any Member shall be entitled to seek indemnification from any and
all other sources, including officers and directors insurance or
indemnification from Conning & Company and/or indemnification from the Fund,
to the extent applicable. It is the intent of this Section 14.1 to provide
indemnification to Members to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted
by the law consistent with the terms or conditions of this Section 14.1.
Indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Section 14.1
irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a
claim is made, including, without limitation, negligence, breach of duty,
mismanagement, waste, breach of contract, breach of warranty, strict
liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of
any other state or federal law or violation of any law of any other
jurisdiction.
(f) For purposes of this Section 14.1:
(i) The term "expenses" includes all direct and indirect
costs (including, without limitation, counsel fees, retainers, court
costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses,
duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage,
delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket
expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense,
settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right
to indemnification under this Section 14.1, applicable law or otherwise.
(ii) The term "liability" means the obligation to pay a
judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax
assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses
incurred with respect to a proceeding.
(iii) The term "party" includes an individual who was, is or is
threatened to be made, a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.
(iv) The term "proceeding" means any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.
-19-
<PAGE> 20
(g) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its
benefit, the benefit of any individual who is entitled to indemnification
under this Section 14.1, or both, against any liability asserted against or
incurred by such individual in any capacity or arising out of such
individual's service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have
the power to indemnify such individual against such liability.
ARTICLE XV
MEETINGS
15.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the Members shall be held
within three (3) months of the end of the Company's fiscal year on a date set
by the Manager Member, for the purpose of electing any Officers and for the
transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting. If the
election shall not be held on the day designated by the Manager Member for
the annual meeting of the Members, or at any adjournment thereof, the Members
shall cause the election to be held at a special meeting of the Members as
soon thereafter as it may conveniently be held.
15.2 REGULAR OR SPECIAL MEETINGS. The Members may by resolution
prescribe the time and place for the holding of regular meetings and may
provide that the adoption of such resolution shall constitute notice of such
regular meetings. If the Members do not prescribe the time and place for the
holding of regular meetings, such regular meetings shall be held at the time
and place specified by the Manager Member in the notice of such regular
meeting. Special meetings of the Members, for any purpose or purposes,
unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by a majority of the
Members or by the Manager Member.
15.3 NOTICE OF MEETING. Written or telephonic notice stating the place,
day and hour of the meeting and, in case of a special meeting, the purposes
for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered not less than three (3)
days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at
the direction of the Manager Member, to each Member of record entitled to
vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered
when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the Member at his
address as it appears on the books of the Company, with postage thereon
prepaid. When all the Members of the Company are present at any meeting, or
if those not present deliver a written, signed waiver of notice of such
meeting, or subsequently ratify all the proceedings thereof, the transactions
of such meeting are as valid as if a meeting were formally called and notice
had been given.
15.4 QUORUM. At any meeting of the Members, holders of at least a majority
of Percentage Interests as reflected in Schedule A hereto, represented in
----------
person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at such meeting. If less than
said majority of the equity interests are represented at a meeting, a
majority of the interests so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to
time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum
shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might
have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The Members
present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum of Members initially is
present or represented may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Members to leave less than a quorum.
15.5 PROXIES. At all meetings of Members, a Member may vote by proxy
executed in writing by the Member or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact.
Such proxy shall be filed with the Manager Member of the Company before or at
the time of the meeting. No proxy shall be valid after three (3) months from
date of execution, unless otherwise provided in the proxy.
-20-
<PAGE> 21
15.7 MANNER OF ACTING.
(a) FORMAL ACTION BY MEMBERS. Action of Members representing at
least a majority in Percentage Interest of all Members shall constitute the
effective act of the Members, whether taken at a meeting or by written
instrument, unless otherwise provided expressly herein. The Manager Member
shall preside at meetings of the Members. A record shall be maintained of
the meetings of the Members. The Members may adopt their own rules of
procedure which shall not be inconsistent with this Agreement.
(b) PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A Member of the Company who is present
at a meeting of the Members at which action on any matter is taken
shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken, unless his dissent
shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his
written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the
meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by
certified mail to the secretary of the meeting immediately after the
adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a
Member who voted in favor of such action.
(c) ACTION BY CONSENT. Unless otherwise provided by law, any
action required to be taken at a meeting of the Members, or any other action
which may be taken at a meeting of the Members, may be taken without a
meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be
signed by a majority of the Members entitled to vote with respect to the
subject matter thereof.
(d) TELEPHONIC MEETINGS. Members of the Company may participate
in any meeting of the Members by means of conference telephone or similar
communication if all persons participating in such meeting can hear one
another for the entire discussion of the matter(s) to be voted upon.
Participating in a telephonic meeting shall constitute presence in person at
such meeting.
ARTICLE XVI
MISCELLANEOUS
16.1 NOTICE. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any notice
required or permitted to be given pursuant to the provisions of the LLC Act,
the Certificate of Formation of the Company or this Agreement shall be
effective as of the date personally delivered, or if sent by mail, on the
fifth day after deposit with the United States Postal Service, prepaid and
addressed to the intended receiver at his last known address as shown in the
records of the Company.
16.2 WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given
pursuant to the provisions of the LLC Act, the Certificate of Formation of
the Company or this Agreement, a waiver thereof, in writing, signed by the
persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated
therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.
16.3 GENDER AND NUMBER. Whenever the context requires, the gender of all
words used herein shall include the masculine, feminine and neuter, and the
number of all words shall include the singular and plural thereof.
16.4 ARTICLES AND OTHER HEADINGS. The Articles and other headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation.
-21-
<PAGE> 22
16.5 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of
conflicts of law thereof.
16.6 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may be altered, amended, restated, or
repealed and a new Agreement may be adopted by consent of all of the Members,
after notice and opportunity for discussion of the proposed alteration,
amendment, restatement, or repeal.
16.7 REMEDIES UPON BREACH. Any Member of the Company who fails to
perform in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall
keep and save harmless the assets of the Company and shall indemnify the
Company and the Members of the Company from any and all claims, demands and
actions of every kind and nature whatsoever which may arise out of or by
reason of such violation of any terms of this Agreement.
16.8 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken
together shall constitute one Agreement.
-22-
<PAGE> 23
----------------------------------
Counterpart Signature Pages
for Conning Investment Partners V, L.L.C.
Limited Liability Company Agreement
-----------------------------------
THE UNDERSIGNED, being all of the Members of Conning Investment
Partners V, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, hereby evidence
their adoption and ratification of the foregoing Limited Liability Company
Agreement of the Company.
MANAGER MEMBER:
CONNING & COMPANY
By:
--------------------------------------
Name:
Title:
MEMBERS:
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-23-
<PAGE> 24
-----------------------------------
Counterpart Signature Pages
for Conning Investment Partners V, L.L.C.
Limited Liability Company Agreement
-----------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-24-
<PAGE> 25
-----------------------------------
Counterpart Signature Pages
for Conning Investment Partners V, L.L.C.
Limited Liability Company Agreement
-----------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------
-25-
<PAGE> 26
APPENDIX A
----------
TABLE OF DEFINITIONS
--------------------
"AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect to the Person to which it
---------
refers, a Person that directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control
with, such subject Person; provided, however, that all Members of the Company
-------- -------
and all officers, directors and employees of the Manager Member shall be
deemed to be Affiliates of the Company.
"CAPITAL ACCOUNT" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.
---------------
"CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and the rules and
----
regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.
"COST" shall mean, with respect to Company assets and unless the
----
context otherwise requires, the Company's adjusted tax basis of such assets
for federal income tax purposes, provided that (i) if the Company has made an
election under Section 754 of the Code, such tax basis shall be determined
after giving effect to adjustments made under Section 734 of the Code but
without regard to adjustments made under Section 743 of the Code; and (ii)
the Cost of any securities or other property received by the Company in
distributions made by the Fund shall be deemed to equal the fair market value
of such property, as determined pursuant to the Fund Partnership Agreement,
as of the date such property is distributed by the Fund.
"DISASSOCIATION" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.
--------------
"ISSUANCE ITEMS" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.6(b).
--------------
"LIQUIDATING DISTRIBUTION" shall mean any distribution made by the
------------------------
Company after the latest to occur of (a) the Company's dissolution,
determined pursuant to Article XI, and (b) the date on which the Company has
received its final distribution from the Fund.
"NET GAIN OR LOSS" shall mean, with respect to any fiscal period,
----------------
the sum of (a) all amounts allocated for such fiscal period to the Company
pursuant to the Fund Partnership Agreement to the Company in its capacity as
the general partner of the Fund, (b) net gain or loss from the sale or
exchange of the Company's capital assets during such fiscal period, (c) gain
or loss deemed to have been realized by the Company, pursuant to Section 6.2,
on a distribution in kind of its assets during such fiscal period, and (d)
other items of income, gain, loss, deduction and expense of the Company for
such fiscal period that are not included in (a), (b) or (c), including any
income which is exempt from federal income tax, all Company losses and all
expenses properly chargeable to the Company, whether deductible or
non-deductible and whether described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code,
treated as so described pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section
1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), or otherwise except for Issuance Items. Net Gain or
------ ---
Loss shall be determined in accordance with tax accounting principles rather
than generally accepted accounting principles.
"NET WORTH NOTE" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.
--------------
"PERSON" shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, trust
------
or other entity.
"PERCENTAGE INTEREST" shall mean, with respect to any Member and at
-------------------
any time, the amount set forth at such time opposite such Member's name in
Schedule A under the heading "Percentage Interest."
- ----------
-26-
<PAGE> 27
"RESTORATION AMOUNT" shall mean, (a) with respect to any Member and
------------------
at any time, any amount of such Member's Subscription that such Member has
not contributed in cash to the Company as of such time; and (b) in the case
of the Manager Member only, an additional amount equal to the sum of (1) the
excess at such time (if any) of (A) the aggregate amount of distributions
received by the Company from the Fund as of such time over (B) the aggregate
amount of distributions that the Company would have received from the Fund as
of such time if the Company had made all of its capital contributions to the
Fund in exchange for a limited partnership interest in the Fund and did not
hold an interest as the general partner of the Fund (such excess, if any,
constituting overdistributions made by the Fund to the Company in its
capacity as general partner of the Fund with respect to the Company's 20%
"carried interest" in the Fund's cumulative net profits), plus (2) any
portion of the principal amount of the Net Worth Note remaining unpaid at
such time.
"RETIRED MEMBER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.
--------------
"SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
--------------
from time to time.
"SHORT-TERM INCOME" shall mean interest and dividend income earned
-----------------
on temporary investment of capital contributions or distributions received
from the Fund(s) which are held by the Partnership pending investment in the
Fund(s), disbursement for expenses or distribution to the Partners.
"SUBSCRIPTION" shall mean, with respect to any Member, the total
------------
amount which such Member has agreed to contribute to the Company as reflected
on Schedule A hereto.
----------
"TAX MATTERS MEMBER" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.6.
------------------
"TRANSFER" shall mean any transfer, sale, assignment, gift, pledge,
--------
hypothecation or other disposition of an Interest in the Company.
* * *
Separate schedule for each Member, listing the name, subscription
amount, initial capital contribution and percentage interest of such Member.
-27-
<PAGE> 28
Schedule B
----------
<TABLE>
Conning Investment Partners V, L.L.C.
<CAPTION>
Period After Receipt
of Portion of Category B -
Percentage Interest Category A - If Withdrawal is
During Which If Withdrawal is Due to For Any Other
Retired Member Death or Disability - Reason-
is Deemed to Have Portion of Percentage Portion of Percentage
Withdrawn<F*> Interest Retained Interest Retained
- ------------------- ----------------------- ---------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Before one year 0% 0%
On or after one year 33.4% 16.7%
and before two years
On or after two years an additional an additional
and before three years 33.4% 16.7%
On or after three years an additional an additional
and before four years 33.2% 16.7%
On or after four years 100% an additional
and before five years 16.7%
On or after five years 100% an additional
and before six years 16.7%
On or after six years 100% an additional
16.5%
<FN>
<F*> To the extent a Retired Member received portions of his or her
Percentage Interest on more than one date, such percentages retained
above shall be separately applied to each portion based on its date of
receipt, to produce a total retained Percentage Interest. In any event,
and notwithstanding the foregoing schedules, Percentage Interests shall
be 100% vested on 28 December, 2005.
</TABLE>
-29-
<PAGE> 29
Schedule C
----------
<TABLE>
Conning Investment Partners V, L.L.C.
-------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
Manager Member's
Percentage
Allocation Period Allocation Date Interest Reduced To:
- ----------------- --------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Inception By October 31, 1997 87%
First Year By January 31, 1998 74%
Second Year By January 31, 1999 61%
Third Year By January 31, 2000 48%
Fourth Year By January 31, 2001 35%
</TABLE>
Intended Allocation Procedure
- -----------------------------
The Managing Member shall make allocations of Percentage Interests to the
Members, with a first allocation effective as of the date of this Agreement,
which shall be on or about October 31, 1997. The Managing Member shall make
an additional allocation to Members before January 31, 1998, as part of the
Managing Member's normal compensation process. Thereafter, the Managing
Member shall make annual allocations to Members as indicated in this Schedule
C until such time, on or before January 31, 2001, the Managing Member's
Percentage Interest has been reduced to no more than 35%.
-30-
<PAGE> 1
Exhibit 11.1
<TABLE>
(COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE)
<CAPTION>
FOR THE NINE MONTH
YEAR ENDED PERIOD ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1996 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
----------------- ------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Net Income $ 6,212,231 $ 6,422,418
=========== ===========
Shares:
Weighted Average Number of
Common Shares and Common
Share Equivalents during the
period 10,561,889 11,093,508
Common shares and common share
equivalents related to SAB No. 83 310,047 602
----------- ------------
Total Shares used in Pro Forma
Weighted Average Common
Shares and Equivalents
Outstanding<F1> 10,871,936 11,094,110
=========== ===========
Pro Forma Earnings per Share $.57 $.58
==== ====
<FN>
<F1> Pro forma earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted
average number of common stock and common stock equivalents considered
outstanding. Common stock equivalents are computed using the treasury stock
method and for purposes of this calculation only, the assumed initial public offering
price of $13.50 per share was used in applying the treasury stock method. For purposes of
the calculation, the Series A & Series B Preferred Stock is considered common stock
equivalents. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 83, shares issued, and stock options and warrants granted by the Company
at an exercise price below the assumed public offering price during the twelve-month
period preceding the date of the initial filing of the Registration Statement have
been included in the calculation of common stock equivalent shares, using the
treasury stock method, as if they were outstanding for the periods presented.
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Conning Corporation:
We consent to the use of our reports included herein and to the
references to our firm under the headings, "Selected Consolidated
Financial Data" and "Experts" in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG Peat Marwick LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
November 20, 1997
<PAGE> 1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
----------------------------------
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting part of this
Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated February 21, 1995,
except for Note 12, as to which the date is September 19, 1997, relating to the
financial statements of Conning, Inc. & Subsidiaries, which appears in such
Prospectus. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Prospectus.
/s/ Price Waterhouse LLP
Hartford, Connecticut
November 19, 1997
<PAGE> 1
CONSENT OF EAGER & ASSOCIATES
The undersigned hereby consents to the reference to this firm and to
the description of its report entitled "1996 Study of Insurance Companies'
Use of External Managers: Key Trends and Issues Affecting Insurance
Companies' Use of External Managers" under the captions "Prospectus Summary -
The Company - General," "Prospectus Summary - The Company - Developing Trends
in the Insurance Industry," "Risk Factors - Significant Industry Competition,"
"Business - General," and "Business - Industry Background and Trends" in the
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-35993), as it may be amended from
time to time, filed by Conning Corporation with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in connection with Conning Corporation's initial public offering of
its common stock.
The undersigned further consents to the incorporation by reference of
this consent pursuant to Rule 439(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Securities Act"), into any subsequent registration statement
relating to the same offering that may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under
the Securities Act.
EAGER & ASSOCIATES
By: /s/ David Holmes
-------------------------------
Name: David Holmes
-------------------------------
Title: Marketing Research Director
-------------------------------
November 18, 1997
1
